Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout9000 SW DURHAM ROAD-33 ' 2 r► r��r- F „ . w Cy KITo- r` N cn 2 ;5 Vit. V% crvfEE Aizic. w, cn 40 i1D W Coll 1 D ac O t vT P14 01 27 r� i - i ?5 /� i y I t jr V 4 L , 'NIN6 , Lu (17 _ _. _ a mit -A kill 47 . .q, .....� F `_ •.i,' I I I I - _ ( I 17/1 150 Ii �' •r t �" R^W INC= V.myt•r Ail 44 --'"' ---• C401P ENT ITEM NUMeM ,9�E PMT CX1T:.IN�: 1p 'X.J4L t1�zNGt'It x1NPTki� - 1 1 �D L.INE• 1TEa►1'�s 1'-NOeR = NTF.1w.MF y IT I N f z T 0=46b% �M� �+++•wrw+....r...+.;.r'un..w►._•wear..elM.w.ws�M�r'/...VMwMI�n.+.§_�•s�r..•Y-Y.o.rrr.r ......r .. .... T p�.�s, �•�,� M r `�}y � _. .-•+..........-...•..wa....... I..u...............�. I•..� ...�.� 1Iw %oK ix 1A • I o � w 4W NK PtTAIL DwoLd I-�.` ' d�C'K MSP/0t gNp Q 4i'I.J'+" �1. L6VILK (IWTA PW)wkSTE. tN TWE TCT W1r% 0WOFR 9v(r(A 4Itw5* `SPRAY. 6G?ca+air ��.�� wtrt+ �q�pt, �wrw5i► ��� �-- .00 �►�/ ..�....�,n,Y•..�,�e�"""—" W111�'M�1 �IC'� 1 PMiK.It.AI�TI.''P 1/ ALL, P"�1Pil��I.''�'' .� ....r.l�v.. t WIR IL s _.. _ — s.'--- PL04MAC>I1� K40. ., fnd OWL W!E TO 4CAL15 W%PT") iZ"HI61i ` r�r it r K, std oun-wA& M o,r•�.,a�t e'l _ w 14 y�dipT") OUM IN 1L 1 MP"T�.—Mill A 1�15p LD«?f Ott r f "�"�"' �,,,.•---- Po V i t P A1c1w I S K^ra Alm+ G�0"v P Di M#a t w�µx _ _ __ .� ... _.. .._ . . _ . _ ....,, .._w .. . . . yi _... . .._.. . a ; �� �� a �tV�t�Ar a ,f A�1.E /�l�lJ►arT� o A4�6 (a to 4\� �I..i"M•� �'rY,�, � /�O y �- ILMSIL . �"►";t:::�r`r ,.��G�1 1;1 I_.I f"x.k•#�i I''I fir �� t1a R'�' r"�f1�K�- 11� �'��►� �� 1991 Remodel 1. OF' i' 4,..... ,_.�.__ .,,. ....�.. ..._.. _ _ IMI'�t�► mamma . I� r• ' - �_ r- r.+-�._�a+�— _.. __+•w.--...._.ww y�1 ^. w• Ik e. -..•. ' ICY. � �/'� I ' .. _. ���. y. �. �"'� ' �'- w •� . t.r ��p.r.. y.....1�.§.y�....� �..yyAY I.• - - �_ a 4•Iq�. �J_ �§... r �� � I . � - ♦ � � 1 ''` r- MI►.y t "^ Y- ....T-T.• .._ "". J•� _.,...., '. �,..W►. �'taY[ani� .:,W.. _w _._---_-'.!.n.._ _ -. �" .. wn,; .,nis;+ll6r� J I t 111 I �1 1 11 1 1 1 111 11 1 1 �1 1 1 1 I I l l r I 1 I i t 1 1 1 i i l l l 1 1 1 1 I I I rw 1�1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I i 1 1 I i 11 I' I n 'p 1 ,. II I I ! � I� ISI I � � ISI 1 � 1 II � ICI I � 1 1 � 1 i � I I � 1 ISI 1 � 1 II1 I11IIIIIIIII 1111 I � 1 IIf � I1 �► II1 11 � IrI ..��.,._� _ ;� •� NOTE : IF THIS MICROFILMED �--T 2 3 4 - - 5 ® 9 10 I I_ 12 _ DRAWING IS LESS CLEAR THAN r+� THIS NOTICF; ' IT IS DUE TO WIN THE QUALITY OF THE ORIGINAL DRAWING, pE 6Z 82 LZ 9Z SZ bZ EZ ZZ IZ OZ 61 BI L1 91 SI bl EI ZI I1 CJI 6 8 L 9 S b E I I I II 1�!l�111111111�111111111I1111i11�1�1111!1111!IIIlllflfllllll1111�111�1�1lI�Itll111ttMlIIIIIII�tIftI1111i11��I11111111�11�IIlIt'�ttlll1i11�11t11tt11�1 111111!!+�#ttl�rr111111111111I1111�1111I1111�111111111�1J1jI�U11111111111111111111111i111�1llJ� 1J11�1Jll���lll�lill�llll� �II11 111 f� 'yu�F!�'iwxw. .M�U.xY'i�4:ii. .a�gnIkJlLbh+�sY�W�Y.d. �. ...... ,�, ... � y •, �M .w ni 'ea.t�'ti::6a:i:+.YAW.^, p. iJ y..,;� �� 'I"f BUILDING PERMIT CITYOFTIFARDCrIYOFTWARD PERMIT #. . . . . . . . BUP91 -01�y 1 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 011000 13126 SWFWIBlvd. P.J.BOX 2 897,TIPM,OrpOn 9722J(60Ci1000-076 DATE ISSUED: I TE ADDRESS. . . : 9000 SW DURHAM RD PARCEL: 'S 1 14AVI 001 00 IJBDIVISION. . . . : ZONING: R -4. 5 PLOCF. . . . . . . . . . . LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . liI=ISSUE: FLOOR FXTERIOR WALL_ CONSTRUCTION- (-LASS OF WORK. :NEW FIRST. . . . :2880 sf N: S. E: W: FYF,E OF USE. . . -ED SECOND. . . : s•f PROTECT T YF'E OF' CONST. -5N THIRD. . . . : sf N: S: E. W: OCCUPANCY GRP'. :F t TOTAL----•-._---: E880 S f ROOF CONST:B FIRE RF_T? :Y UCCUF'ANCY LOAD: 144 BASEMENT. : sf AREO SEF'. RATED: STOR. : 1 HT. : 1I ft GARAGE. . . : sf OCC;U SEP'. RATED: BGMT?:N MEZZ?:N READ SETBACKS---------- FLOOR I-OAD. . . . :40 ps f LEFT- f t RGHT: ft FIR SF'KL:N SMOK DET. . :N DWELLING UNITS: F RNT: ft REAR: ft F I P AL RM:Y HND I CP' ACC:Y 13EDRMS: BATHS: IMP 43URFACF. 1='RO CORR:N PARK I NG: VALUE. $ : 9000 Pemarks : A(ld 2 portable structure for 4 classrooms. ---------------— FEES SCHOOL DISTRICT 23-J type amount by date recpt TA4 15768. O0 JLH 09/ 11./91 - SWM $ 375. 00 JLH 09/11/91 - F'RNT 4 74. 50 JLH 09/11/91 V,hone #: F'LCK $ 48. 43 JLH 07/]5/91 215397 FIRE $ 29. 80 .JLH 07/15/91 215397 Contractor: ----- -------________---.__.._.-.__-_ SPCT $ 3. 7:3 JLH 09/11/91 -- OMERIC:,AN MODULAR SYSTEMS 10466 SUNNYSIDE ROAD SE SALEM OR 97.352_' ---------------------------------------- - Phone -----_--_---.--__-__-_---------_---..__ .Phone #: 364--1602, ! 6299. 4h TOTAL Reu #. . . 4475`., . ------ - REQUIRED I NSF'ECT I ONS - - This perait is issued sub)ect to the , agulations c^stained in the Foot/Found Insp "igard Municipal Code, State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other F'ost/Peam Insp Ippl icable laws. All work will be done in accordance with Final Inspection approved plans. This perait %J] expire if work is not started within 180 days of issuance, or if work is suspended for @ore than 180 days. -- --- ---- - Permittee Signature : CL Tssued By : ^� Call for inspection - 639--4175 OF TIHARD RECEIPT OF PAYMENT RECEIPT 1110. CHI.^7.CK AMOUNT 209. 49 NFaME AMERICAN MODULAR SYSTEMS CASH AMOUNT 0. LAO PAYMENT DA,rE og/i 1/9, ODDRESS SUBDIVISION PURPOSE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PP 10 PURPOSE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID PERM , T 74. 50 ST. BUILD PER THS 3. 73 H—s- PLAN CHECK FE THS 15. 60 TUALATIN VALL THS 9. 60 . 53 BUILDING PERM MW 50. 550 ST. BUILD P'ErR MW ;R. 53 BUILDYNG PERM JT 50. e0 ST. BUILD PER JT TIGARD H8 (9000 SW DURHAM) MARY WOODWAPO SCHOOL ( 1232:75 SW KA,rHF--.RINE) JAMES TEMF':LETON (9500 MURDOCK TOTAL- AMOUNT PAID 209. 49 ........... ....... .......... . .. ....... ........ .......... . ......- . ..... ..... .. CITY OF TIGARD RECEIPT OF PAYMEN"r RFCE i rr NO. 9 1 -2171.6 3 (l>4FcV AMOUNT t 360. 15 NAME : PACIAF IC ROOF I NG C-0 CASH AMOUNT O. W0 ADDRESS : P0 BOX 1721A PAYMENT DATE. a Or: /11 /91 SUBDIVISION BEAVERTON, OR 9707r6- CAJRPOSF OF POYM17141' iAMOLINT VIA I D PURPOBF 011= PIAYMFN'U r)MOLINT VIA 1 D SUILDING PERM 343. 00 Gol'. BUILD PER 5 13UP9 1 00 SW DURHAM 10TAL. AMOUNT PA IID -- 15 CITY'OF TI ARD BUILDING V-,ERMIT (ffYOFIM P,E FR MI T #. . , . . . . : 9UPq I -0 ,i COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 13125 SW W41 8". P.O.Box 23397,Tkpwd,Oregon 97223 -7 1 DATE ISSUED: 09/1714/91 :-.)IT E iADDIRESS. ')000 '.'.�W DURHAM RD FIARCEL: SUBDIVISION. . . . : Z ON ING: R-4. 5 TALOCK. . . . . . . . . . : LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . REISSUE: r r`LOOR AREAS------ EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION— CLASS OF WORA. : REP, FIRS : — . : sf Ni S: E: W: TYPE CIF U5E. . . :ED SECOND. . . sf P'ROTECT OP'ENINGS?------------ --- IYVIE OP CONE'-i . :5N T H I R,'.). , . . sf N: S: E: W: OCCUPANCY GRP,. :E1 TO":*RL----- 0 S f ROOF CONST:B FIRE RET? .-Y OCCUPANCY LOAD: DAqPMENT. : sf AREA SEP,. RATED: STOR. : I HT. : 14 ft GARAGE. . . : 5f OCCU SEP. RATED: BSMT' :Y MEZZ?:N REOD SETBACKS----- REOUI F LOOR LOAD. , , . :14, psf LEFT- ft RGHT: ft FIR SPKL.Y S11OK DET. Y DWELLING UNITS: FRN,r: ft REAR: ft FIR ALRM:Y HNDICP, ACC:Y BE DRMS: BATHS: IMP SURFACE : PIRO CORR:Y PIARKING: VALUE. $ : 71DOOO Remarks : Partial re--r-oof of blc1q. N 0 T E: INSPECTIONS REQUIRED AFTER 'TEAR-OFF: AND BEFORE P'LACEMEN T OF ANY NEW INSULATION, SHEATHING OR ROOFING. Owner-: FEES TIGARD-TUALATIN SCHOOL DIST*. type amol_lnt by date I-eept 1.3.137 SW VIACIFIC HIGHWAY PIRM,r s 343. 00 JLH 09/04/91 - PLCK $ 22" . 9 5 JLJA Q18/22/1,1 1659L TIGARD OR 97026 5PCT $ 1.7. 1.'_5 JLH 09/04/91 - I-If-ione #.- 684.-2221 FIAL'IFIC ROOFING COPIMPANY, INC. PI. O. BOX 1728 EL(IVERTON OR 97075 -__.--_-_-_.._...----_____._--------------_. Phone #: 640-316,',, $ 583. 10 TOTAL. Req #. . *. 41571 REQUIRED INSPECTIONS This permit ib issued sub'ject to the regulations contained in the Framing Insp Tigard Municipal Code, State of Or@, Specialty Codes and all other Roof nailng Insp applicable laws. All work will be done in accordance with Inst-ilAtion Insp approved plans. This permit will expire if wc1rk is not started Misc. Inspection within IN days of issuance, or if work is suspended for more Final Inspection than IN days. I-Iei,mittee Siijnatt_it-e- I i E Lted By: C.,III for- inspection 639-4175 A (OREGON F TIGA �� August 30, 1991 R.A. Gray Construction Co. Re: Tigard High School Remodel , 9000 SW Durham Rd This is to verify that all work in the science and special education rooms has been completed according to plans . The HVAC system has been completed with the exception of the exhaust system for the fume hood ] jcated in the science rooms. This hood is not to be used until all work is complete and inspected to verify that all work was done according to approved plans. Tom Plesche.r Building Inspector 13128 SW Hall Blvd.,RO.Box 23397,Tigard,Oregon 97223 X503)639-4171 INSPECTION NOTICE City of. Tigard Building Departn ent 13125 811 Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phones 639-417 Inspection: Footing Plbg. Undeiralab Mach. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Poet/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -eldg. Post/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation Plumb. Plbg. Undrtrfloor Water Line Gyp. Rd. -Meeh. Date Requeatedt -�/ - Timet AN PN Addreeet permit Is/ euildere , THE FOLLOWING OO IONS ARA REQUIRED: za Inspectors APPAMD DISAPPROV,'D APPROVED SUBJECT TO AC^"E Call For Reinap. s s INSPECTION NOTICE Citi- of Tigard Buildtnq D"partaBnt 13125 AW Ball Blvd. Tigard, uregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone)s 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171. Inspection:_—__ Footing Plbq. Underslab Hoch. Rough-in Appr/Elwlk Found. Plbq. Top Out Gas Line FINALS Poet/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Hoch. Rain Drain Insulation I Plu�1 Plbq. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Hoch. r Date Requestedt Tima: AM PM Address: `Y� 74 f [� Permit fs Builder: �T/S THE FOLIAWINO CORUCTIONS ARE REQUIRED: __APPROVED _ _ DISAPPROVED -_ APPROVED SURJRCT TO ABOVE _Call For Reinsp. MMIN 010 �PfIN q< TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE n A AND BEAVERTON FIRE DEPARTMENT ®' FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE: �ki s�J� (503) 5262469 POSTED OCCUPANT CONTRACTOR —__ BLDG. PERMIT It PROJECT NAME 1/000 PLAN REVIEW 0 0 LOCATION — 00 P1/X PA1^1 -r JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du, 3= R.C.(`4=( Ti. Tu. 6= Sh. 7= Wi. 8= CC 9= WC 0= MC .r l _ COVER FINAL ' SPECIAL FOLLOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL 71_ Framing Q Separatioa Walls lJ Sprinkler System El Shaft ❑ Fire Dampers (OverheadiUnderground) ElAlarm System ❑ Hood' Extng Systems Conference C� Spray Booth C :iling Cover ❑ Other c -2 l`cam f I KA acilut.-If4z, ( I fit-e. i Date: I I Inspector: INSPF,Cr City of Tigard Buildingt. Department C 13125 Bw Bal.l Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phones 639-4171 Inspection: HJT',tL"•'�-E�-. r�. ..z`C �__ Footing plb9, Underelab Mech. Hough-in 9 Appr/.,dwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Cas Line FINAL: Poet/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Beam Mach. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Nater Line Gyp. Bd. -Mech. Date Requeeteds_ 3 L Timws � AM pii Address: { permit �t Bu i Me-: THE FOLLOWING CORRBCTIONB ARE REQUTREGt inspector --_ Date: / APPROVED _ DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE _____Call For 1"inep. ..,:+mow ry7.•.•iiwN't1'lAMll�',�fIM+IVt �p11N L/ TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE FSP n �A AND BEAVERTON FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE s E G ' (503) 526-2469 POSTED: OCCUPANT )Q) CONTRACTOR BLDG, PERMIT 4k PROJECT NAME PLAN REVIEW 0 LOCATION — 1, �. i 1 JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du. 3= K.C. 4= Ti. 5= Tu. 6= Sh. 7= Wi, 8= CC 9= WC 0= MC COVER FINAL SPECI FOLLOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL El Framing Separation Walls E7 Sprinkler System Sh Fire Dampers (Overhead/Underground) !�� ? . Alarm System > J Hood Extng Systems El Conference Spray Booth u Ceiling Cover Other 1iJ-os a tl Uc { ' /'I/til�..IH✓�l SY 'V J Date: �� - (� - �,� Inspectors :-+ry-:'wig ( '•�j�� .• 7Y."i�F"'.YvfY�+;N'�ly'„�9111”'Ir"'�'IK"►"�'+�'''��°e.'cs4`"'M"`.'Y'�'-'Y'+W{'1'�w!�Yyy1IY{epr��e �pSIN vq TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE AND BEAVERT_ON FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE 4R Off' 1 1503) 526-2469 POSTED: OCCUPANT c, CONTRACTOR BLDG, PERMIT 0 PROJECT NAME PLAN REVIEW 0 LOCATION JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du, 3= R.C.(�..T 5= Tu. 6= Sh. 7= Wi. A•- CC 9= WC 0= ,.IC COV FINAL SPEFOLLOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL u Framing Separation Walls Sprinkler System Shaft. Fire Dampers (Overhead(Utider.ground) El Alarm System � Hood Extng Systems U Conference El Spray Booth El Ceiling Cover u Other L 0 Dates Inspector: �.� �6 INSPECTION NOTICE <, City of Tigard Building Department P.O. Box 23397 Tigard Oregon 97225 Phone: C39-4175 Type of Inspection ��'�'S ?�tid� -- - /� Date Requested//_ TW- 0��4.M.____.__P,M. Address L7V� S�Lt _ �(1���� '— —— Permit # Own" — ---- -- Lot # guilder -------- -- ---- ---- The following Building Code deficiencies are required to be corrected: Presented to proved Insperto! �q► _ _ �J Disapproved Date CALL FOR REINSPECTION ❑ YES ❑ 140 �p1r►r vq� TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE AND BEAVERTON FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE 4R (503) 526-2469 POSTED: FE5 / OCCUPANT CONTRACTOR BLDG. PERMIT It PROJECT NAME _ PLAN REVIEW It LOCATION JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du. 3= h.C. 4 Ti. = Tu. 6= Sh. 7= Wi, 8= CC 9= WC 0= PIC COVER FINAL SRECIAL FOLLOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL Framing Separation Wills 0 Sprinkler System Shaft ,Fire Dampers (Overhead nderground) Alarm System El Hood' Extng Systems El Conference Spray Booth Ceiling Cover Other Bate: ��� Inspector: �rJ%'oi1!� �-F �'r� r 0��- � INSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Department j 13125 SN Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Linee (Rec-O-Phone): 639-xr41+75 Hueinean Pho2 639-4 In9p@ctton:_ 4 y 4' Footing Plbg. Underelab Vs-h. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gets Line FINAL: Poet/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldq. Po3t/Deem Mech. Rain Drain insulation Plumb. F,lbq. Underfloor Nater LLi�ne /pyp. -Meeh. Date Requeeatedd: (� 1 ( (�C�. __ Time: xAM ___PM : �"i AddreerrL1[_'L11�,{J�• Permit Builder: CAZJ THE FOLLOWING CORRHCTIONSrARE REQUIRED: . Inspector: DMF.e: APPROVED _- DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Reinep. �p11N vq� TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE n �FAND BEAVERTON FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE MARSHALS I)FFICE Z- kASG�)�' (503) 526-2469 POSTED: OCCUPANT CONTRACTOR -_ BLDG. PERMIT it PROJECT NAME PLAN REVIEW �t r _ LOCATION JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du. 3= K. - T _.5= Tu. 6= Sh. 7= Wi. 8= C" 9= WC 0= PiC COVER FINAL SPECIAL' FOLLOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL ❑ Framing ❑ Separation Walls Sprinkler System ❑ Shaft ❑ Fire Dampers (Overhead/Underground) ❑ Alarm System ❑ Hood' Extag Systems ❑ ronftfence ❑ Spray Booth ❑ Ceiling Cover u Other r Date: i i % � Inspector: ►-.� (� mlr ml� e• an m, s e>r iNSPEL„ {ON. NOT CE City of Tigard Building DepertJNset 13125 SM Ball Bled. Tigard, Oregon 9722.1 Inspection Line (Rec--O-Phone): 639-4.175 Bueinesa Phone: 639-4171 Inspection:_- _ ��� -------- ----" Pt'�2*ing Plbg. Underslab Mech. Rough--in Appr/Sdwlk Pound, Plbg. Top out Gas Line lINALs Poat/Beam Struct. San. Sewer (�Draminq 1 -Bldg. wL Poet/Seam Mach. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plba. Underfloor / /Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Mech. -/ 3 Date Requestedt -% Timst ----AM' Address t /! Liy ice_— Permit 1 s_ Builders T!Q DpLIM*110 CO CTIONS ARE RRQUIRED: /�/ , i Inspectors— — _T_ Date:_ =z APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Asinep. JUL 25 '91 13:16 AMERICAN MODULAR SYSTEMS INC. LD cc 1 VI wi ,(0i cl to II � to LL— (01 :t Ic JUL 25 '91 13:17 AMERICAN MODULAR SYSTEMS INC. P. ki A,— LLJ Q cc LL Ile IL \ex INSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard building Departssant 13125 811 Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 9722.3 Inspection Line ;Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 635-4171 Inspections Footlnq Plbg. d eralab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Pound. plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINALS Post/Beam Struet. :'i$- ewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mach. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. P1bq Underfloor Mater Lina Gyp. Dd. -Hoch. 9 ;,.�3 Date Requeet��od/�sem�►►--yy�� I� _Timet _� __AN PM Address 1 Permit 1 • / f✓��(O Bulldprs�� TBE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: Inspector: .fes —- Dates ` APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOV! Call For Reinsp. INS CTION NOTICE .0 City of Tigard Building Department 13125 SW Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 InspeL�ion Line (Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Bueineso Phone: 639-4171 Inspections v ---- Footing Plbg. Underslab Mach. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. lbq. Top Out Cae Line FINALS Poet/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Meeh. Date Vecp.:est.ed: 7 cz Times AN/i�� PM Address: Permit Ru f 1 AprTHE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: L Inspectors -� Date2� — APPROVED _ DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE --Call For Reinap. INSPECTION NOTICE City o.'• Tigard Building Department 13125 IM. Ba`l Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (1,ec-O-Ph(,,,e): 639-4175 Business Ph sA39-4171 Inspections looting Plbg. Underslab Rech. Rough-in ) Appr/Sdw1k Pound. Plbg. Top Jut Gas Line FINAL- Pont/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framinq -Bldg. Poet/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Undsrtloor Nater Line Gyp. Bd. -Mach. Date Requesteds_ -2 F 1 _Times AM PM Addreea:— beg- �7�� Permit Builders_ �rJ TAE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: Inspector. -------- _ ate: PPROVED DISAPPROVED - APPROVED SUR,7ECT TO ABOVE _CaJ1 For Rcinap. „1—e 1 CITY OF TIGARD 1312.5sw itau nwa. PLNCK/RECT # — ��' �” -21: - POOreg97 PERMIT # M COM1iUMIT DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Tigard Oregon 97123 (503)639-4171 DATE ISSUED JOB ADDRESS: 5000 U•� > >rhdin std _ TAX MAP/LOT ZS/ /Y;f VW _ SUB: _ _ LOT: LAND USE: VALUATION: 4500 OWNER SPECIAL NOTES NAME: Tigard - Tualatin School District 23.1 REISSUE OF: ADDRESS: 13137 Sw Pacific iiwy. _ LAST REISSUE: 'Tigard , Oregon 97223 FLOOD PLAIN/ PHONE: �,n-1_h2o-162(1 SENSITIVE LAND: M1N(e 36y-lw z- -SAM CONTRACTOR _4,4'.. APPROVALS REQUIRED GC/� 9l-DDO/Cc� NAME: American Modular Systems , Inc. PLANNING: ADDRESS: 10466 Sunnyside Rd . SL ENGINEERING: __ Jefferson, Oregon-97352 _ FIRE DEPT: PHONE: 503-364 -1602 _ OTHER: -L&4- CONTR. BOARD #: 44755 EXP DATE: 4-92 ITEMS REQUIRED S'JBCONIRACTORS: PLUMB: Blazer Industries LIST/SUBCONTRACTORS: MECH: Blazer Industries BUS TAX: ARCH/ENGINEERARCH/ENGINEER CALCULATIONS: NAME: Selig , Lee, i;ueda TRUSS DETAILS: _ ADDRESS: 213 SW Ash c,'t. Room 201 OTHER: Por. talnd , Ort2yon 97204 _ PIIONE: 503-224•-0173 PROPOSED BLDG. USE: Classroom COMMENTS: l - /SAl Z��/•�D- Z f � Llikl�i�.---- ---- '-- - Idle mat IAVa AMICANTS NATURE Received By: Date Received: PIRM11 # ACCT 9 DESCRIPTION AMOUNT AMOUNT PD. BAL. DUE 10-432 00 Building Permit Fees 7 .r0 74.5'0 10-431 00 Plumbing Permit Fees 10-431 01 Mechanical Permit Fees _ 10-230 01 State Building Tax (5%) .7, Building _ Plumbing _ Mechanical 10-433 00 Plans Check Fee 4.3 sg,0 Building Plumbing Mechanical 10-230 06 Firea •��7_ 30-202 00 Sewer Connection 30-444 00 Sever Inspection _. 25-448-02 Commercial TIF Fees 25-448-04 Industrial TIF Fees 25-448-06 Institutional TIF Fees 4716,00 212-44 25-448-03 Office TIF Fees 25-448-01 Residential Traffic Fees 25-448-05 Mass Transit TIF FeesQ� 52-449 00 Parks System Dev Charge (PUC) _ 31-450 00 Storm Drainage Syst Dev Chrg (SSDC) 24-445-01 Water Quality (Fee in lieu of) 37.500 �- 24-445-02 Water Quantity (Fee in lieu of) TOTAL 62y 513-03 .Z 7 l nm/35871) W111 ci,ry OF TIC;ARf) -- RECEIPT OF PAYMENT pECEIF-,'[ NO. :9 1-215397 CHECK AMOUNT % 53- 03 (.",ASH AMOUNT 3 0. 00 NOME AMERICAN MODULAR SYSTEMS PAYMENT DATE : 07/t!5/91 Vi'l*)D R E S S, 10466 SUNNYSIDE ROAD, SE SUBD I V 18 1 ON I I JEFFERSON, OREGON 97352- pURpr)sF 9000 B. W. DURHAM I.-URPOSE OF PAYMENI AMOUNT PAID OF PAYMENT AMOLJN7 PAID PLAN CHFCK FE '7--61C 32. 83 TUALATIN W VALL 20. 20 T'01*AL AMOUNT PAID .33. 0, INSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Department 13125 8W Hall Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 B::eineee Phone: 639-4171 Inspection:_,l� �� c/� •° /SGL � i� -- �... Footinq Plbg. Under.elab Nsoh. Rough-in Appr/Sdw]k round. Plbg. Top Out Cas Lina FINAL: Poat/Beam 3truct. Sar.. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poat/Beam Hoch. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor water Lina Gyp. ad. -Hoch. L !� Date Requestedf G� Time: PH PH Address: Permit #e _ � s Builder:_ �l 'v THE FOLLOWING 'CORK IONS ARE REQUIRED-1 Inspectors ✓w __ Date. APPROVYD DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Reinep. 71fl TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE AND BEAVERTON FIRE DEPARTMENT • 4755 S.W. Griffith Drive• P.O. Box 4755 • 'leavertoe, OR 97076• (503) 526-2469• FAX 526-2538 July 10, 1991 Selig/Lee/Rueda 213 S.W. Ash Street, Room 201 Portland, Oregon 97204 Re: Tigard High School Site Plan 6289B-002-000 rtf'1�,���L � Gentlemen: This is a Fire and Life Safety Plan Review and is based on the 1988 editions of the Fire and Life Safety Code (UBC) , Mechanical Fire and Life Safety Code (UMC) , Uniform Fire Code (UFC) , and other local ordinances and regulations. Plans submitted to planning for the above captioned project are acceptable as submitted with the .following revisions: 1 . Access Roadway_ .Access roadway at the east end of the high school, near the existing modulars, needs to be revised to increase turning radius and straighten out approach. At this time, I believe this has already been accomplished. 2 . No Parking Signs= No parking signs shall be installed at the entrances to each end of the new roadway and through the parking area located between school shops and baseball diamond. No parking signs shall state, "NO PARKING", "TOW AWAY ZONE", "FIRE LANE", "ORS 98. 810-812 " . They shall be posted no closer than 4 feet to the ground nor higher. than 6 feet above the ground and shall be placed often enough to be conspicuously seem UFC 10.207(1) Vehicles found parked in the restricted zones may be sited with the school principal being held responsible, oi- towed at the expense of the owner and/or the school district . "FVorking"Smoke Detec ors Save Live WI } Selig/Lee/Rueda July 10, 1991 Page 2 Tf .r can be of any further assistance to you, please feel free to contact me at 526-2502. Sincerely, i "Gene Birc.hill Deputy .Fire Marshal G13:kw cc: Tigard Building Department Al Zimmerman, Principal ! Tigard High School i Tigard School District ,1l23J HARLAN/MILLER ASSOCIATES PC Tigard, ^xenon 9722.E 375 Park Avenue 1991 Roofing Project Coos Bay, Oregon 97420 Project No. 4011 June 20, 1991 Addendum No. 1 I. Asbestos Containing Roofing. 1H. The only asbestos containing roofing was found to be the connecting canopy on the west side of Area "A". The `navy cut back top coating was found to contain 10% non-friable asbestos fibers. 2. Bid Form See Official Bid Form enclosed with Addendum. , 3. Roof System "B' Conglas ND - 25H - CHB. Has required fire rating up to 3/12. See Item /5 in Conglas file. U.L. NR7290. 4. Roof Area 'A' a. Small porch decks to have Dtl . C at upper walls. b , Chi ney. See new Detail 0 at end of Addendum. c. Derail D. Add neopren= closure strip behind siding and in front of horizontal stripping. See Detail E - F Similar d. Extent of metal siding. See new Detail P at end of Addendum. Includes working new metal siding around louvers on west side. e. Tear off existing S.S.B.U. roofing on connecting canopy. W. side of main roof. Substitute Roof System "R" in canopy are,. f. Add 4" square overflow opening in one side of new pre-finished metal Scupper. 2" above existing through wall leader bottom elevation. See Detail "F". 5. Area "D" Subst . tute 2 x curb with cants, new base flashing, and pre-finished metal cap to match existing adjacent exposed ,joint. Con;iect to existing exposed ,joint and extend out to eave following crack in ;,00firg. 5. Area 'F" Replace erA sting fascis and paint at Detail A 6 B this area. Tigard School District 23J 1991 Roofing Project - Page 2 1. Area 'I' See new Detail C - Addendum at end of Addendum. To substitute full height flashing for surface mounted reglet. 8. Area "J' Reference to "PVC Gutter" shcu'id read PVC Downspout. 9. Detail 'A" Replace fascia and paint at Area "G 10. Detail 'J" Strap and caulk new flashing collar to gas flue. 11. Tigard High School - Drawing 1 See Revised Draving 1 at end of Addendum. Add new pre-finished metal gutter as part of Area "J". Approvals Roof System A, B, C. Specified Conglas/Malarkey Owens-Corning - as noted on submittal Genstar- as noted on submittal Bidder's List Buckaroo Thermoseal Boones Ferry Electric Dial ( ne Tri-County Service Snyder Roofing Mt. Hood Roofing Garon Roofing Roof Toppers LLL C�l� ~ 1 C:NRA ' C OS BAY, AEfOM • OF Q OFFICIAL BID FORM lid Form Project M40'f 1 Page 1 BID FORM * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Bid: 1991 Roofing Project 13137 S.W. Pacific Highway Tigard, Oregon, 97223 To: Board of Directors School District 231 Tigard, Oregon 97225 Gentlemen: 'The undersigned bidder declares that he has carefully examined the drawings and specificat'ons, that he has made an examination of the site of the proposed work and has made such investigations necessary to determine the character of materials and the conditions to be encountered. The undersigned hereby pr)poses to furnish all material and labor and perform all work to complete the 1991 Roofing Project, in strict accordance with the drawings and specifications prepared by the firm of H.G.E. , INC. , Engineers and Planners, 19 N.W. Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon. The undersigned further agrees that if an award be made on the foregoing to the undersigned bidder, bidder will promptly execute a formal contract on the basis Of such award, and furrish performance bonds, as required by the specifications within ten (10) calendar days after notice of award. Bidder further agrees to begin work within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of Notice to Proceed and to complete the work by August 16, 1991. It is understood that if an award is made it will be for a single lump sum contract for the projects indicated. If a reduction in the scope of the work is necessary in order to stay within the budget limitations, individual projects will be deleted from the contract in accordance with their indicated values. Note: This Bid Form is a sample only. Qualified bidders will receive their offi�-ial Bid Form with the last Addendum. Attendance at the Pre-Bid Conference is required to qualify as a Bid Form Project #4011 Page 2 Bid Unit #1 Area "A", "B" I "C", "D" $ Dollars and Cents Bid Unit #2 Area "E" ll "F1111 "G"t "H" S _Dollars and __ Cents Bid Unit #3 Area "I", "J" S Dollars and _ _ Cents TOTAL BID S Bid Form Project #4011 Page 3 Bidder acknowleges that the repairs to be completed pursuant to the terms of any contract hereunder are required to be timely completed in order to enable the use of the school facilities involved in the roofing repairs ; therefore, bidder agrees that time shall be the essence of any contract formalized hereunder and that the contract n, 11 include the following provisions with respect to liquidated da,rages: (a) It is agreid that unless extended in accordance with "The General Conditions of the Contract for :onstruction" that the Contractor will pay as liquidated damages to the Owner for any delay beyond the completion date named above the sum of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per calendar day for each day required beyond that date. (b) That the amount so fixed is a reasonable forecast of just compensation due the District and the peoplr thereof for the damage caused by the failure of the Con- tractor to substantially complete the repairs within the time thus limited. (c) That the harm that is caused by the failure of the Contrator to substan- tially complete the repairs within the time thus limited is incapable or very difficult of exact computation or estimation. (d) That thy+ sum of $100 per day for the period indicated is not disproportion- ate to the amount of the dpmzc�s due the District in consideration of the property anticipated consequences of the breach of contract at the time the same was formalized as well as at the time of the breach, if any. It is fu ler understood and agreed that if an award be made to the undersignL bidder, biddE shall comply with the requirements of ORS 29.350. Attached is a listing of subcontractors of the undersigned with an indication for each of the work to be performed. It is understood that if he is awarded the contract, the listed subcontractors will be used, and no changes made unless approved by the Engineer in advance, in writing. The name of the Bidder who is submitting this proposal is : _ o ng bus ness at City of Stale of __ the address to whf hW-communicaticns s a —be made. The names of the principal officers of the corporation submitting this proposal or of the partnership, or of all persons interested in the proposal as principals are as Follows: Dates this_ day of- --- -- Acknowledge f ^-Acknowledge Receipt of Addenda : (tame of 8idder: (IF CORPORATION) In witness herof Lie undersigned corporation has caused this instrument to be executed and its seal ,,,rriied by its duly authorized officers this - ---- _day of—_ _ 1986 By Attest- ----Secretary -------- «aaaa�s rO PURATE k►C[MOWLEDUXM STATE OF_ 1 COUNTY OF--- ss On this—---day day of _ , 1986 ,personally appeared who, being duly sworn,did say that they are the President and Secretary respectiveiy of - —_---- , the vithin named corporation and that the foregoing Instrument was executed in behalf of said corporation by withority of its Board of Directors , and each of said officers acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of said corporation, Before me :. Notary Public for My Commission Expires :--______ -10- i INDIVIDUAL OR PARTNERSHIP I witness whereof the undersigned has caused this Instrument to be executed this —__dr--y of_ 1986. PARTNERSHIP BIDDER SIGNATURE FOR PARTNERSHIP Dated (Name of Part.narshIp) Company Name ;__ _ NAME OF PARTNERS Address : i t Y State : Zip Code : (Signature of One Partner) Phone : —_ ------------------------------------------------------------ - --- -- -. .- - INDIVIDUAL BIDDER SriG�IAT�.FII IL�'l2I.YU2� dba ------- Address : -- City . State :__ _._21p Code :. Phnne : -i1- v � 0 I YJ Ps2RT API'T HUR WaLMS Bidder's proposal shall be signed in the applicable spaces herinafter appearing with ;r k or indelible pencil, as follows : (1) In the case of an individual bidder, by such individual bidder. (2) In the case of a partnership, the name of the partnership must appear upon such proposal,and it shall be signed in the name of such partnership by at least one of the partners. In addition to such signature,the names of all partners shall be stalled in such proposal. (3) In the case of a corporation, the corporate name shall be subscribed to be the president or other managing office,and there shall be set forth, under the signatures of such officer, tbo name of the office be holds or the capacity in which he acts for such corporation. Did Cayglut MU21 We bid 1k and CelatQ4 in'Qr.malim =H.Musly_ Printed m :.h0. QUOI& Bids not so marked may be accidentally opened and the bid may be thus disqualified � a LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 1991 Roofing Project Tigard, Oregon 97223 Project #4011 NOTE: If work is to be performed by the General Contractor, list "self". TYPE OF WORK Roofing Sheet Metal Painting — - - - Other -._.- ' MLML a r-Af W I- ,� — — 1-4 A4 L F*A' �4 . \,V A&X 10,1-'Al 10 Ell C4 1 1-4 F -I �A%,e>F_,_ DWI; t Vl- Ilk H 6aL-6 ItAvi VF _te - s •. Ppip ewer � /i -��x1��. f�l�►µrd, - �`k�1-��rrF��-C1a.�/ti4;�N 44 0 . �0 l�:�lr:�lC7Ul�, 8 `^ r r�7 NM � W C LU I � Q e 1 C17YOF TIGARD BUTI. DING PER111'7 ciffy TWRD r-RMIT #. . . . . . . : B1JP9I--0JP6 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT allow 13125 SW HW1 Blvd. P.O.Sm 23W,T190M,OM190n 97223 1603100-4175"71 (*77 TVITE TSc'IJED: 06/19/91 WOO SW DURHWI i(L) +DIVISION. . . . 3 ZONING: R-4. 5 . . . . . . . . : 1'.0,1.. . . . . . . . . . . . . ----------------- <-,';UE FL(10P EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION sf N: S: Es W1 i 1�F, OF' WORK. iALT FIRST. . . . TYPF" OF USE. . . tED r;ECOND. . . s S f PROTECT 1 'PE OF CONST. :5N TH I RD. . . . 5730 Sf N: St E. WS r)(' ::,JPANCY GRP. -El TOTAL._--- - 5730 s ROOF UUNST-.13 FIRE RET' � -. - OJ.UPPNCY LOAD- 110 BASEMENT. : sf AREA SEP. RATED: OR. : 1. HT. : 14 ft GAPAGE. . . : 'i f Of..'r-L.1 SEP. RATED P��MT" :Y MEZV:N PF,PD SETBACKS---------- REOUI r.-LOOP LOAD. . . . :40 psf LEFT: ft RGI-IT: ft ' I P GPKL-Y SMOK DET. . -Y F)WELLING UNITS- FRNT: ft REAR: ft FIR ALRM:Y HNDICP ACCiV F 1)P M S: BATHS 111P �.;URFACE- PRO CORR:Y PARV,I N"-)- 11 , 500000 Pmarks- Phase I remodel of high school SC-Iencr? rms, S-,)ee Ed r-ms, HVAC ryster ------ FEES MARD-TUALWIN SCHOOL DIST. tvoe amount by date rer.pt 7137 SW PACIFIC HIGHWAY PRMT $ 1.4 33. 00 JLH 0&/19/91 - PLCK $ 931. 45 JLH 05/31/91 213849 .1 (:,PPD 0R 9-17026 FIRE $ 573. 20 JLH 05/31/91 j.'l 3849 1 ,jne #- 684-2221 5P,CT $ '11. 65 JLH 06./ 19/91 - GRAY PARTNERS, IN[:. BOX 1016 f4(.RWOOD OR 97140 'hone 69.x'--4675 $ 3009. 3r1 TnTAL Jor.1 #. . - 65424 REOUIRED INSPECTIONS pet-tit is issued subject to the regulations contained in the f-ramincl Insp .:card Municipal Code. -ate of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other I n s x.11 at i on Insp inolicable laws. Ali will be done in accordance with pirewall Insp ,oDroyed plans. This per2it voill expire if work is ni,t started Uyf� board knsp ,i0in 160 days of issuance, or if wor4 is suspended for sort S u s p C e i Ing ITISP 180 days. Fire Alarm Insp Final Inspection Si Call for insc)ection 639-4175 CITYOFTIFARD, RD) OF YOF TNM COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Kew 13126 SW FWI Blvd. P.C.B m 2-W7,TOW,Onpon 517223(603)V94176 j UMi1itV.7 V+.RMIT f #. . . . . . . . PLM91--006,_- 639--4171 DATE ISSUE-D: 06/19/91 �aDDRESS. . . : 9000 SW DURHAM RD PARCEL.: 2S 1 14AO--IlI0 0i , „ , I )ISIGN. . . . s 70NING: R--4. 5 . . . . . . . . . LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . GF WORK. ALT GARBAGE UI �PgSAI_S. . : MOPIL.E HOME SFPrc!S. : 'I OF USE. . . . :ED WASHINGS MACH. . . . . . . : BACKFLOW GREVN'. ' 3. . 11 ( ,.:,_T''ANCY GRP. . :El FI._OOR DRAINS. . . „ . . . TRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . � OP I E6. . . . . . . . 11 WATER HEATERS. . . . . . . CATCH BASINS. . . . . . . . !.:RF 5 LAUNDRY TRAYS. . . . . . . SF RAIN DRA I14S<. . . . . . �lKS. . . . . . . . . . : 15 URINALS. . . . . . . . . . . . : GREASE TRAPs. . . . . . . . i ,VC11ORI1=S. . . . . : OTHER FIXTURES. . . . . Ji /��HOWERS. . . . . REWE'R LINE: (ft) . . . . : 1()'G R CL.OSFTS. . : WATER LINE (ft) . . . . 1. ":HWASHERS). . . . : RAIN DRAIN (ft ) . . . . s Pase 1 r-emodpl of high schnol science r-m•s. Spec Ed HVAC 'system wnpr -._.__-_...__.-._.____.._...-__......._...__-------- -._________.._ F•E.1=S ---.___.___-._..____._... 1i,'(41:1) --FUAL.ATIN SCHOOL DIST. type amot1nt by date re-o1; "-;W PACIFIC HIGHWAY PRMT $ 120. O0 JLH 06/19/91 PLCK $ 30. 00 J1_.H 06/19/91 - OR 97O':'F, 9PCT $ 6. 00 JLH (716/14/91 1 t n #.- 684-2221 rl r 'a('t Ur . -- ----_..___._._. PLUMPING ;+;-O ,-W TIGPRD OTRE.ET 1[;IBRD OR 97223 ___.-_._--____.__-_--__--._-_--_____.,...,_._.. I• ,r,� #: 5036 395j")b t 1`:iC:. N0 '101 A1_. 2439 ------- REQUIRED I NSPEcT I ONS -- ----- '�1s ^?rrit is issued subject to the regulations contained is the Roljgh-in Insc1 'ioard Municipal Code, State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other NL.M/Under-f 1 nor, anellcal:le laws. P11 worts will be done in accordance with Tap-out Insp acoroved olans. This pereit will expire if work is not ftarted Mi s;r IrlspP t i on olthin 180 days of issuance, or if work is suspended for Bore Final Inspec-tion —4, IP8 days. m t t,tr e S i gn a t i.11^e• r9 Call for inspection - 639-4175 i LJ, MRCHAN1CAL C17YOFTIFARD PElim I COMMUKrT% DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT rnyaI ,."YOFTWAD-al i-: RMI #. . . . . . . . ME C,)I-, LA9 7 � 11125 SW I Wi 8ti(I P.O Pox 23197,Tigard,CkaWwi 9,12,ol ;F")8394175 4DDRL- 90e, DURHAM PARCEL: aS114AO-00100 SUBDIVISION— . - ZONING: R--4. 5 BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . LOT. . . . . . . . . . i-'L(48!3 Or WORK. , -ALT FLOOR FURN. . . . : EVAP COOLERS: TYPE OF USE. . . . c ED UNJ'T HE.ATEFS. . : VENT FANS. . . : 1 OCCUPANCY GRP. . :E1 VENTS W/O ADPL: VENT SYSTEMS:6 STORTF.,'S. . . . . . . . 1 BG ILERS/C-011PRESSORS HOODS. — FUEL 0-3 HP. . . . - DOMES. I�*CI1'\1-.­'* - /GAS/ 3--1.!:* HP, . . . COMML. INC IIS: MAX INPUT: BTU 15-30 HP. . . . REPAIR UNITS: F IRE DAMPERS?. . t Y 30-50 HP. . . . WOODS)TOVES. GAS PRESSURE. . . "L 50+ HP. . . . CLO DRYERS. NO. UNII*S---------------- PIP HONDI-ING d hl I Tr OTHER UNITS. FURN < 100K BTU: 10000 cf m : GAS OUTLETS. :fl PORN ) =100K 2111: 10000 C(-*m - Remay,lis: r-emc)del of high school science ems, Spec Fd rms, HVAC. systpul. Ot-)ner : FEES TAYSARD-TLJAL14TIN SCHOOL D[ST. t ype amount by date recot 1 ,31,37 SW PACIFIC HI(3HWO 'y plim 1 $ '35. 00 J 0-4 Vic,7 19/,)I -- PLCK $ 13. 75 JLH 06/19/91 - r I CARL) OR 97026 5 P C T $ 2. 75 JLH 06/19/1) t - r'F)Dn, #, 684-2221 PTLAS HEATING `- 111A S. E. J. 11TH W;� A-AND OR 97266 Prione #t 71. 7-0 r0�44L Reg REQUIRED INSPECTIONS This pereit is issued subject to the regulations can!aiped in the Uas !-ine Insp Tigard Municipal 4ode, Stare of pre. Specialty Codes and all other Mechanical ln' sp applicable laws. All work will be dome it accordance with Heating Lint iiisp approved plant. This Perl't will expire if work is act started Hood Inspecticin within Of days of issuance, cr if work is suspended for tore Fit-0 SLtpr-)t' In' sp than 180 days. Fit-e Damrs-mr, IT,C;r, Final Inspect ioll __._ ._ ___._� _MY..___. "'Tlittfle �3i4n0tk-1-- P .10 Call f ca 1 1 rc c t 1 u,, 639-4175 a AN i CITY OF T I GARD — RECEIPT OF PAYMENT RECEIPT NO. :91— 4"19 CHECK AMOUNT : 173,'. 15 NAMES a ROBER, (WAY PARTNERS, INC CASH AMOUNT 10. 00 AL)DREL"bS r Flo BOX 101E, t-,AYME.Nr DATE 06/19/91 -USD''V I S I ON SIIt RWI)f�D, OR 97140-- VIURPOSE: OF F'AYME NT AMOUNT PA I D PURPOSE' OF PAYMENT AMOLIN"I Pf-a I D BUILDING PERM SUP91--0126 1433. 00 DLUMB I NG PERM 120. 00 MECHANICAL F-,k 55. 00 ST. BUILD PER bo. "a0 ='LAN CHCCV FE:" 43. 75 I 9,000 9W DURHAM i -i OTAL AMOUN'r pg4ID - - - -> 1732. 15 W :M 13125 SW I iall Yvd. PL;4CK RL-CT aCYIN OF TIGARD 110 Rox 23:97 Tigard,Oregon 97223 PERMIT # ( COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT I)EPARTM!ENT g (503)639-4171 DATE- ISSUED l0B ADDRESS: 6 - ,bf2 #Ajn' TAX MAP/LOT _ SUB: �LOjT)': _ •��_) LAND USE: VALUATION: — OWNER SPECIAL NOTES !NAME: _�AKO_=��Ac.aT�� •azazw .. j5JrF-1C,'r REISSUE OF: ADDRESS: CS/ 37 6 pC1_FIC"_l�/G�cwaSi LAST REISSUE: 7?_ 7 FLOOD PLAIN/ PHONE: _� -2 / 6 -Z r, _ SENSITIVE LAND: CONTRACTOR // APPROVALS REQUIRED NAME: PLANNING: ADDRESS: PLS 'YoX 10%b ENGINEERING: _ Sr e'--woocL O �7 � FIRE DEPT: _-- --__---- PHONE: r�i 9,C46 7S OTHER: CONTR. BOARD #: 5914 EXP DATE: ITEMS REQUIRED SUBCONTRACTORS: PLUMB: LIST/SUBCONTRA(-,ORS: MECH: BUS TAX: -- ARCH ENGINEER CALCULATIONS: NAME: TRUSS DETAILS: ADDRESS: 2/�-'' S 66)_ 46,,4 _ OTHER: PHONE: 2Z e/ _— PROPOSED BLDG. USE: — COMMENTS: "--j�-TMCART SIGNATURE Received By: ___. — Date Received: �r rir wr era �w �e .r PERMIT # ACCT # DESCRIPTION AMOUNT AMOUNT PD. BAL. DUE � j 7 l rcC 10-432 00 Building Permit Fees , C& �-0 10-431 00 Plumbing Permit Fees 1 - Oq-7 10-431 01 Mechanical Permit Fees 10-2.30 01 State Building Tax (5%) BuiI(:.ng 1E+ � Plumbing („ _ Mechanical 10-433 00 Plans Check Fee Building Plumbing 'mob �lJ Mechanical 17 4 10-230 06 Fire 1-If_,_t> 30. 202 00 Sewer Connection 30-444 00 Sewer inspection 25-448-02 Commercial TIF Fees 25-448-04 Industrial TIF Fees 25-448-06 Institutional TIF Fees 25-448-01 Office TIF Fees 25-448-01 Residential Traffic Fees 25-448-05 Mass Transit TIF Fees 52-449 00 Parks S;,stem Dev Charge (PDC) 31-450 00 Storm Drainage Syst Dev Chrg (SSDC) 2.4-445-01 Water Quality (Fee in lieu of) 24-445-02 Water Quantity (Fee in lieu of) TO1 At. nm/3587P.WPF CITY OF TIGARD OREGON June 17, 1991 Xavier Rueda Selig/Lee/Rueda, Architects 213 SW Ash Street Portland, OR 97204 Project: Tigard High School, SUP91--0126 9000 SW Durham Road Dear lir. Rueda: The plans for this project were reviewed for conformity with applicable cedes and are conditionally approved. if changes, other than those shown on the plane, will be made to the plumbing or mechanical systems, please submit plans. Separate permits are required for any such work. You may get the building permit for the project at your convenience. if you have questions, or if we may be of assistance, please contact us. Sincerely, iiis a Plans Examiner FAX (503)684-7297 13125 SW Hall Blvd,P.O.Box 23397,Tigard,Oregon 911223 (503)639-4171 — CITY OF TIGARD NOTICE OF DECISION CONDITIONAL USE - CUP 91-0001(C) TIGARD HIGH SCHOOL TIGARD SCHOOL DISTRICT 23J - OWNER SELIG/LEE/RUEDA ARCHITECTS - APPLICANT APPLICATION: The applicant seeks approval for a minor modification to an existing Conditional Use to allow placement of three 1,680 square foot portable classroom structures on the Tigard High School site. LOCAT'iON & ZONE: 9(100 SW Durham Road (WCTM 2S1 14A Tax Lot 400) , R-4 . 5 `Residential, 4 . 5 units/acre) . DECISION: The Planning Director's designee for. the City of Tigard has APPROVED the above request SUBJECT TO THE CONDITICAS BEGINNING ON PAGE 4 . The findings and conclusions on whic>> the decision is based are noted below. A. FINDING OF FACT 1 . Background Information The Tigard High School site was originally developed in 1953 . Since that time numerous applications concerning this site have been reviewed by the Planning division. 2 . Vicinity Information Tigard High is located south of Durham Road between SW 85th Avenue and SW 9?nd Avenue. Properties to the north are zoned R-4 . 5 and R-7 (Residential, 7 units/acre) and developed with single-family residences . Properties to the east are zoned I-P and contain the Unified Seworage Agency facility and a small industrial park. Cook Park is located south of the site. Properties to the east are zoned R-4 . 5 and also developed with single-family residences. 3 . Site Information and Proposal Description The Tigard High site is 47 . 78 acres In size. Existing school buildings occupy the northern portion of the property. Athletic_ fields and a stadium occupy the southern portion. The School District proposes to construct three 1680 square foot modular units to be used temporarily as classrooms . The proposed buildings are intended to be located on the south side of the existing building, between the building and the athletic fields . No NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-001(C) - SCHOOL DISTRICT PAGE 1 utilities other than electricity are proposed to be connected to the portable structures 4 . Agency and NPO Comments The Engineering Department offers the following comments: I The site is bordered by SW Durham Rcad to the north, SW 92nd Avenue to the west, and SW 85th to the east. SW Durham Road is a major collector owned and maintained by the City of Tigard. Because it is currently being reconstructed, no additional requirements are necessary. SW 85th Avenue is classified as a local street with a curbed 25 foot wide right-of.-way from centerline. Therefore, no additional. requirements are necessary for SW 85th Avenue at this time. SW 92nd Avenue .is classified res a minor collector_ street. There is currently a 25 foot wide right-of-way from centerline. Most of t'he frontage has curb and sidewalk. The applicant should be required to dedicate additional right-of- way so that the width of the half-street is 30 feet from centerline. The applicant should also complete any portion of the frontage that does not have curb and sidewalk. The applicant is proposing to connect no utilities other than electricity to the portable structures. Existing facilities appear adequate to handle the situation, therefore, no sanitary sewer connections are required for any of the sites . The Unified Sewerage Agency has established, and the City has agreed to enforce, Surface Water Management Regulations (Resolution No. 90-43) which require either construction of on-site water quality facilities or payment of a fee in lieu of such construction. The applicant has not proposed to construct an on-site water quality facility and, based on the size and location of the development, an on-site facility should not be required. Therefore, a fee in lieu of the construction of a water quality facility should be required. Washington County has established, and the City has agreed to enforce, Traffic Imi,act Fees (Resolution No. 90-65) . The purpose of the fee is to ensure that new development contributes to extra-capacity transportation Improvements needed to accommodate additional traffic qenerated by such development. The applicant is required to pay the fee. NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-001 (C) - SCHOOL DISTRICT PAGE 2 The Building Official and Fire Marshall have met with the applicant regardinq the location of the proposed modular units and determined 1) there must be a minimum 20 foot wide fire vehicle access road along the rear of the school, 2) the modular units must be at least 20 feet from the existing buildings, and 3) t;ie adjacent buildings must qualify as E occupancies . The City of Tigard Police and Field Operation Departments, Tigard Water District, NPU V, PGE, and GTE have reviewed the proposal and have no objections to it. No other comments have been received. B. ANALYSIS AND CONCLUSION Applicibl.e Approval Criteria The applicable criteria for approval of a minor modification to an existing approved conditional use are contained in Cods Section 18. 130 . 060.C. They are as follows: 1 . No Code provisions will be violated; and 2 . The modification is riot a major modification. The proposed addition of three portable classroom buildings on the site of Tig;trd Higk, School is consistent with the above criteria except with respect to parking, as discussed below. Section 18.50. 040 lists schools as a conditional use in the R-4 . 5 zone. The proposal satisfies the setback, lot coverage, and building height requirements of the R-4 . 5 zone and Section 18. 130. 150jC) (9) (Locational Criteria: Schools) . Adequate landscaping already exists on the site . The site provides adequate area for the needs of the existing school buildings and the additional building. The only utility connection that must be made for the proposed bu�ldi.ng is for electricity. Other public facility providers have not indicated that they would be unable to r3^ we the proposal . Bicycle racks located adjacent to the scr rl building provide much more than the minimum number of required bicycle parking spaces . The proposed addition of a portable classroom is not a major modification because no change in land use, parking areas, or accessways is proposed. The increase in floor area is less than 10 percent and the usable open space will not be reduced by 10 percent. Finally, no reduction of setbacks, landscaping, screening, or recreational facilities is proposed. NOT-CE OF DECISION - CUP 91--001(C) - SCHOOL DISTRICT PAGE 3 Parking As indicated above, no changes to the parking are proposed with this request. However, the applicant has submitted an application for Conditional Use approval to allow further expansion of the high school. facility. That application includes additional parking. In addition, the applicant, representatives from the School District, the Tigard Police Department, members of NPO # 7, and nearby residents are currently working together to solve certain parking concerns . The application includes additional parkin: spaces which should bring the school into compliance with the Code. C. DECISION The Planning Director's designee for the. City of Tigard approves Conditional Use CUP 91-0001 allowing placement of a portable classroom or, the Mary-Woodward Elemenb#r3c-Sepool site SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: s` THE FOLL014ING CONDITIONS SHALL BE SATISFIED PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF A BUILDING PERMIT. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED STAFF CONTACT IS CHRIS DAVIES, ENGINEERING DEPARTMFNT, 639- 4171. 1 . Twc (2) sets of public improvement plans and profile, for the construction of the sidewalk/curb on S.W. 92nd Ave. , shall be submitted for review and approval to the Engineering Department. 2 . Building permits will not be issued and construction of proposed public improvements shall not commence until after the Engineering Department. has reviewed and approved the public improvement plans and a street opening permit has been issued. The payment of a permit fee is required. 3 . The applicant shall pay the fee in lieu of constructing a water quality facility, prior to jbtaining building permits . 4 . An erosion control plan shall be provided as part of the public improvement drawings . The plan shall conform to "Erosion Control Plans - Technical Guidance Handbook, November 1989 . " 5 . The applicant shall pay the traffic impact fee prior to the issuance of a Building Permit. The actual TIP will be based on the increase in the number of students and the trip rate in effect at the time of Building Permit application. NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-001 (C) - SCHOOL DISTRICT PAGE 4 6 . Additional right-of-way shall be dedicated to the Public along the S.W. 92nd Avenue frontage to increase the right-of--way to 30 feet from the centerline. The description shall be tied to the existing .right-of.-way centerline. The dedication document shall be on City forms . Insty:uc:tions are available from the Engineering Department. 7 . The location of the proposed. portable classrooms shall be approved by the Building Division. STAFF CONTACT: Brad Roast, Building Division (639-4171) . 8 . A utility plan shall be submitted which shows the location of all utilities . Easements shall be provided for all utilities. If it is necessary to relocate the proposed structure because of the location of utilities, the new location shall be approved by the Building and Planning Division and the Engineering Department. STAFF CONTACT: Brad Roast, Building Division (639-4171 ) . 9 . In the event the application for a major modification to a Conditional Use for addtiona.l. expansion is not completed, not• approved or becomes invalid or adequate parking is not otherwise provided, the applicant shall satisfy the parking regixirements of Code Section 18. 106 .030 (Minimum Off-Street Parking) , STAFF CONTACT: Vi Goodwin, Planning Division ( 639-4161) . D. PROCEDURE 1 . Notices Notice was posted at City Hall and mailed to: XX The applicant and owners XX Owners of record within the required distance XX The affected Neighborhood Planning Organization !XX Affected government agencies 2 . Final Decision: THE DECISION SHALL BE FINAL, ON 6 26/91 UNLF,SS AN APPEAL IS FILED. 3 . Appeal: Any party to the decision may appeal this decision in accordance with Section 18 . 32 . 290(A) and Section 18 . 32 . 370 of the Community Development Code which provides that a written appeal must be filed with the City Recorder within 10 days after notice is givan and sent. Appeal fee schedule and forms are available at Tigard City Hall, 13125 SW Hall Blvd. , Tigard, Oregon. The deadline for filing of an appeal is 3:30 p.m. June 26, 1991 NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-001(C) - SCHOOL DISTRICT PAGE 5 4 . Qjjestions: If you have questions, please call City of Tigard Planninq Department, City of Tigard City Hall, 13125 SW Hall Blvd. , Tigard, Oregon. oaC--- �4j 6 — C--/ c-'� -- ' 7 APPROVED BY: Dick Bewe dorff DATE Senior Planner NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-001k - SCHOOL DISTRICT PAGE 6 CONSULTANTS FCSI ASID �c.nrri� Pdeemajur and c4mociatca FOOD FACILITIES CONS, ' 'PANTS P.O. BOX 193 LAKE OSWEGO. OREGON 97034 (503) 633.5219 HOSPITAL a DIETARY FACILITIES DEVELOPMENT STUDIES HEALTHCARE SPACE ANALYSIS RETIREMENT CENTERS S e I FOOD SERVICES COOK/CHILI. SYSTEMS SCHOOLS & INSTITUTIONS COMMISSARIES CORRECTIONAL FACILITIES JIM JAQUA, PLANS EXAMINER DATE: JUNE 10, 1991 TIGARD CITY HALL, BUILDING DEPT. 13125 SW HALL BLVD. TIGARD, OR 96223 PROJECT: TIGARD HIGH SCHOOL REMODEL KITCHEN AREAS PER OUR PHONE CONVERSATION THIS MORNING, I WOULD LIKE YOU TO ADDRESS THE FOLLOWING ISSUES: EXISTING KITCHEN: PROBLEM - THE EXISTING KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD IS NO LONGER CCDE LEGAL FOR A CLASS 1 GREASE HOOD. THE SMALL COUNTER TOP OVEN WILL BE REPLACED W1 4 STACK OF TWO FULL SIZE, GAS FIRED, CONVECTION OVENS FOR INCREASED PRODUCTION. SOLUTION - RETAIN THE EXISTING HOOD. ADD A WET CHEMICAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM TO PROTECT THE PLENUM AREA AND DUCT COLLAR OF THE EXHAUST HOOD. PROVIDE ONE NOZZLE OVER THE EXISTING RANGE. SET UP THE GAS SUPPLY LINE, FOR ALL COOKING EQUIPMENT WITH A SOLENOID VALVE AND MANUAL RESET ACTIVATED BY THE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM. NEW SATELLITE SERVING: PROBLEM - FUNCTIONAL LAYOUT OF GRILL COOKING REQUIRES TWO HOODS, ITEMS 26 AND 28. ITEM 26 IS A BACK SHELF STYLE UNIT OVER A GRILL AND FRYERS. ITEM 28 IS A CANOPY STYLE UNIT OVER A SINGLE :.TACK OF FULL SIZE CONVECTION OVENS. THE MECHANICAL SPACE, FOR THE hEMODEL, IS DIRECTLY OVER THE SERVING AREA. CONFIGURATION FOR FIRE SHAFTING AND RUNNING BOTH HOODS TO A rOMMON EXHAUST FAN THROUGH THIS MECHANICAL SPACE WILL BE A PROBLEM. SOLUTION - SET UP HOOD, ITEM 26, AS A FULL COMPLIANCE TYPE 1 HOOD WITH A FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND RUN DUCT VERTICALLY THROUGH FIRE SHAFT AND MECHANICAL SPACE. HOOD, ITEM 28, TO BE A TYPE 2 HOOD WITH EXHAUST DUCT RUN AS NEEDED THROUGH MECHANICAL SPACE. A GAS SOLENOID, ACTIVATED BY THE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM WILL BE USED FOR ALL COOKING EQUIPMENT UNDER BOTH HOODS. WE ARE IN PROCESS OF DEVELOPING A REMODEL PLAN FOR THE EXISTING KITCHEN. THIS PLAN WILL ADDRESS THE EXISTING HOOD ISSUE. A PLAN FOR THE NEW SATELLITE SERVING AREA AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ARE ENCLOSED FOR YOUR USE. YOUR TIMELY RESPONSE TO THE HOOD ISSUES IS NEEDED TO FINALIZE ALL DOCUMENTATION FOR THIS PROJECT. SINCERELY, F. DENNIS POLLMANN CC: XAVIER RUEDA, SELIG LEE RUEDA ARCHITECTS � w s U 4E O u• Y � � � 3 � � 8 $ u _ a V J� 12 , o 1 C ob ' lu Q W _ - W Vs s *3 W w d a V tt lY ell o N o 10 n r l� v J '� N Q• O 7 —IT T — O N CrW%$ � �J, c] 00', t 1 (UWr Q a C) ge f ` 2 C1 0. rl rj 2 � z tu 108F (f - - qju o' W N Lt. b9NM0 1�11SIX� 31bJIl1Ytl� x, .,T(J/ 39tlM�?1Rd �11111tlfld _ QI N - CJ cV - 'dNW311 1 i I� I N -s p LL� Yp ` - o r� �. '1 Q � _' u�•N w Z u� Z LL i 03 IL 0 U ff oN I M ° F o w W N x cl a � _ - - - 0 o I � 3 Y { 1 a NJF 1 Z 40 01 C1 ti o3d fl � S 0d J' tU `� WgNMo N11SIX3 _ _ — 31d31MOVA I �3gtlH0?1Rd � . �llllltlfl� - __. c I ON"911 N i i � O C o m 'n r E u _n n c o N E m o E I ua m o c i E o E m u v o (1 0 a v s i A 7 0 �c o Q U o Z F gcr u E oco E wa 'l p`o o IL Z o' o o 0o c0 5 c T o y Q Q V c T o u n _n o.L'_ v o fg a s o O �j � 4 T•V V U N O u O O°• S O K j � y O p O Lo o o u °' a Ucc 3 l l7 o E 0 u o o l.f O C u c = o c o v.° o p . o = .J oc7 o " v E c c ao o o o > o p nab c 'on a uou av ° O F � � �. $ c �o a c $ o «c w aCi cEi u �nv '• 3 o r o � lu � n u w T C —L p 3 0 O Q V V tl Q Q Z 0 0 O __ Y O`O 7 t 3 p n 0 0 « O O ,u .r 3 `v ` u ([ c �'%' o c C n v N o u E P c m Q d Q L �� tD ✓� °L > P Wu a7 >o d c.: w « 3 aC3 V Q; Y o c ch Ir OZ 3 rL 0 gO�OM,� �uE30 E ZZ ` Z nSo « o Eocc c pa\ ODo7wopW « f ° U U V ` ` O O ` NIv OOZj OFWO W n O19 , Jc o ?Sz2 naouo o Eo L ` mouCYa Z ' EujZ uoV $ QO Co D5>O Upm0j- . � ( V t HW C Cw � vECaW -'CUJ R ►�. '.1 0 ■ _ tJ M tQ N OS �d _ N �M V vi t0 P Ld Oi N N Q u9 o W w v o tl tl u 0 n o p o o L $ E u" � 7s Q =ro tlo n V o V a C o u o u o « a Pim E'v -gb c9 u a o O r L!z a ° LL 0 33 !o o P Lit O0� u Z � tlA u ° $o ° a n 8c � aE o o nL m o p o fi u $ U N Q d u u p u o " ° ,7 5 n w m c 0 in W D_ M O `� Cd yi C V Far S - C u- 8 0 O o;r W W I♦ i ° mt/1 2a oN utli � i� m w M m ca0 — u 000 o {} Q z � r 0 I io ti u W Z o r _T : w N a CD J w n u ., T Z _ 6 tl ti yr, p O Z c o c o p `� U d O O : Q G G p Z $ o o c c T c tl c o f z3z tl w � u N o u tl ._ � o c " n` `ono M �' u v c c u F5 tl cm V7 ` x aCOL oo c _ �' � ou uv — a 'm � vc c w � �� o .Y. S W O f' J O r)yt O D a F f N In O > YS �'° 3US �KN � 3 {�i. kN l7Y Qm W .JUN- 6-91 THU 11 .30 SELIG LEE RUEDA FAX N0, 5032244836 P, 02/02 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - ADDENDA NO. 3 - 6 JUNE 1991 SELIG/LEE/RUEDh ARCHITECTS AND PLANNERS 213 S.W. ASH, SUITE 201 PORTLAND, OR 97204 (303) 224-0173 TIGARD HIGH SCHOOL REMODEL PRASE I FOR TIGARD-TUALATIN SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 23J Tigard-Tualatin School District 14o. 23J Washington and Clackamas Counties This Addendum to the Contract Documents is issued to clarify and correct the Drawings and Specifications. This document is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents to the same extent as though it were originally included therein. Acknowledge receipt hereof by inserting the above Addenda number in the space pi-nvided in the Proposal Form prior to submitting bid. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. ;_it__�� Ep CIFICATIONS 3A-1 SECTION 11620 - FUME HOODS - 1.1 SCOPE Chsuge "Two (2) Fume Hoods" to read "One (1) Fume Hood". �B_ DRAiiINGS No Drawing Items this Addenda 3C _5UBS IT TUTIONS No SubAtitution Items this Addenda. END Ot ADDENDUM NUMBER THREE (3) annr.Nnh No. 3 - PAGE 1 !UN- 1-91 TUE 15:38 SELIG LEE RUEDA F(X N0, 5032244836 P. 01/101 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHLSE T - ADDENDA NO. 2 -- 4 JUNE 1991 Sir1,TG/LEE./RU$DA ARCHITECTS AND PLANNERS 213 S.W. ASH, SUTTE 201 PORTLAND, OR 97204 (503) 224-0171 TIGARD HIGH SCHOOL REMODEL P11ASE I FOR TIGARD-TUALATIN SCHOOL DISTRICT NO- 23J Tiqard-Tualatin School District No, 2,17 Washington and Clackamar Counties This Addendum to the Contract Documents is issued to clarify and correct the Drawings and Specifications. This document is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents to the same extent as though it were originally included therein. Acknowledge receipt hereof by inserting the above Addenda number in the space provided in the Proposal Form prior to submitting bid. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. 2A F;"CI!'ICATIONS No Specification Items this Addenda. 2B _ DRAWINGS 2B-1 SHEET 1.1 - TITLE SHEET AND SITE P1JkN The southernmost portable classroom shown will not be installed. Re- route driveway and adjacent french drain to clear existing track and concrete pad at discus throw facility. Delete requirements for the partial removal of the portion of track and discus ronerete pad. 2B-2 SHEET 2.2 - SCIENCE AND SP. LD. AREA PLANS a. Add the following to the Door and Hardware Schedule: 0PN4 11H THK LOC LA9EL JDET BINGE LOCI, 6X:T PUSH "I,,SE T"T TBRS F±JM (rAq QA^ HI.ET RGRP SEG STOP TOE^ NOTES Ails -EXETXISXST--11-3/4 COR i0NI8 - 4.4X4.4 Le - !80111 Sc X SX TV - RV-BP.-3 - - 'S1 S' SEAL - --- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ........... 9?9� EXSTXSXET i-3/4 1.10F 2DNIN - 4.44.^ L8 - - C1 - - SK011 Sc X EX TV - 9W-S9-3 - - Ito Si - 911L ----------------........-•--------------------------------------------------------------- -- ------------------------------------------ b. Ada: "Crawl_S 4qe Access., At west wall of Room B29 cut opening at existing concrete wall in crawl space and install 1 hr. labeled 24" x 30" high access. " Verify location. 2C SUBSTITUTION No Substitution Items this Addenda. END OF ADDENDUM N111 r'FR TWO (2. ADDENDA NO- 9 - PAnr 1 06•'( )1 1.5:37_ $503 684 7297 CITY OF T I GARD 001 ACTIVITY REPORT RECEPTION Oh TRANSACTION # 11540 CONNECTION TEL 5032244836 CONNECTION ID G3 START TIME 06/04 15:36 USAGE TIME 00' 52 PAGES 1 CONTRACT DOCUt'�EfelTS FOR T154RD ECH000 UIS i RICT 231 - 1991 ROOFING PROJECT SCS OOH. I7 I S7 I C'T 23J TIG4RI:), OREGON JL NE, 1991 � I ' �'iRC.�J�Ct 1�1D. �c011 ENGINEERS & PLANNERS Ig N.W. FIFTH AVE./PORTLAND. OR 97209 379 PARK AVE./COOS BAY. OR 97420 I a CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR TIGARD SCHOOL DISTRICT 23J - 1991 ROOFING PROJECT SCHOOL DISTRICT 23J TIGARD, OREGON l JUNE, 1991. I PROJECT NO. 4011 t 1 QC �'�` s u �r- TABLE OF CONTENTS Invitation to Bid General Instructions to Bidders Bid Form Public Works Contract Bond - State of Oregon Standard General Conditions ' Supplementary General Conditions Oregon Wage Rates Division 1 - General Requirements Division 6 - Carpentry Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Division 9 - Finishes Drawings M Invitation to Bid Project #4011 Page 1 Written sealed bids will be received by Francis X. Hodapp, Business Manager, School District 23J, Washington and Clackamas Counties, Oregon, 13137 S.W. Pacific Highway, Tigard, Oregon 97223, until 2:00 P.M. , Thursday, June 27, 1991, for work and materials required for 1991 Roofing Work on School District Roofs as shown on the bid form. At the time and place mentioned above, in the Board Room of the District Offices, all b•,ds on hand will be opened and publicly read aloud and then filed for public inspection. Bids may be submitted to Frank Hodapp, Business Manager, at the District Offices, working days, up to and including the day of the bid opening, between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. and on the day of the bid opening from 8:00 a.m. unt;l 2:00 p.m. , at the place of the bid opening. Bids received after the time fixed for opening will not be considered. Specifications may be examined at eny of the following locations: H.G.E. , INC. . . . . . . . 19 N.W. 5th Avenue, Portland, Or. Builders Exchange. . . . . . 1125 S.E. Madison, Portland, Or. Construction Data News . . . 925 N.W. 12th, Portland, Or. DJC Plan Center. . . . . 2014 N.W. 24th, P)rt.land, Or. Salem Contractor' s Exch. . . 2256 S.W. �'udsor, Salem, Or. School District 23J. . . . . 13137 S.W. P-.cific, Tigard, Or. Bidders may obtain one set of bidding documents from the office of H.G.E. , INC. , 19 N.W. 5th Avenue, Portland, Oregon 9t?09, upon deposit of $50.00 per set. Deposits will be refunded 'n full to biddtrs if such documents are returnFd to the office from which obtained within ten days after the date of bid opening. Additional sets and partial sets may be purchased from H.G.E. , INC. at the cost of reproduction. Bidders are required to be "Approved Roofing Contractors" qualified by the I specified roofing manufacturer. Written verification by the specified roofing manufacturer confirming the bidder' s status as an "Approved Contractor" shall be submitted to the Architect seven (7) days prior to bidding, and will be a basis for receipt of the official bid form. A pre-bid walk through of the project will be conducted at 10 A.M. , Tuesday, ,lune 18, 1991, beginning at Tigard High School main entry, located at 9000 S.W. Durham Road, ligard, Oregon. Only bids submitted in writing on proposal forms supplied by the District wi'. l be considered. S � Invitation to Bid Project #4011 Page 2 No bid will be received or consl;lered unless the Bid contains a statement by the bidder, as part of his bid, that the provisions required by ORS 279.350 (Workmen on Public Works to be Paid Not Less than Prevailing Rate of Wage) are to be complied with. All bids received or considered will be subject to the Reciprocal Preference Law (ORS 279.029). This law requires public contracting agencies, in determining the lowest responsible bidder, to add a percent increase each out-of-state bidder's bid price which is equal to the percent of preference given to local bidders in the bidoers home state. No proposal will be considered unless accompanied by bid security in the form of certified check, cashier' s check, or surety bond payable to School District 23J in an amount equal to 100% of all items bid. No interest will be paid on bid security. Return or retention of bid security shall be subject to the provisions of (IRS 279.031. Pursuant to ORS. 279.025, School District #23J may rejtct any bid not in compliance with all prescribed bidding procedures and requirements and may reject all bids, if, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, it is in the public interest to do so. No bidder may withdraw his bid aft-- the hour Set for the opening thereof and before award of the contract, unless award is delayed beyond 30 calendar days ' from bid opening date. Frank X. Hodapp, Jr. , Business Manager Y School District #23J Washington and Clackamas Counties, Oregon End of Invitation to Bid Daily Journal of Commerce Tigard/Tualatin Times Portland, Oregon 91210 Beaverton, Oregon 97005 Jure 10, 1991 June 13, 1991 June 17, 1991 The Oregonion Portland, Oregon 97201 June 10, 1991 June 17, 1991 r� � . SCHOOL DISTRICT #23J WASHING'Ir-N AND CI�JICVMIAS COUNTIES, ORIMN (TICARD) L GE4ERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I For purposes of these instructions and all other contract docwrents herein, the name School District #23J, Washington and Clackamas Counties, (xegon (Tigard) , and District refer to the same public corporate body. The attention of all bidders and contractors is invited to the following general requirements of Chapter 279, ORS and to applicable provisions of "Administrative Rules" promulgated by the District. I. BIDDING PROCEDURES: (Generally) (a) All bids shall be- in writing, (the form supplied herewith shall be used) , accompanied by a bid bond if specified, in sealed envelope, addressed to Francis X. Hodapp, Jr. Business Manager, of School District #23J, Washington and Clackamas Counties, ;Tigard) , 13137 S. W. Pacific Hwy.', Tiqard, Oregon, and including the name and address of the bidder and identifying the subject matter of the bid (and date of scheduled opening) on the outside of the envelope. (b) All bids shall be submitted to the office designated herein for the receipt of bids on behalf of the District. Bids tendered or received after the specified hour, will not be considered. (c) All bids will be opened publicly at the time designated in the advertisement and shall thereafter be filed for public inspection. (d) Pursuant to ORS 279.035, the District reserves thtr right to reject any bid not in compliance with prescribed public bidding procedures and requirements and may reject all bids if, in the judament of the District's Board, it is in the public interest to do so, and new bids may be called for. (e) The District may disqualify any person as a bidder in accordance with URS 279.037. II. AWARD OF CONTRACT (a) No bid for public works as defined in OPS 279.348(3) will be received or considered by the District unless the 'bid contains a statement by the bidder as part of his bid that the provisions of ORS 279.350 shall be complied with. FXW-LMFXjq / Il. AWMD OF CONTRACT (CONT. ) (b) Pursuant to ONE 279.021 , the District shell hrefor yocxls or services that have been manufactured or produced in Oregon if price, fitness, availability and .quality are otherwise equal. (c) Pursuant to Oi-'_; 279.029, the award, if any, will be made to the lowest responsible-- bidder as therein defined, wlio shall promptly execute a formal contract, and if the contract is for a public improvement, shall execui_.? and deliver an Oregon Public Works Performance Bond. (d) P:, award of a contract to any bidder shall not constitute a rejection of any other bid. (e) In the event two or more bids shall be for the same amount for the same work, District may award bile contract by lot or otherwise as it deems appropriate. (f) Pursuant to ORS 279.035, the Distxict reserves the right to reject any bid not in compliance with prescribed public bidding procedures and requirements and may reject all bids if, in the judgment of the District's Board, it is in the public interest to do so, and new bids may be called for Ill. S:ATU'Ir)RY PROV I S I ONS A. The folla,;ing Statutory Provisions which are applicable to Public Contracts, generally, shall, be conditions of any contract awarded hereunder. (a) Pursuant to Oregon Revised Statutes (CRS) 279.312, the contractor shall make prompt payment, as due, to all persons supplying to the contractor labor or materials for the prosecution of the work provided for herein, pay all contr:.butions or amounts due the State Industrial Accident Fund from the contractor incurred in the performance of the contract here, not permit. any lien or claims to be filed or prosecuted against the District on account of any labor or material furnished; and to pay the State Department of Revenue all sums withheld from employees pursuant to ORS 316.167. (b) Pursuant to ORS 279.314, if the contractor fails, neglects, or refuses to make prompt payment on any claim for latrjr or services furnished t.o the contractor by any persona, in connection with this ayreeiTent as such claim. l.xeconr!; due, the prorrnr officer or officers represent- ing t1le Disf-Lict may ply such claim to the person furnishing t1ie labor service and charge Che amount of the lhlyment against tho contractor. Thf, p<Iyment of a claim in the irwinner author i zcvl in this: paragi aph shall riot re l i(,v!, the cont-actor or his surety from its obliaat.ion wct:li reslx-,ct to any unpaid cla ILRWAIW III. STATM)R'i PROVISIONS (Wrr-) (c) Pursuant. to ORS 279.316, no person shall be employed by the contractor for more than eight hours in any one day, or forty hours in any one week except in cases of necessity, J emergency or where the public policy absolutely requires it, and in such cases, the laborer shall be paid at. least time and a half pay for all overtime in excess of eight hours a day and for work performed on Saturdays and on _ legal holidays specified in ORS 187.010, except_ Veteran's Day. (d) Pursuant to ORS 279.320, the contractor shall, promptly as due, make payment to any person, co-partnership, association, or corporation furnishing medical, surgical and hospital care or other needed care and attention, incident to sickness or injury, to the employees of such contractor, cf all sums which the co:itractor collected or deducted from the wages of his employees for such ser.,ices puzsuant to any law, contract or agreement for the purpose of providing or paying for such service. (e) A list of public agencies that have enacted ordinances or regulations dealing with prevention of environmental pollution and the preser,.-ition of natural resources that affect the performance of the contract is included in the Contract Documents. (f) Pursuant to ORS 279.021, Section 2, where a public cunfract is awarded to a foreign contractor, and the contract price exceeds $10,000, the contractor shall promptly report to the Department of Revenue, on forms provided by the Department of Revenue, such information as it may require before final payment can be received on the ptrhlic contract. The District shall satisfy itsolf that .' this requirement has been met before it issues a final p,3mrent. A foreign contractor is one who is not domiciled and/or registered to do business in the state of Oregon. k 4 INSTRUCTIONS 'PO BIDDERS 1 III. STATUTORY PROVISIONS (CONT. ) B. Contracts for public improvements or public .corks executrd by thF District shall also include the requirements of the E)llowing statutes: (a) ORS 279.318 - Provisions relating to environmental and natural resources laws and rules; change orders. (b) ORS 279.326 - Agreement to terminate ccntract. - (c) ORS 279.328 - EE-xtension and compensation when work suspended in certain cases. (d) ORS 279.330 - Compensation when contract terminated. (e) ORS 279.333 - Application of ORS 279.324 to 279.330. ORS 279.334 - Maximum hours of labor on public contract holidays, exceptions. 1 (g) ORS 279.336 - TJ— limitation on claim for overtime; posting of circular by contractor. (h) ORS 279.338 - Length of day's labor on public works. (i) ORS 279.348 to ORS 279.356 - Prevailing wage rates • for workers in each trade or occupation are available from the Cornnissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries. l (j) ORS 719.400 to ORS 279.420, Inc. - Withholding of retainage, IRete mage def in�!ci, Form of retainage. (k) ORS 279.526 I to ORS 279.542, Inc. - BorAs, actions on Bonds. (1) ORS 7.79.575 - Progress payments on public contracts; retainage; interest; exceptions; settlement of compensation disputes. INSTRUCTICNS TO DIDDE16 MURUKAUM WAGE RATES ORS 279.352 is quoted as follows: "279.352. Provision in contract for minimum rate of wage, w, The sperificationr for every contract for public work shall contain a provision stating the existing prevailing rate of wage which may be paid to workers in each trade or occupation required for such public work employed in the performance nC the contract either by the contractor or subcontractor or other persons doing or contracting to do the whole or any part of the work contemplated by the ccntract, and the contract shall contain a prevision that such workers shall be paid not less than such specified minimum hourly rate of wage." IV. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS: (a) No officers or employees of the District_ shall have authority to provide any interpretation, either verbal r or written, wi"11 respect to the foregoing requirements or 1 to any bid specifications, except the Board of Directors. (t,) Prior to submitting any bid or proposal to the District, it is su,gnsted 0,--it each bidder review the statutory provisions atove .:ited as applicable to his proposal, tcxgether with tiie administrative rules of the District Contract Review Board . (c) If, in any respect, the foregoing instructions are in anywise zncnnsistent with the applicable statutory r)rovi.sicns or the administr-tive rules of the District, the statutory and regulatory provisions shall govern. (d) The certified check or bid security, if any, of the bidder with whom a contract is entered into will be returned when said contract has been properly executed by the bidder and performance bond, if required, properly executed, has been delivered to and accepted by t1le District. The certified check or security bond of each bidder who was not awarded a contract will be returned immediately after the contract and bored of successful bidder(s) , properly executed, have been delivered to and accepted by the District. V SITE AND CONSTRUCTICN CONDITIONS The Contractor or his authorized agent are to inspect the site of the work. The siqninq of his bid by the Contractor is an acceptance of the conditions at the site of the work, arid the Conrr--.:tor will be held responsible for the complet,.on of all of the necessary work .in accordance with the Plans and Speci f ii-a t ions. i T INSTFtU_T I oNS TO BIDDERS V I. I NTFRPRI:T.AT I CN OF CONTRACT DOCUMI-WS AND APPROVAL, Of MATER I AIS: If any person contemplating the submission of a bid for the prop,--)sed construction finds discrepancies in or omissions from, or is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Plans and Specifications or forms of Contract 1X)currents, he shall submi � to the Architect written request for an interpretation thereof or additions thereto, r at least seven (7) days prior to the date on which bids are to be opened. When an item is not specifically approved in the Specifications and/or substitution is desired by a Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier, the re'guest for approval shall be submitted to the District no later than seven (7) days prior to the bid opening. The judgment of equality of items rests solely with the District in accordance with established values recognized by the construction industry. In either event, the person submitting the request wiP be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation, addition or revision to the proposed documents, or approval of materials submitted, will be only by addenda duly issued. A copy of such adder►da will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of Plans and Specifications. Any bddenda so issued are to t- covered in the bid and they will become a part of the Contract Documents. The District will not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretaticr, c,f the Contract Documents. APPROVAL OF BOARD OF DIRE)C'1`ORS PEQUIkL,u Payment of any sun hereu,-►der by the terms hereof, and all modifications arid change orders which in anywise affect the contract price shall be subject to the provision of ORS 3 2.255 providing for approval of all contracts and payments by the Board of Directors, and shall be of no binding effect up:.n t1:e District until approved by the Bcard of Directors. VII. BONDS: Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid bond in usual form, certified ' check or cashier's cf„tx in an amount equal to 10% of the bidder's proposal Bid bonds shall be provided for the basic bid, and separately for the optional combined basic bid if exercised by the bidder. The successful bidder shall promptly execute a formal contract and furnish a Perform----e Bond in the usual form of an Ore-ion Public Works Contract Bc • in compliance with Sections 279.029 and 279.542. Oregon Revised Statutes, in an amount equal to 100% of the contract price. Such bond to be written by properly qualified surety authorized to do business in the State cf Oregon. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS A . VIII. INSumNCE: Insurance shall be provided as requires] by the Contract Documents. Certificates evidencing_ required insurance coverage shall be delivered to the District by the successful bidder concurrently with the execution of the Contract. IX. MrUTICU OE' BID FORMS: r ERcept as otherwise provided herein; bids ;.Iiich are incomplete or which are conditioned in any way, or contain erasures, alterations, or items not called for in the proposal, or which are not in confonnity with the law, may be rejected by the District. The Bid Form invites bids on definite Plans and Specifications. only the amounts and information asked for in the Bid Form will be considered as the Bid. Each bidder shall bid upon the work exactly as specified and as provided in the Bid Form. X. CONTPAC`T: The successful bidder will be required to execute a contract in form approved by attorneys for the District. f i I I t lINSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 r k SAMPLE Bid Form Project #4011 Page 1 BID FORM Bid: 1991 Roofing Project 13137 S.W. Pacific Highway Tigard, Oregon 87223 To: Board of Directors Schoul Distri :t 23J Tigard, O-egor, 97223 Gentlemen: The undersigned bidder declares that he has carefully examined the drawings and ' specifications, that he has made an examination of the site of the proposed work and has made such investigations necessary to determine the character of materials and the conditions to be encountered. The undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all material and labor and perform all work to complete the 1991 Roofing Project, in strict accordance with the drawings and specifications prepared by the firm of H.G.E. , INC. , Engineers and Planners, 19 N.W. Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon. The undersigned further agrees that if an award be made on the foregoing to the undersigned bidder, bidder will promptly execute a formal contract on the basis of such award, and furnish performance bonds, as required by the specifications within ten (10) calendar days after notice of awa ',a. Bidder further agrees to beyin work within ten (10) calendar days after reca1pt of Notice to Proceed and to complete the work by August 16, 1991. It is understood that if an award is made it will be for a single lump sum contract for the projects indicated. If a reduction in the slope of the work is necessary in order to stay within the budget limitations, individual projects will be deleted from the contract in accordance with their indicated values. Note: This Bid Form is a sample orly. Qualified bidders will receive their official Bid Form with the last Addendum. Attendance at the Pre-Bid Conference is required to qualily as a Bidder. � s1 Bid Form Project #4011 Page 2 Bid Unit N1 Area "A", "B" , "C" , "D" $- _Dol l ars and Cents Bid Unit N2 Area "E", "F", "G", "H" $� Dollars and Cents ' Bid Unit #3 Area "I" "i" $ Dollars and Cents TOTAL BID $ L Bid Form Project #4011 Page 3 Bidder acknowleges that the repairs to be completed pursuant Lo the terms of any contract hereunder are required to be timely completed in order to enable the use of the school facilities involved in the roofing repairs; therefore, bidder agrees that time :hall be the essence of ary contract formalized hereunder and that the contract shall include the following previsions with respect to liquidated damages: (a) It is agreed that unless extended in a;;cordance with "The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" that the Contractor will pay as liquidated damages to the Owner for any delay beyond the completion date named above the sum of One Hundred Dollars (5100.00) per calendar day for each day required beyond that date. (b) That the amount so fixed is a reesonabie forecast of just compensation due the District and the people thereof for the damage caused by the failure of the Con- tractor to substantially complete the repairs within the time thus limited. (c) That the harm that is caused by the failure of the Contrator to substan- tially complete the repairs within the time thus limited is incapable or very difficult of exact computation or estimation. (d) That the sum of $100 per day for the period indicated is not disproportion- ate to the amount of the damages due the District in consideration of the property anticipated consequences of the breach of contract at the time the same was formalized as well as at the time of the breach, if any. It is further understood and agreed that if an award be made to the undersigned bidder, bidder shall comply with the requirements of ORS 279. 350. Attached is a listing of subcontractors of the undersigned with an indication for each of the work to be performed. It is understood that if he is awarded the contract, the listed subcontractors will be used, and no changes made unless approved by the Engineer in advance, in writing. The nage of the Bidder who is submitting this proposal is: _doing business at _ City of State of the address to which all communications shall be made. The names of the principal officers of the corporation submitting this proposal or of the partnership, or of all persons interested in the proposal as principals are as follows: Dates this__ _day Acknowledge P :eipt of Addenda : (1 ) (3)- game of B i dder: _r_`__ Rv: (IF CORPORATION) In witness herof the undersigned corporation has .aused this instrument to be executed and its seal affixed by its duly authorized officers this _day o£--__ 1986 Name of Corporation By — Title Attest Secretary 4.0.4;4 STATE OF--.------) ss COUNTY OF--------) On this _—day of—`__ 1986 , personally appeared who, being duly sworn, did say that they are the President and Secretary respectively of the within named corporation and that the foregoing instrument was executed in behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors , and each of seid officers acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of said corporation Before me Notary Public for My Commission Expires -10- 7 'f INDIVIDUAL OR PARTNERSHIP 1 witness whereof the undersigned has caused this instrument to be executed this day of 19B. PARTNERSHIP BIDDER SIGNATURE FOR PARTNIRSHIP Dated (Name of Partnership) Company Name NAME OF PARTNERS Address : City : _ State : Zip Code :_ By — Phone : — (Signature of One Partner) INDIVIDUAL BIDDER SIGNATURE MR.IMIAL dba Address . City - State _ _____lip Code Phone 11 IMPQLTANT INSTRUCTIONS Bidder's proposal shall be signed in the applicable spaces herinafter appearing with ink or indelible pencil,as follows : (1) In the case of an individual bidder, by such individual bidder. (2) In the case of a partnership,the name of the partnership must appear upon such proposal,and it shall be signed in the name of such partners::ip by at least one of the partners. In addition to such signature,the names of all partners shall be stated in such proposal. (3) In the case of a corporation, the corporate name shall be subscribed to be the president or other managing office, and there shall be set forth,under the signatures of such office, the name of the office he holds or the capacity in which he acts for such corporation. envelope must Uv.•g b.WLe and relatcd information gonspicugusly printed gn !t outside. Bids not so marked may be accidentally opened and the bid may be thus disqualified b - 12- LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 1991 Roofing Project Tigard, Oregon 97223 Project #4011 I NOTE: If work is to be performed by the General Contractor, list "self". �. TYPE OF WORK Ruof i ng Sheet Metal Painting _ i Other i I BOND PUS:= WORKS CONTRACT SO :J - STATE OF OREGON KNOW ALL MEN E1' THESE PRESENTS, That we, (hereinafter called the Principal) , as Principal, and' _ —I _ a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of _ _ _ and duly authorized to transact a surety business in the State of Oregon (hereinafter called the Surety) , are held and firmly bound unto SCHOCL DISTRICT #23J, WASHINGTON AND CLACKAMAS COUNTIES (Tigard) OREGON (-.ereinafter called the Obligee) in the sum of (S ) Dollars, lawful money of the United States of America to be paid to said Obliqee, we do bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, s;:ccessors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that WHEREAS, ccn the _ day of , 19 _ , the Principal entered into a contract with the Obligee described as follows: within the Distri:t. NOW THEREFOR-1, if the Principal hcrtin shall faithfully and truly observe and comply with t :e terms of the contract and shall well and truly perform all matters and things undertaken to be performed under said contract upon the terms proprosed therein and shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying labor or material for any prosecution of the work provided for in such contract and shall not permit any lie- or claim to be filed or prosecution against the Obligee on account of any la_`c: oz material furnisht3, arid shall promptly pay all contributions or amounts due the :tate Industrial Accident Fund and State Unemployment Compensation Fund -from the contractor or subcontractors and all sums required to be deducted an-d retaincl from the wages or employees of the contractor or subcontractor purs.:ant to the Personal Income Tax Act of 1969, shall be paid over ito the Department of Revenue, incurred in the performance of said contract, then this obligation is to be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The total of the Surety's liability under this bond Moth to the Obligee and to the persons fu:--.ishinq labor or materials, provisions and goods and to any other person or persons, shall in no event exceed the penalty ther--of. Provided, hc.ever , that the conditions of this obligation shall not apply to any mone•: loaned or advanced to the Principal or to any subcontractors, I or other person in the performance of any such work, whether specifically provided in the contract or not. This pond is executed for the purpose of complying with Chapter 279 of I Title 26, Oregon =eevised Statutes, and the provisions of the contract documents, all of which are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof. I It; WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bounded parties have executed this instrument this day of 19 SURETY: CONTRACTOR: Title: CONTRACTOR'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF OREGON, ) ss. x County of ) BE IT REMF2'.SERED, That on this day of 19 before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, „ personally appeared the within named known to me to bthe identical individual described in and who executed the within instrument and acknowledged Lo me that _ executed the same freely and voluntarily. -- IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year last above written. Notary Public fc,- Oregon My Commission expires SURETY'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF OREGON ) ss. County of On this day of 19_, before me appeared c , me personally known,who, beinq duly sworn, did say that he is the of the within-named corporation, and that the seal affixed to said instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the corporation by authority cf its board of directors and acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corpo-atior. IN TESTIMO?^Y WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official Seal the day and year last_ above written. Notary Public for Oregon 2 - BONU My Commission Expires: This documcnt has important legal conscyucnccs: co a nation �wh an attorney is encoutagcd with respcct to its completion or modification. _ STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF TIM CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by '7g, leers' Joint Contract Documents Committee and Issued and Published Jointly By §)Amm MG. rpUECAj f_ A �s OUNDED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE A proctice division o(the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS s CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General -Ok 9 e Contractors of America These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements (No. 1910-9-A-1 or 1910-8-A-2, 1983 editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the others.Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Commentary on Agreements for Engineering Services and Contract Documents, No. 1910-9, 1981 edition. For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, sec Guide to the Preparation of Supple- mentary Condi'.ions (No. 1910-17, 1983 edition). When bidding is involved, the Standard Form of Instructions to Bidders (No. 1510-12, 1983 edition) may be used. No. 19104 (1987 Edition) WKWUMU TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article Number Title Page 1 DEFINITIONS ...................................................... 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ............................. .......... 8 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,AMEND;NG AND REUSE ............................... 9 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS .............................................. 10 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ..... .................................. 11 6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............................ 14 7 OTHER WORK ..................................................... 18 8 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES .................................... 19 9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 19 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK ......................................... 21 11 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE.. .................................. 21 12 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME ................................... 24 13 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE;TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................... 24 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ............ 26 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 29 16 ARBITRATION ..................................................... 31 17 MISCELLANEOUS ................................................. 32 w INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS IArti<le or Paragroph Number Acceptance of Insurance ............................. 5,13 Contractor's Warranty of Title ........................ 14.3 Access to the Work ............... .................. 13.2 Contractors-other ...................................... 7 Addenda-definition of(see definition of Contractual Liability Insurance ........................ 5.4 Specifications) ........................................ I Coordinating Contractor-[definition of ................ 7.4 Agreement--4icfinition of ................................ 1 Coordination .......................................... 7.4 All Risk Insurance ..................................... 5.6 Copies of Documents .................................. 2.2 Amendment, Written ............................. I, 3.1.1 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ........... 13.11 Application for P:tyment---definition of .................. 1 Correction Period, One Year ........................ 13.17. Application for Payment, Final ...................... 14.12 Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Application for Progress Payment .................... 14.2 Work--in general ........................... 13.11-13.14 Application for Progress Payment-review of .... 14.4-14.7 Cost-net decrease ................................. 11.6.2 Arbitration ............................................. 16 Cost of Work .................................... 11.4-11.5 Authorized Variation in Work ......................... 9.5 Co,ts, Supplemental ................................ 11.4.5 Availability of Lands .................................. 4.1 Award, Notice of-defined .............................. 1 Day-dennition of ....................................... Defecri:e-definition of ................................. 1 Before Starting Construction ...................... 2.5-2.7 Defer rive Work, Acceptance of............. ........ 13.13 Bid-definition of .... .................................. 1 Defective Work,Correction or Removal of .......... 13.11 Bonds and Insurance-in general ........... ............ 5 Defective Work-ir.geneial ............... 13, 14.7, 14.11 Bonds--definition of..................................... I Defrcrive Work, Rejecting ............................. 96 Bonds, Delivery of ............................... 2.1,5.1 Definitions .............................................. 1 Bonds, Performance and Other .................... 5.1-5.2 Delivery of Bonds ..................................... 2.1 Determination for Unit Prices ........................ 9.10 Cash Allowances ..................................... 11.8 Disputes, Decisicns by Engineer ................. 9.11-9.12 Change Order-definition of ............................. I Documents,Copies of ................................. 2.2 Change Orders-to be executed ...................... 10.4 Documents, Record .................................. 6.19 Changes in the Work .............................. .... 10 Documents, Reuse ... ....... ................... ..... 3.6 Claims, Waiver of--<)n Final Payment ............... 14.16 Drawings-definition of ................................. Claritications and Interpretations .......... ........... 9.4 Cleaning .................................. .......... 6.17 Easements ............................................ 4.1 Completion ............................................. 14 Effective date of Agreement--definition of............... 1 Completion, Substantial ................... ..... 14.8.14.9 F mergencies ......................................... 6.22 Conference,Preconstruction .......................... 2.8 Engineer-definition of .................. ............. 1 Conflict, Error, Discrepancy-Contractor Engineer's Decis;ons ............................ 9.10-9.12 to Report .. .................................. 2.5, 3.3 Engineer's-Notice Work is Acceptable ............. 14.13 Construction ;Machinery, Equipment,etc. ............. 6.4 Engineer's Recommendation of Payment ...... 14.4, 14.13 Continuing Work ..................................... 6.29 Engineer's Respnnsibilities, Limitations Contract Documents--amending and on .................................. 6.6,9.11,9.13-9.16 supplementing .................................. 3.4-3 5 Engineer's Status During Construction-in general ...... 9 Contract Ducuments-definition of ..................... I Equipment, Labor, Materials and .................. 6.3-6.6 Contract Documents-Intent ...................... 3.1-3.3 Equivalent Materials and Equipment .................. 6.7 Contract Documents--Reuse of ....................... 3.6 Explorations of physical conditions ................... 4.2 i Contract Price.Change of .............................. I Contract Price-definition ............................... I Fee, Contractor's-Costs Plus ...................... . 11.6 Contract Time,Change of .............................. 12 Field Order--definition of . ......................,,,,,__ I Contract Time,Commencement of .................... 2.3 Field Order-issued by Engineer ................ 3.5.1,9.5 Contract Time-definition of .............. ............. 1 Final Application for Payment ....................... 14.12 Contractor--definition of .... ............................ I Final Inspection .................... ................ 14.11 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ............. 15.5 Final Payment and Acceptance ...................... 14.13 Contractor's Continuing Obliga,ion ................ 14.15 Final Payment, Recommendation of ........... 14.13-14.14 Contractor's Duty to Report Disc.-c,- , :y in Documents .............. ................... 2.5, 3.2 General Provisions .............................. 17 3-17.4 Contractor's Fee-Cost Plus ... 11.4.5.6, 11.5.1, 11.6-11.7 General Requirements----definition of.................... Contractor's Liability Insurance ....................... 5.3 General Requirements--principal Contractor's Responsibilities-in general ................ 6 references to ................. 2.6,4.4,6.4,6.6-6.7,6.23 j � a ser ss � a ser Giving Notice ........................................ 17.1 Payments to Contractor-when duc ........... 14.4, 14.13 Guarantee of Wort:-by Contractor.................. 13.1 Payments to Conitactor-withholding ................ 14.7 Performance and other Bonds ..................... 5.1-5.2 Indemnification .. .................... 6.30.6.32,7.5 hermits ............. ................................. 6.13 Inspection. Final . ............................ 14.11 Physical Condition, ................,.................. 4.2 Inspection,Tests and ................................. 13.3 Physical Condition,- Engineer's review ............. 4 2.4 Insurance, Bonds and-in general ....................... 5 Physical Conditions--existing structures ............. 4.2.2 Insurance,CertiScates of ........................... 2.7,5 Pt sical Conditions---explorations and reports ....... 4.2.1 Insurance-completed operations ...................... 5.3 Physical Conditions--possible document change ..... 4.2.5 Insurance,Contractor's Liability 5.3 Physical Conditions-price and time adjustments .... 4.2.5 Insurance,Contractual Liability ....................... 5.4 Physical Condition.-report of differing ............. 4.2.3 Insurance,Owner's Liability .......................... 5.5 Physical Conditions-Underground Facilities .......... 4.3 Insurance, Property .............................. 5.6.5.13 Prcconstruction Conference ..............I............ 2.8 InFurance-Waiver of Rights .......................... 5.11 Preliminary Matters ..................................... 2 Intent of Contract Documents ................... 3.3,9.14 Premises, Use of ................................ 6.16-6.18 Interpretations and Clarifications ...................... 9.4 Price, Change of Contract .............................. Investigations of physical conditions ................... 4.2 Price-Contract-definition of ............................ 1 Progress Payment, Applications for ................... 14.2 Labor,Materials and Equipment .................. 6.3-6.5 Progress Payment-retainage ......................... 14.2 Laws and Regulations--definition of ..................... I Progress schedule ............... 2.6, 2.9,6.6,6.29,15.2.6 Laws and Regulations-general ....................... 6.14 Project-definition of.......................... ......... Lizbility Insurance--Contractor's ..................... 5.3 Project Pepresentation-provision for ................. 9.3 Liability Insurance-Owner's ......................... 5.5 Project Representati%c. Resident--definition of .......... 1 Liens-definitions of ................................ 14.2 Project. Starting the ................................... 2.4 Limitations on Engineer's Property Insurance ............................... 5.5-5.13 Responsibilities 6.6,9.11,9.13-9.16 Property Insurance---ParJal Utilization 5,15 Property Insurance-itrceipt and Application Materials and equipment--furnished by Contractor .... 6.3 of Frocceds ................................... .5.12-5.13 Materials and equipment-not Protection, Safety and ........................... 6.20-6.21 incorporated in Work .............................. 14.2 Punch list ........................................... 14.11 Materials or equipment-equivalent ............. ...... 6.7 Miscellaneous Provisions ............................... 17 Recommendation of PaN ment .................. 14.4, 14.13 Multi-prime contracts ................................... 7 Record Doct;rnents ................................... 6.19 Reference Points ...................................... 4.4 Notice.Giving of ..................................... 17.1 Regulations, Laws and ............................... 6.14 Notice of Acceptability of Project 14.13 Rejecting Defective Work ............................. 9.6 Notice of Award-definition of .......................... 1 Related Work at Site .............................. 7 1-7.3 Notice to Proceed-definition of ......................... 1 Remedies Not Exclusive ............................. 17.4 Notice to Proceed-giving of .......................... 2.3 Removal or Correction of Defective Work ..........- 13.11 Resident Project Representative-definition of ........... I "Or-Equal" Items ... .................... ........... 6.7 Resident Proiect Rerresentative-provision for ........ 9.3 Other contractors ..... ................................. 7 Responsibilities,Contractor's--in general ............... 6 Other work ............... .............. ............... 7 Responsibilities, Engineer's-in general ................. 9 O,ertime Work-prohibition of ........................ 6.3 Responsibilities,Owncr's in general .................... 8 Owner-definition of .. ................................. 1 Retainage ........................ ................... 14.2 Owner May Correct Defective Work .............. 13.14 Reuse of Documents 3.5 Cwner May Stop Work .............................. 13.10 Rights of Way ......................................... 4.1 Ow ner May Suspend Work.Terminate .......... 15.1-15.4 Royalties, Patent Fees and Owner's Duty to Execute Change Orders ............. 11.6 Owner's Liability Insurance ........................... 5.5 Safety and Protection ......................... .. 6.20-6.21 Owner's Representative--Engineer to serve as ........ 9.1 Samples ......................................... 6.23-6.28 Owner's Responsibilitics-in general 8 Schedule of progress ........ 2.6,2.8-2.9,6.6,6.29, 15.2.6 Owner's Separate Representative at site .. ............ 9.3 Schcdulc of Shop Drawing submissions ...................... 2.6, 2.6-2.9,6.23, 14.1 Partial Uti,ization .................................. 14.10 Schedule of values 2.6,2.8-2.9, 14.1 Partial Utihzatioti---definition of ......................... I Schedules, Finalizirp .................................. 2.9 Partial Utiliiatior-,-Property Insurance ............... 5.15 Shop Drawings and Samples ..................... 6.23-6.28 Patent lees and Ro)allies ............................ 6.12 Shol• Drawings-definil rnt of ........ ................... 1 Payments, Recommendation of ........... 14.4-14.7. 14.13 Shop Drawings, use to approve Payments to Contractor-ir.general .................... 14 substitutions ...................................... 6.7.3 J Site, Visils lo-hy Engineer ........................... 9.2 Time,Computation of ...,............................ 17.2 Specifications-definition of ............................. I Time.Contract--definition of............................ Starting Consiruction, Before ...................... 2.5-2.8 Starling the Project .................................... 2.4 Uncovering Work 13.8.13.9 Stopping Work-by Contractor ....................... 15.5 Un&.-fir and Faci;ities-definition of ...... Stopping Work-hy Owner .................. ....... 13.10 Underground Facilities-not shown or indicated ..... 4.3.2 Subcontractor-definition of............................. I Underground Facilities--protection of ........... 4.3,6.20 Subcontractors-in general ....................... 6.8-6.11 Underground Facilities-shown or indicated ......... 4.3.1 Subcontracts-required provisions ............5.11.1, 6.11 Unit Price Work-definition of ......... 11.4.3 Unit Price Work-general .............. .. i 1.9, 14.1, 14.5 Substantial Completion--certification of .............. 14.8 Unit Prices 11.3.i Sub-,'.a tiai Completion -definition of.................... I ..•.•,•, for' Unit Prices, Determinations for ....................... 9.10 Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items ....................... 6.7 Use of Premises ................................ 6.16.6.18 Subsurface Conditions ............................. 4.2-4.3 Utility owners ... ...................... 6.13,6.20,7.2-7.3 Supplemental costs ................................. 11.4.5 Supplementary Conditions--definition of ................ 1 Values, Schedule of ......................... 2.6,2.9, 14.1 Supplementary Con.litions••-principal Variations in Work-Authorized ............ 6.25,6.27,9.5 references to .. 2.2, 4.2 5.1,5.3, .5.6-5.8,6.3,6.13,6.23, Visits to Site-by Engineer ............................ 9.2 7.4,9.3 Supple mc.ning Contract Documents .. ........ .... 3.4.3.5 Waiver of Claims--on Final Payment ................ 14.15 Supplier--definition of... ............................... 1 Y Supplier-principal references to ... 3.6,6.5,6.7-6.9, 6.20, Writver of Rights by insured parties ............. 5.10,6.11 6.24,9.13,9.16, 11.8, 13.4, 14.12 arranty and Guarantee-by Contractor ... ......... 13.1 Surety---consent topayment ... ............. 14.12, 14.14 Warranty of Trtic,Contractor's ....................... 14.3 .......... 13.2 Sure t y-Engineer has no duty to ..................... 9.13 Work, Access to ••.••.••.•••..,..••Work-by others •-.- ................- 7 Surety-notice'�.... ..................... 10.1, 10.5, 15.2 ........................ Surety-qualification of 5,1-5.2 Work Continuing During Disputes ..................•• 6.29 Work,Cost of ........ I......... 11.4-II.5 V1 Suspending Work, by Owner ......... ...._. 15,1 � ................• o;k-definition of .................................. Suspension of"'or) and Termination-in general ....... 15 ".. 5u rip:_ndent-Contractor's � Work Directive Change-definition of ................... Supe �••�-��•�-��•������•••�•• �` Work Directive Change-principal Supervision and Superi.:1endence .................. 6.1-6.2 references to ............................ 3.4.3, 10.1-10.2 Taxes-Payment by Contractor....................... 6.15 Work. Neglected by Contractor ....... ............. 13.14 W Termination by Contr.tctor .......................... 15.5 ork. Stopping by Contractor ........................ 15.5 Termination-by Owner ......................... 15.2-15W 4 ork, Stopping by Owner ............... ....... 15.1-15.4 ,Termination, Suspension of Work and-in genera! ...... IS. Written Amendment-definition of Tests and Inspections ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 13,3-13.7 Written Amendment--principal 1 p ...... 3.4.1, 10.1, 11.2, 12.1 Time, Change of Contract 12 references to ............... ...................... V� F GENERAL CONDITIONS drfe(fit v—AnadiccIivc Nhich when mot hfyingIhe word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, foully or deficient, or ARTICLE I—DEFINITIONS does not conl'orm to the Contract Documenm or docs not meet the requirements of any inspection,rel'crencc standard. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or Contract Documents the following terrns have the meanings has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural of final payment(unless responsibility far the protection thereof thereof. has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the Dran•inxs—The drawings which show the character and scope opening of Bids which clarify,correct or change the bidding of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared documents or the Contract Documents. or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Con- tract Documents. Agreement—Thc written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR cohering the Work to he performed: other Effective Darr of the Agrcentrnt—Thc date indir .zed in the Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made Agreement or,which it becomes effective,but if no such date a pan thereof as provided therein. is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and Application for Paynnent—The form accepted by ENGI- deliver. NEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to include such sup- ENGINEER—The person,firm or corporation named as such porting documentation as is required by the Contract in the Agreement. Documents. Field Order--A w-itten order issued by ENGINEER which Bid—The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with para- prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be graph 9.5 but whi(.h docs not involve a change in the Contract performed. Price or the Contract Time. Bonds—Bid, performance and payment bonds and other General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of the Sp::ci- inctr.imente of security. fications. Change Order—A document recommended by ENGINEER, Laws and Regulations;Lntvs or Regulations--Laws, rules, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and autho- regulations,ordinances,codes and/or orders. rizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time,issued Notice of Award—The written notice by OWNER to the on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent Contract Documents—The Agreement,Addenda(which per- enumerated therein, within the rime specified, OW14ER will lain to the Contrac! Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid sign and deliver the Agreement. (including documentation accompanyin5 the Bid and any post- Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by OWNER to Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) CONTRACTOR(with a campy to ENGINEER)fixing the date when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bondi, on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on these General Conditions,the Supplementary Conditions,the which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRAC- Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more spe. TOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. cifically identified in the Agreement,together with all amend- ments, modifications and supplements issued pursuant to OWNER—The public body or'nuthority, corporation, asso- paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5 on or after the Effective Date of the ciation firm orerson with whom CONTRACTOR has entered Agreement. p into the Agreement and f-ir whom the Work is to be provided. Contract Pr`:-P—The moneys payable by OWNER to CON- Partial Utilization—Placing a portion of the Work in service TRACTO"., tinder the Contract Documents as stated in the for the purpose for whici;it is intended(or a related purpose) Agreeme it (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in before reaching Substanth l Completion for all the Work. the case of Unit Price Work). Protect—The total constntction of which the Work to be Contract Time—The number of days(computed as provided provided under the Contract Doct-ments may he the whole, in paragraph 17.2)or the date stated in the Agreement for the or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. completion of the Work. Resident Project Representntit e—Thc authorized rcpresen- CONTRACTOR—The person,firm or corporation with whom tative of ENGINEER who is assigned to the site or any part OWNER has entered into the Agreement. thereof. Shop /)rcnring;—All drawings, diogratms, illustrations. ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by responding to d;ffering or unforeseen physical conditions under or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, perfor- 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22. A Work mance charts, instructions• diagrams and other information Directive Change may not change the Contract Price or the prepared by a Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. the change directed or documented by a Work Directive Change will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Spertfrcations—Thos: portions of the Contract Documents Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect,if consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in equipment, construction systems, standards and workman- paragraph 10.2. ship as applied tc the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Written Arnrndnrent—A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or Subrontrartor—An individual, firm or corporation having a after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally deal- direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Sub- ing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly contractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents. site. Substantial Completion—The Work(or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGI— NEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in Dclicery of Bonds: accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agree- (or specified part)can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;or if there be no such certificate issued, when merits to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.13.The OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR msy be required to terms "substantially complete" and "substantially com• furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1. pleted" as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Comple- tion thereof. Copies of Documents: 2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR tip to ten Srrpplemrnrarp Condir.'nns—T'he part of the Contract Docu copies(unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Con- ments which amends or supplements these General Condi- ditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably nec- lions. es nary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will Supplier--=A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, ur,orihutor, he furnished,upon ,equest,at the cost of reproduction. rnaterialman or vendor Commencement of Contract Time;Notice to Proceed: Uinderl;rrund Facilities—All pipelines.conduits,ducts,cables, 2.3. The Contract Time will commence to non on the wires,manholes,vaults,tanks,tunnels or other such facilities thirtie h day after the Effective Date of the Agreement,cr,if or attachments, and any encasements containing such facil- a Notice to Proceed is given• on the day indi:ated in the ities which have been installed underground to furnish any of Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any the following services or materials: electricity,gases, steam, time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agree- liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communica- merit. In no event will the Contract Time commence to run tions, cable television, sewage and drainage remosal, traffic later than the seventy-fifth day after the day of Bid opening or other control systems or water. or the thirtieth day after the—Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is e.arlirr. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Starting the Project: Work—The entire completed construction or the various sep- 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start ;o perform the Work on arately identifiable pans thereof required to be furnished the date when the Contract Time co,nmences to non, but no under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of per- Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the forming services. furnishing labor and furnishing and incor- Contract Time commences to ruts. ,.oratki& materials and equipment into the construction, all as r:quired by the Contract Documents. Before Starri,ag Consrrurtion: /Fork Dirertive Change—A written directive to CCNTRAC- 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work. CON- TOR,issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement TRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract and signed by OWNER grid recommended by ENGINEER. Docome its and check and verify peninew figrtres shown thereon and all applicahle field mcasurentents. CONTRAC- graph 2.6.The finalised progress schedule will be acceptable TOR shall promptly report in writing: to ENGINEER any to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the conflict, error or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may Work to completion within the Contract Time, but such discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarifi- acceptance will ncither imposc on ENGINEER respow ihility cation from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work for the progress or scheduling of the Work nor relieve CON. affected thereby;however,CONTRACTOR stall not be Iia- TRACTOR from full respunsibility therefor. The finalized ble to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any schedule of Shop Drawing submissions will be acceptable to conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for pro- unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should cessing the submissions.The finalized schedule of values will reasonably have known thereof. be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and suhstance. $° 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agree- ment (unless othcrwise specified in the General Require- ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, ments), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for AMENDING, REUSE ;i review: i 2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the Intent: starting and completion dates of the various stages of the 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agree- Work; ment between OWNER and CONTRAC'T'OR concerning the Work.The Contract Documents are complementary;what is 2 a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing sub- called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The missions;and Contract Documents will be construed in accordar,_e with 2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the the law of the place of too Project. Work which will include quantities and prices of items 3.2. It is the intent of tho Contract Documents to describe aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work a funcaiGnally complete Project (or part thereof) to be con- into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the strutted in ace,^dance w th the Contract Documents. Any basis for progress payments during construction. Such Work,materials or e4Uinrr,ent that may reasonably be inferred r.-ices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and from the Contract Documents as being required to produce pr.-f t applicable to each item of Work which will be con- the intended result will be supplied whether or not specifically firmed in writing by CONTRACTOR at the time of sub- called for. When swords which have a well-known technical mission. or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment such words shall be interpreted in accordance with 2.7. Before any Wort; at the site is started, CONTRACequipment meaning. Reference to standard specifications, manuals TOR shall deliver to OWNER,with a copy to ENGINEER, or codes of any technical society,organization crassociation, certificates (and other evidence of insurance requested by or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, OWNER)which CONTRACTOR is required to put-chase and whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4, and -mean the latest standard specification,manual,code or Laws OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR certificates (and or Regulations in effect at the tirne of opening of Bids(or,on other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR) the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain in except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However,no accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7. provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code(whether or not speci!ically incorporated by reference Preconstruction Conference: in the Contract Documents) shall be effective to chance the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or 2.9. Within twenty days after the Effective Date of the ENGINEER,or any of their consultants, agents or employ- Agreement, but before CONTRACTOR starts the Work at ees from those set forth in the Contract Documents,nor shall the site, it conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGI- it be effective to assign to ENGINEER, or any of ENGI- NEER and others as appropriate will be held to discuss the NEER's consultants. agents or employees, any duty or schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6,to discuss procedures authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance for handling Shop Draswings and other submittals and for of lite Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsi- processing.Applications for Payment,and to establish a working hility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or 9.16. understanding among the parties as to the Work. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. Finalizing.Schedules: 3.3. If,during the performance of the Work,CONTRAC- 2.9. At least ten days before submission of the first Appli. TOR finds a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract cation for Payment a conference attended by CONTRAC- Documents,CONTRACTOR shall so report to ENGINEER TOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected finalize the schedules submitted in accordance with para• thereby shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification w from ENGINEER: however, CONTRACTOR shall not be such other lands which are desiEnated for the use of CON- liable to OWNER or ENGINLER for failure to report any TRACTOR. Easements for perm,utent structures or perrra- conflrct, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents nent changes in existing facilities will be Obtained and p;:id unless CONI RACTORhadactualknowledge thereof orshould for by OWNF.R. unless otherwt.c provided in the Contract reasonably have known thereof. Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights-of-way or case- ments entitles CONTRACTOR to an extension of the Con- Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: tract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as 3.4. The Contract Documents may be amended to pro- provided in Article 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all vide for additions. deletions and revisions in the Work or to additional lands and access thereto that may he required for modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and the following ways: equipment. 3.4.1. a formal Written Amendment, Physical Conditions: 3.4.2 a Change Order (persuant to paragraph 10.4), 4.2.1. E-rhlorations and Reports: Reference is made or to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions 3.4.3. a Work Directive Change (pursuant to para- at the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in prep- graph 10.1). aration of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in As indicated in paragraphs 11.2 and 12.1,Contract Price and such reports, but not upon nontechnical data, interpreta- Contract'rime may only be changed by a Change Order or a tions or opinions contained therein or for the completeness Written Amendment. thereof for CONTRACTOR's purposes Except as Indi- c,^.ted in the immediately preceding sentence and in para- 3.5 In addition, the requirements of the Contract Docu- graph 4.2.6,CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility merits may be supplemented,and minor variations and devia- with respect to subsurface conditions at the site. tions in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 4.2.2. Existing Strurtures: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those 3.5.1. a Field Order(pursu;,nt to paragraph 9.5), drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and sut,surface strur.;,fres (except Underground 3.5.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Facilities referred to in paragraph 4.3) which are at or sample(pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27),or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGI- NEER in preparation of the Contract Documents. CON- 3.5.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarifi- TRACTOR may rely upon the accuracy of the technical cation(pursuant to paragraph 9.4). data contained in such drawings,but not for the complete- ness thereof for CONTRACTOR's purposes. Except as indicated to the immediately preceding scrtence and in Reuse of Documents: paragraph 4.2.6, CONTRACTOR shall have full respon- 3.6. Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or sibility with respect to physical conditions in or relating Supplier or other person or organization performing or fur- to such structures. nishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or ownership 4.2.3. Report of Differing Conditions:If CONTRAC- rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other docu- TOR believes that: ments (or copies of any thcreofr prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER;and they shall not reuse any of them on 4.2.3.1. any technical data on which CONTRAC- extensions of the Proiect or any other project without written TOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written and 4.2.2 is inaccurate,or verification or adaptation by ENGINEER. 4.2.3.2, any physical condition uncovered or revealed at the site differs materially from that indi- ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL cated. reflected or referred to in the Contract Docu- CONDITIONS;REFERENCE POINTS mems, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware Availability of Lands: thereof and before performing any Work in connection 4.:. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by para- Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be per- graph 6.221, notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing forTned,rights-of-way and easements for access thereto,and about the inaccuracy or difference. I MMM Hcriew: ENGINI?LR will determine the extent to which the Contract Documents promptly review the pertinent condition., determine the should he modified to reflect and document the eonse- necessity of nhtaining aticlitiunal explorations or tests with qucnees of the existence of the Underground facility,and respect thereto and advisc OWNER in writing(with a copy the Contract Documents will he amended or supplemented to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and con to the extent necessary. During such time, CONTRAC elusions. TOR shall be responsible fur the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. 4.2.5. Possible Document Charge: if ENGINEER CONTRACTOR shall be nilowed an increase in the Con- concludes that there is a material error in the Contract tract Price or nn extension of the Contract Time,or both, Documents or that because of newly discovered condi- to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of tions a change in the Contract Documents is required, a any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated Work Directive Change or a Change Order will be issued in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR as provided in Articie 10 to reflect and document the could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of. consequences of the inaccuracy or difference. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, CONTRACTOR rnny make a c..im therefor as 4.2.6. Possible Price and Time Adjrrstments: In each provided in Articles 1 I and 12. such case, an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contrabt Time,or any combination thereof, will be allowable to the extent that Rcjerence Points: they arc attributable to any such inaccuracy or difference. 4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to estab- lf OWNER and CONTRACTOR arc unable to agree as to lish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER's the amount or length thereof,a claim may be male therefor judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed as provided in Articles I I and 12. with the �Vork.CONTRACTOR sh,II be responsible for lay- ing out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established Physical Conditions—Undergrcund Facilities: reference points and shall make no changes or relocations 4.3.1. Shown or Indicated:The information and data without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRAC- shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect TOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of dte is ba-,_d on information and data furnis„cd to 0;'.N ER necessary changes in grades or locations,and shall be respon- or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facil- sible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such ref- ities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly pro- erence points by professionally qualified personnel. vided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be ARTICLE 5—BONDS AND INSURANCE responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any --- such --such information or data;and, Performance and Other Bonds. 4.3.1.2. CONTRACTOR shall have full responsi- 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and pay- oility for reviewing and checking all such information ment Bonds,each in an amount at least equal to the Contract and data,for locating all Underground Facilities shown Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of or indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordina- all CONT'RACTOR's obligations under the Contract Doeu- tion of the Work with the owners of such Underground ments. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one Facilities during construction, for the safety and pro- year after the date when final payment becomes due,except tcction thereof as provided in paragraph 6.20 and as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Con- repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, tract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such the cost of all of which will he considered as having other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Condi- been included in the Contract Price. tions. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents and he executed 4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated. if an Underground by such sureties as are named in the current list of"Com- Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the panies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sure- which was not shown or indicated in the Contract ties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Com- Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reason- panies"as published in Circular 170(amended)by the Audit ably have been expected to be aware of,CONTRACTOR Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified performing any Work affected thereby(except in an emer- copy of the authority to act. gency as permitted by paragraph 6.1.1),identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof 5.2. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRAC- to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGI- TOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right NEER will promptly review the Underground Facility to to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or It cr:ases to nice( the requirements thirty clays' prior ssritten notice has been given to OWNER of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACT OR sl,-ill within five days and GNGINEEk by ccrliticd mail. All such insurance shall thercallcr substitute another Mond and Sua-ly,both of which remain in efrect until final payment and at all times thereafter must be acceptablt to OWNER. when CONTRACTOR may be correc(ing, removing cr replacing de(rc rive Work in aCLordance with paragraph 13.12. In addition. CONTRACTOR shall maintain such completed Contractor's Liability Insurance: operations insurance for at least two years after final payment 5.3. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such and furnish OWNER with evidence of continuation of such comprehensive general liability and other insarance as is insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. appropriate lot the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may ance out of or result from CONTRACTOR's perfor- Contractual Liability Insurance, mance and furnishing of lite Work and CONTRACTOR'S 5.4. The comprehensive general liability insurance required other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, by any by paragraph 5.3 will include contractual liability insurance Subcontractor,by anyone directly or indirectly employed by applicable to CONTRAC'fOR's obligations under paragraphs any of them to peaiorm or furnish any of the Work, or by 6.30 and 6.31. anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 5.3.1. Claims under workers' or workmen's cornnen- Owner's l,iahilin Insurance: sation,disability benefits and other similar empioyee ben- 5.5. OWNER shall be responsible for purchasing and efit acts; maintaining OWNER's own liability insurance and, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain such insur- 5.3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, ance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise occupational sickness or disease,or death of CONTRAC- from operations under the Contract Documents. TOR's employees; 5.3.3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, Property Insurance: sickness or disease, or death of any person other than 5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary CONTRACTOR's employees; Conditions. OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value 5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by personal injury thereof(subject to such deductible amounts as may be pro- liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person vided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to and Regulations). This insurance shall include the interests the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or of OWNER,CONTRACTOR,Subcontractors.ENGINEER (b)by any other person for any other reason; and ENGINEER's consultants in the Work,all of whom shall be listed as insureds or additional Insured parties,shall insure 5,3.5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work ,against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall itself,because of in to or destruction of tangible prop- include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and damage e.rly' wherever located, including loss of use resulting including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse therefrom; and water damage,and such other perils as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions,and shall include damages, 5.3.6. Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Reg- losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured ulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured any person or for damage to properly;and property (including but not limitrd to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attoLneys and other professionals). If 5.3.7. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or not covered tinder the "all risk"insurance or otherwise pro- death of any person or properly damage arising out of the vided in the Supplementary Conditions,CONTRACTOR shall ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portinns of rhe Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such The insurance required by this paragraph 5.3 shall include portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for the specific coverages and be written for not less than the Payment. limits of liability and coverages provided in the Supplemen. tar), Conditions, or required by law, whichever is greater. 5.7. OWNER shill purchase and mz�intair.such boilerand The comprehensive general liability insrrance shall include machinery insurance or additional properly insurance as may completed operations insurance. Apt --,f she policies of incur- be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and ance so required to be p.:chased and maintained (or the Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, certificates or other evidence thereoO shall contain a provi- CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER AND sion or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be ENGINEER's consultants in the Work•all of whom shall be cancelled,materially changed or renewal refused until at least listed as insured or additional insured parties. P; y 5.8. All the policies of insurance (or t1w certificates or such waiver forms are required of any Subcontractor, other evidence thereof) requir,:d to he purch„scd and main- t::ON'MACTOR will obtain the same. tained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a pro%ision o•endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal Krceipl and Application of Proceeds: refused until at least thirty days'prior written notice has been 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance given to CONTI(ACTOR by certified mail and will contain required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.11.2. OWNER and made payable to OWNER as tn►stee for the insureds,as their interests may appear,subject to the require- 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and mems of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests 5.13.OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money of CONTRACTOR,Subcontractors or others in the Work to so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such the extent of any deductible amounts that arc provided in the agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other Supplementary Conditions, The risk of loss within the special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be deductible amount,will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Sub- repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on contractor or others suffering any such loss and if any of them account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. amounts,each tray purchase and maintain it at the purchas- er's own expense., 5.13. OWNER as trustee shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in 5.10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the special insurance be included in the property insurance pol- occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If icy, OWNER spall,if possible, include such insurance, and such objection be made, OWNER as trustee shall make set- the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appro- dement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement priate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to com- as the parties in interest may reach. If required in writing by mcnccment of the Work at the site,OWNER shall in writing any party in interest, OWNER as trustee shall, upon the advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for the proper per- has been procured by OWNER. formance of such duties. IVaiver of Ril;nts: Acceptance of Insurance: 5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights 5.14. ifowNf R has any objection to the coverage afforded against each other for all losses and damages caused by by or other provisions of the insurance required to be pur- any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance chased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and any with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of its not complying other property insurance applicable to the Work,and also with the Contract Documents, OWNER shall notify CON- waive all such rights against the Subcontractors, ENG1- TRACTOR in writing thereof within ten days of the date of NEER, ENGINEER's consultants and all other parties delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with named as insureds in such policies for losses and damages paragraph 2.7. If CONTRACTOR has any objection to the so caused. As required by paragraph 6.1 I, each subcon- coverage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of tract between CONTRACTC'R and a Subcontractor will insurancerequiredtobepurchasedandmaintained byOWNER contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 on the basis of favorofOWNER,CONTRACTOR,ENGINEER,ENGI• their not complying with the Contract Documents, CON- NEER's consultants and all other parties named as insureds. TRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing thereof within ten None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that days of the date of delivery of such certificates to CON- any of thr- insured parties may have to the proceeds of TRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 2.7. OWNER and insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise pay- CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such addi- able under any policy so issued. tional information in respect of insurance provided by each as the other may,r-asonably request. Failure by OWNER or 5.11.2. OWNER and CON TRACTOR intend that any CONTRACTOR to give any such notice of objection within policies provided in response to paragrr-)hs 5.6 and 5.7 the time provided shall constitute acceptEwce of such insur- shall protect all of the parties insured and provide primary ante purchased by the other as complying with the Contract coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils Documents. covered thereby.Accordingly,all such policies shall con- tain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damape the insurer will have no rights of Partial Utilization--Property Insurance: recovery against any of the parties named as insureds or 5,15. If OWNFR find: it necessary to occupy or use a additional insureds. and if the insurers require separate portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Comple- waiver forms to be signed by ENGINEER or ENGI- tion of all the W-.,,k, such use or occupancy may be accum- NEER's consultant OWNER will obtain the same,and if plished in accoraance with paragraph 14.10;provided that no MqMAJLJLMqAM such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers 6.5. All materials and equipment shall lie of good quality providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice and new,except as otherwise provided in the Contract Duc- thereof and in wriungcffccted the changes in coverage neces• uments. If required by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall sitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insur- furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required ance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, tests)as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or lapse on All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed,con- account of any such partial use or occupancy. nected.erected,used.cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents; but no pro- vision of any such instructions will be effective to assign to ARTICLE 6—C•ONTRACTOR'SRESPONSIBILITIES ENGINEER,orany of ENGINEER's consultants,agents or �— — employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the Supervision and Superintendence: furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or author- ity to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Wort. paragraph 9.15 or 9.16. competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expectise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Doc- Adjusting Progress Schedule: uments. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of acceptance(to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9)adjust- construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible ments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon for the negligence of others in the design or selection of a of new developments; these will conform generally to the specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply of construction which is indicated in and required by the with any provisions of the G�,ncral Requirements applicable Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible thereto. to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Substitutes or"Or-Equal"/tents: 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times 6.7.1, Whenever materials or equipment are specified during its progress a competent resident superintendent,who or described in the Contract Documents by using the name shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances.The the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at function and quality required.Unless the name is followed the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CON- by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, TRACTOR.All communications given to the superintendent materials or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. by ENGINEER if sufficient information is submitted by CONTRACTOR to allow ENGINEER to determine that Labor,Materials and Equipment: the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named.The procedure for review by ENGINEER 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably will include the following as supplemented in the General qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and per- Requirements. Requests for review of substitute items of form construction as required by the Contract Documents. material and equipment will not be accepted by ENGI- CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline NEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR.If CON- and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or TRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall make writ- adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the ten application to ENC►1NEER for acceptance thereof, Contract Documents,all Work at the site shall be performed certifying that the proposed substitute will perform ade- during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not quately the functions and achieve the results called for by permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Sat- the general design, be similar and of equal substance to urday,Sunday or any legal holiday%0(hou!OWNER's writ- that specified and be suited to the same use as that spec- ten consent given after prior wtitien notice to ENGINEER. ified. The application will state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Require- CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Comple- ments,CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full respon- tion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute sibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, for use in the Work will require a change in any of the construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other fuel,power,light,heat,telephone,water, sanitary facilities, direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project)to tempo►•ary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-tip or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection and completion of the Work. with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or FMMNMNM royalty,All war,;ru;s of the propo%ed file from that OWNI?It and 1'NGINfiIiR and if CONTRACTOR has specified will be identified in file application and aw;dlable tiuhrl)itted a hs; thereof in accurd;urce with the Supple- maintenance, repair and replacement service will he indi- mctary C'onditi,ats,O%%'NER's or ENGINEER's accept. rUcd. The arl+lic,aion Hilt ;dso coni:-in ;in itcmiied c%li- or indirccll from 'ince tctlher in ssriting or by failing to rnakc written ohjcc• acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign hon in thetc hidd,` edocumenindicated forarceContraConactr or oh' male of;.11 cost+that will result directlyhv date ce Documents) ' and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting any such change, all of which shall be considered by ENGINEER organization so Subcontractor,tent fi ed may be revoked on tilepplier or other `rson bas s oor f in evaluating the prcposed substitute. ENGINEER may reasonable objection after chic investigation,in which case require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute,the expense additional data about the proposed substitute. Contract Price sill be increased by the difference in the cost occasluned by such substitution and an appropriate 6.7.2. Ira specilc means,method,technique,sequence Change Order aiil be issued or Written Amcrnlment signed, or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by No accepUtnce b� UWlJER or ENGINI;EP, of any such the Contract Documents,CONTRACTOR may furnish or Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization ' utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGI- or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER, if CONTRACTOR submits sufficient information to allow NEER to reject ciafectiwe Work, ENGINEER to determine that the substitute proposed is 6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsihlc to OWNER equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcon- Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER tractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations per- will be similar to that orovided in paragraph 6.7.1 as applied forming or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or by ENGINEER and as may be supplemented in the ren- indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRAC- eral Requirements, TOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omis- sions. thContract Documents sh create any 6.7.3, ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time co tractual rclatironstr p between OWNER ornll ENGINEER within which to evaluate each proposed substitute. ENG)- and any such Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or NEER will be the sole judge of acceptability, and no organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be evi- any moneys due am' such Subcontractor, Supplier or other n denced by either a Change Order or an annrnved Rr+,)p person or organization except as may otherwise be required Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to fur- by Laws and Regulations. nish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. 6.10. The divisio;is and sections of the Specifications and ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CON- and ENGINEER's consultants in eva;uating substitutions TRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or oroposed by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any C—,Contract Documents occasioned thereby, Whether or specific trade. not ENGINEER accepts a proposed substitute, CON- TRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of 6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Sub- ENGINEER and ENGINEER's consultants for evaluat- contractor will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement ing each proposed substitute. between CONTRACT OR and the Subcontractor which spe- cifically binds the Sutzontraclor to the applicable terms and Concerning Subcontractors,Suppliers and Others: conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon SOW Randuired parg':aph 5.11.ENGINEER and contains waiver provisions tractor,Supplicrorothcr person ororganization(including each Subconira torn just share off an insuraR shall pay c e moneys those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indi- received by CONTRACTOR on account orlossesunder pol- gated in paragraph 6.8.2),whether initially or as a substi- icies issued rursuant to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7. tutc, against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reasonable objection.CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor,Supplier or other person or Patrnt Tees and Royalties: organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection, 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and roy- 6.8.2. if the Supplementary Conditions require the "flies and assume all costs incidet to the use in the perfor- q mance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work oranv identity of certain Subcontractors,Suppliers or other per- invention, design, process, product or device which is the sons or organizations(including those who are t( furnish subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. it a the principal iters of materials and equipment)r,r be sub- particular invention, design, process, product or device is ' milted to OWNER in advance of the specified date prior specified in the Contract Documents for use in the perfor- to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by mance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER r or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights place of the IN riga which arc applicable during the perfor- calling for the payment of any iiccmc fee or royalty to others, mance of the Work. the existence of such nphts shall be disclosed by OW'NFR in the Contract Documents. CONTRACT OR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and ENGINEER and anyone Use of Premises: directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equip- against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including ment, the storage of materials and equipment and the oper- attorneys'fees and court and arbitration costs)arising out of ations of workers to the Proje.l site and land and areas iden- any infringement of patent rights or copyrights ipcident to tified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other the use in the per'irmance of the Work or resulting fron the land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights- incorporation in the Work of any invention,design,pro.:ess, of-way, permits and casements, and shall not unreasonably product or device not specified in the Contract Docurr gots, encumber the premises with construction equipment or other and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full infringement of such rights. responsibilnv for any damage to any such land or area,or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any land or areas cont;g- uous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work. Permits: Should any claim he made against OWNER or ENGINEER 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary by any such owner or occupant because of the performance Conditions,CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all con- of the Work.CONTRACTOR shall promptly attemp•�o settle slruction permits and licenses. OWNER shall ass;st CON- with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the TRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and claim by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the licenses.CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations,indemnify and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, and hold OWNER and ENGINEER harmi—s from and against which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids,or if then. all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not are no Bids on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CON- limited to, Pecs of engineers, architects, attorneys and other TRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for con- professionals and court and arbitration costs)arising directly, nections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of indirectly or consequentially out of any action,legal or equi- such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as table, brought by any such other party again--t OWNER or plant investment fees. ENGINEER to the extent based on a claim arising out of CON TRACTOR's performance of the Work. Lames and Regulations: 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall Live all notices and shall keep the premises fret from accumulations of waste comply with all Laws and Regulations applicrble to fur- materials,rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. nishit.g and performance of the Work. Except where oth- At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove erwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regu- all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the lations,neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be respon- premises as well as all tools,appliances,construction equip- sible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with ment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave any Laws or Regulations. the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. CON- TRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not 6.14.2. if CONTRACTOR observes that the Specifi- designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. cations or Drawings are at variance with any Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load not permit any pan prompt written notice thereof,and any necessary changes of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger will he authorized by one of the methods indicated in the structure. nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of paragraph 3.4. If CONTRACTOR performs an) Work the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to will endanger it. such Laws or Regulations, and without such notice to i-,MANFER,CONTRACTOR shall hear all costs arising therefrom;however,it shall not he CON"TRACTOR's pri- Record Documents. many responsibility to make certain that the Specifications 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at and Drawings are in accordance with such laws and the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications Regulations. Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications(issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good Tozer: order and annotated to show all changes made during con- 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales,consumer, use stnrction.These record documents together with aN approved and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRAC- samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop 'Drawings TOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the will he available to ENGINEER for rrferenre. Upon com- pletion of the Work, these record documents, samples and EpeeWncirs. Shop Drawings%611 be delivered to EN(.ilNl:l I<for OWNER. 6.22. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Wi rk or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR,w ithuut special inst ruc!4m or aulhurization Safely and Protection: from ENGINEER or OWNER,is oblivatcil to act to prevent 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, threatened damage,injury or loss.CONTRACTOR shall give maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and pro- ENGINEER prompt v,ritten notice if CON►RACTOR believes grams in connection with the Work. CONT'RAC'TOR shall that any significant chanes in the Work or variations from take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall the Contract Documents have been caused thereby.If ENGI-NEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury is required because of the action taken in response to an or loss to: emergency, a Work Directive Change or Change Order will 6.20.1. all emp!oyees on the Work, and other persons be issued to document the consequences of the changes or and organizations who may be affected thereby; variations. 6.20.2, all the Work and mat,:rials and equipment to Shop Drawings and Samples: be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the 6.23. Afte,checking and verifying all field measurements Site;and and after complying with applicable procedures specified in 6.20.3, other property at the site or adjacent thereto, the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, road- accepted schedule of Shop Dra++ing submissions (sec para- designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the ways,structures,utilities and Underground Facilities not graph 2.9), or for other appropriate action if so indicated in the Supplementar- Conditions,five copies(unless otherwise course of construction. specified in the General Requirements)of all Shop Drawn 7s, which will bear a stamp or specific written indication th_, CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's responsi- Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the bilities under the Contract Documents with respect to the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, review of the submission. All submissions will be identified injtlry or lo-r: and shall erect and maintain a!' neccs�.ary as ENGINEER may require. The data shown on the Shop safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities,dimcn- shall notify owners of adjacent prorerty and of Underground sions, sptcificd performance and design criteria, materials Facilities and utility o++ners Mien prosecution of the Work and similar data to enable ENGINEER to review the infor- may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the pro- mation as required. tection, removal, relocation and replacement of their prop- crty. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to 6,24, CONTR.ACTOR shall also submit to ENGINEER. in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, for review and apnrovaLwilh such ppromptness as to cause in whole or in part,by CONTRACTOR,any Subcontractor, no delay in Work,all samples requircc h—tht;Contract Doc- Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indi- uments. All samples will have been checked by and accom- rectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of panied by a specifiz written indication that CONTRACTOR the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, has satisfied CONTRACTOR's responsibilities under the shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR(except damage or loss Contract Documents with respect to the review of the sub- attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to mission and will he identified clearly as to material,Supplier, the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or anyone pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either intended. of them may be liable.and not attributable, directly or indi- rectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CON- (1.25.1. Before suhmission of each Shop Drawing ei TRACTOR). CONMACTOR's duties and responsibilities sample CONTRACTOR shall have determined and veri- for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until tied all quantities,dimensions, specified performance :ri- such lime as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has teria, installation requirements, mater"rls, catalog nurtt- issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accord- hers and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed once with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable(except or coordinated each Shop Drawing or st,mple with other as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substan- Shop Drawings and samples and with the requirements of tial Completion). the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate , responsible rcp- 6.25.2. At the time of each submission. CONTRAC- reseniative at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of TOR shall give ENGINEER specific wr•ilen notice of each accidents. This person shall be CONT'RACTOR's superin- variation that the Shop Drawings or samples may have tendent unless otherwise designated in writing by CON• from the requirements of the Contract Documents, and, TRACTOR to OWNER. in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Dra%ong submitted to ENGINEER for review provided that any such claim, •lamage. loss or expense(a) is and appnwal of each such variation. attributable to bodily injury. sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible pre perry (other than the 6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve with rea,.on. Work itself)including the loss of use re-,ulting thercfrtrm and able prempiness Shop Drati,ings and samples, but ENGI- (b) is caused in v.,hole or in part by any negligent act or NEER s review and approval will he only for conformance omission of CONTRACTOR,any Subcontractor,any person with the design concept of the Project and for compliance or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them with the information given in the Contract Documents and to perform or furnish any, of the Work or anyone for whose shall not ^xtend to means, methods, techniques, sequc,ce.s acts any of them may be liable, re)ardless of whether or not orprocedures ofconstruction(except where a specific means, it is caused in tart by a party indemnified hereunder or arises method,technique,sequence or procedure of construction is by or is imposed by Law and Pegulations regardless of the. indicated in or required by the Contract Documents) or to negligence o.:.­% such pt.r'ty. safely precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such wall not indicate 6.31. In any and all claims against OWNER or FNGI- approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CON- NEER or am of their consutants, agents or employees by TRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any and sha' rciurn the required number of corrected copies of person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any Shop Drawings !nd submit as required new samples for review of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for and approval.CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention whose acts any of them may he liable, the indemnification is writing to revise,)ns other than the corrections c-fled for obligation under paragraph 6.30 shall not be limited in any by ENGINEER on previous submittals. way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR 6.27. LNGINEER's review and approval of Shop Draw- or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization Ings or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing salted ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the 6.32. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under para- time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.2 and graph 6.30 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER, ENGINEER has given written approval of each such varia- ENGINEER'c consultants, agents or employees arising out tion by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, accompanying the Shop Drawing or sample approval; nor reports, surveys,Change Orders, designs or specifications. will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Draw- ings or from responsibility for having complied with the pro- ARTICLE 7—OTIJER WORK visions of paragraph 6.25.1. 6.2E. Where a Shop Drawing or sample is required by the Mated Work at Sim: Specifications, any related Work performed prior to ENGI- 7.1. O"'NER may perform other work related to the Pro.j- NEER's review and approval of the pertinent submission will ect at the site by OWNER's own forces, have other work be the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. performed by utility owners or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these. If Continuing the H'ork: the fact that such other work is In be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will be 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the York and adhere given to CONTRACTOR prior to siarting any such other to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements work; and, if CCrNTRACTOR believes that such perfor- with OWNER.No Work shall be delayed or postponed pend- mance will involve addition5l expense to CONTRACTOR or ing resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as requires additional time and the p:rties are unable to agree permitted by paragraph 15.5 or a, CONTRACTOR and as to the extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim OWNER may otherwise agree in writing. therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility owner and Indemnification: 7.2. contractor who is it party to such a direct contract(or 6.30. To etre fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regu- OWNER, if OWNER is performing(lrc additional work with lations CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER's employees)proper ani' saf:access to the site and OWNER and ENGINEER and their consultants,agents and a reasonable opportuaity for the introduction and storage of employees from and against till claims, damages, losses and materials and equipment and Ihe execution of such work,and expenses,direct,indirect or consequential(including Kai not shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. limited to fees and charges of engineers,architects,attorneys CONTRACTOR .hall do al' cutting, fitting and patching of and other professionals and court and arbitration costs)aril- the Work that may he required to make its several parts come ing out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, together properly and integrate with such other work. CON- t T RAC I'OR shall not endanger tiny work of oth+:rs by cutting, lures which have liven utilized by ENGINEER in preparing excavating or otlierumc altering their work and will only cut the Dram ings and Specifications. or alter their %%ork +ttth the written consent of ENGINEER :uut the others whoa •• irk will be affected. The +lubes and 8.5. OWNER's responsibilities in respect (if'purchasing responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this r•rragraph arc and maintaining liability and property insurance arc set forth for the benefit of such utility owners nnu other contractors in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.8. to the extent that there arc comparable provisions for the ' benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between 8.6. ON1'NER is obligated to execute Clintige Ordcrs as OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. indicated in paragraph 10.4. 7.3. If any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends for8.7• OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain proper execution or results upon the work of any such other inspections,tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. Lontrartor or utility owner (or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to scup Work or any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render suspend Work.sec paragraphs 13.10 and li.l.Paragraph 15.2 it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and dean with OWNER's right to terminate services of CON- I esults. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute TRACTOR under certain circur^stances. an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integra- tion with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or non- apparent ,t fects and deftt icncies in the other work. ARTICLE 9—ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION Coordination: 7.4. if OWNER contracts with others for the perfor- Owner's Representative: mance of other work on the Project at the site. the person or 9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's r presentativc dur- orgam7ation who will have authority and responsibility for ing the construction period. The dutie: and responsibilities coordination of the activities among the various prime con- and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's tractors will be identified in the Supplementary Conditions, representative during corstruction are set forth in the Con- and the specific matters to be covered by such authority and tract Documents and shall not be extended without written ••-ill he itcrr,izrd,and the extent of s,--ch author- consent of MVNIER and PNGINF.ER. it v and responsibilities will he provided,in the Supplementary Conditions.Unless nthcrwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions•neitherO%NNEF nor ENGINEER shall have any Visits to Site: authority or responsibility in respect of such coordination. 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe the progress and qua!i!y cif the executed Work and to deter- AI'MCLE 8-01AINER'S RESPONS1131LITIES mine, in general, if the Work is r weeding in accordance with the Contract Documents.ENGINEER will not be requu ed to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check 9,1. OWNER sha!l issue all communications to CON- the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts TRACTOR through ENGINEER. will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI- Contract Documents. On the basis uq such visits and on-site NEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom observations as an experienced ane qualified design profes- CONT'RACTOt: makes no reasonable objection, whose sta- sional,ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the prog- tus under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against I NGINEER. Any dispute in connection with such appoint- defects and deficiencies in the Work. merit shall be subject to arbitrltion. 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER Project Representation: under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make pay- 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER ag,de, ENGINEER ments in CONTRACTOR promptly after they nre due as will furnish a Resident "inject Representative to assist providrd ir.paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. ENGINEER in obscrvirg the performance of the NLork.The duties, responsibiliti--s and limit,tions of authority of any 9.4, OWNER's duties in respect of 1 widing lands and such Resident Project Represr.,tative and assistants wilt be rasemcnts and providing eugincering surveys to establish as provided in the Supplemt^tary Conditions. If OWNER reference poets are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Para- designates another agent to rep:es^'.1 OWNER at the site graph 4.2 refers to OWNER's iuentifying and making avail- who is not ENGINEER's age;t or employee, the duties, jable to CC°NTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and ecsponsibilities and Ifir,itations of authority of such other tests of subsurface conditions at the site and in existing struc- person mill be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 1' Clar{/ieations and Interpretations: to ENGINEER written notice of intention to oppcel from 9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reas^nabie promptness such a decision. such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- ments of the Contract Documents lin the form of Drawings Decisions on Disputes: orotherwiso)as ENGINEER may determine necessary,which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the 9.11• ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the overall intent of the Contract Documents.If CONTRACTOR requirements of the Contact Documents and judge of the believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies acceptability of the Work (hereunder. Claims, disputes and an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the other rrratiers relating to the acceptability of the Work or the Contract Timc and the parties arc unable to agree to the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents amount or extent thereof,CON TRACTOR may make a claim Pertaining to the p^rformancc and furnishing of the Work and therefor as pr(, ided in Article 1 I or Article 12. claims under Articles I I and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision Authorized Variations in Work: in accordance with this paragraph, which ENGINEER will 9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the render in writing within a reasonable time. Written notice of Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which each such claim. dispute and other matter will be delivered do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract Time and are consistent with the overall intent of Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) the Contract Documents. These rr,ay be accomplished by a after the occurrence of the, evert. giving rise thereto, and Field Order and will be binding on OWNER, and also on Written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved the other party within sixty days after such occurrence unless promptly. If CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order ENGINEER allows an additional period of t:me to ascertain justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of more accurate data in support of the claim. the Contract Time and the parties arc unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a 9.12• When functioning as interpreter and judge under claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. paragraphs 9.10 and 9,11, ENGINEER will not show par- tiality to GR'NER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in Rgiecting Defective►lark: goof♦ faith in such capacity. The rendering er a decision by 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or ENGINEER pursuant ro paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11 with respect reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective,and to any such claim,dispu,e or other matter(except any which will also have authority to require special inspection or testing have been waived by the making or acceptance of final pay- of the Wort, as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not ment as provided in paragraph 14.16) will be a condition the Work is fabricated,installed or completed. precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect Shop Drawings,Change Orders and payments: of any such claim,dispute or othzr matter. 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraphs 6.23 through 6.29 inclusive. Limitations an ENGINEER's Respon.siMities: 9.13. Neither ENGINEER's authority to act under this 9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's rr-ponsibilities as Article 9 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents nor any to Change Orders,see Articles i0, I I and 12. decision made b% ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not xercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or 9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's responsibilities in responsibility of ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR,any Sub- respect of Applications for Payment,etc., sec Article 14. contractor,any Supplier,or any other person or organization performing any of the Work,or ro any surety for any of them. Determinations for Unit prices: 9.14. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms"as 9.11,. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as ellowed", "as and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CON- approved" or terms of like effect or import are used,or the TRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR adjectives"reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable","proper" ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommen- used to describe a requirement,direction.review or judgment dation of an Application for Payment or other,/ise). E.NGI- of ENGINEER as to the Wurk, it is intended that such NEER's written decisions thereon will he final and binding requirement, direction, review or judgment will he solely to upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR,unless,within t-n days evaluate the Work for compliance with lite Contract Docu- after the date of any such decision,either OWNER or CON- ments (unless there is a specific statement indicating other- TRACTOR delivers to!hc other party to the Agrecmznt and wise). ',he use of any such term or adjcctivv shall not be :ffr­tive to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to 10.4.3, changes in ilio Contract Price urContract Time supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work which embody the substance of any written decision rcn- or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary dercd by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.11; to the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or 9.16. provided that, in lieu of cxecutinr any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken frutn any such decision in accordance 9.15. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CON- with the provisionsol'the Contract Documents and applicable TRACTOR's means,methods,techniques,sequences or pro- Laws and Reputations, but during any such .rppeal, CON- cedures of constructinn, or the safety precautions and pro- TRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the prog- grams incident thereto,and ENGINEER will not be respon- ress schedul.;as provided in paragraph 6.29. sible for CONTRACfnR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance wort th,Contract Documents. 10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents 9.16. ENCINEE•R %kill not be responsible for the acts or (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any 'Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing to a surety,the giving of any such notice will he CONTRAC- or furnishing any of the Work. TOR's responsibility.and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE 1O—CHANGES IN THE WORK ARTICLE 11—CHANGE OF CONTI?ACT PRICE � 10.1. lVahout invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to 11.1• The Contract Price constitutes the total compen time, order additions• deletions or revisions in the Work; cation (subject to authorized adjustments)payable to CON- these will be authorized by a Written Amendment,a Change TRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties,responsibil- Order,or a Work Directive Ch.-nge.Upon receipt of any such ities amI obligations assigned to or undertaken by CON- document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the TRACTOR shall be at his expense without change in the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable Contract Price. conditions or the Cnmr:ict Documents(extent as otherwise 11.2. The Contract Price may only be change3 by a Change specifically provided). Order or by a Written Amendment.Any claim loran increase 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written as to the extent, if any. of an increase or decrease in the notice delivered b) the party making the claim to the other Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract party and to ENGINEER promptly(but in no event later than Time that should be allowed as a result,of a Work Directive thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice Change, claim may be made therefor as provided in Article of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be h1 or Article 12. delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not he entitled loan increase ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be in the Ct.,rtract Trice or an extension of the Contract Time accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount with respect to any Work performed that is not required by claimed covers all known amounts(direct, indirect and con- the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supple- sequential)to which tine claimant is entitled as a result of the mented as provided in paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5, except in the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.22 and Contract Price shall he determined by ENGINEER in accor- excppt i- the case of uncovering Work as provided in para- dance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR Igraph 13.9. cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appro- submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2. printe Change Orders(or Written Amendments)covering: 11.3. The value of any Work cowered by a Change Order 10.4.1. changes in the Work which are i jered by or of any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract OWN ER pursuant to paragraph 10.1,are required becnua c price shall be determined in one of the following ways: of acceptance of dr(rctive Work under paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective work under paragraph 13.14, or are 11.3.1. Where the Work involved is covered by unit agreed to by the parties; prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica- tion of unit prices to the quantities of the items involved 10.4.2. changes in the Contract Pree or Contract Time (subject to the provisions of paragraphs 11.9.1. through which are agreed to by the parties;and 11.9.3,inclusive). 11.3.2. Hy mutual acceptance of a lump sum (which to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar may include an allowance for overhead and profit not as applicable. necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.6.2.1). 11.4,4. Costs of special consultants(including but not 11.3.3. On the basis of the Cost of the Work (deter- limited to engineers, architects, testing lahoralories. sur- mined az provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a veyors,attorneys and accountants)employed for services CONTRACTOR's Fee for overhead and profit (deter• specifically related to the Work. mined as piovided in paragraphs 11.6 and 11.7). 1.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: Cost of drr Work: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transporta- tion, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRAC- 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all TOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties con- costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in nected with the Work. the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be 11,4,5," Cost, including transportation and main- in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of tenance.of all materials,supplies,,-ruipment,machin- the Projecl, shall include only the following items and shall ery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which arc consumed in the performance of the Work,and cost 11.4.1. PaiTol)costs for employees in the direct employ less market value of such items used but not consumed of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not 11.4.3.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on machines, and the pans thereof whether rented from the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs CON'rR.4CTOR or others in accordance with rental shall include, but not he limited to, salaries and wages agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social ENGINEER,and the costs of transportation,loading, security contributions,unemployment,excise and payroll unloading, installation, dismantling and removal taxes, workers' or workmen's compensation, health and !hereof—all in accordance with terms of said rental retirement benefits,bonuses,sick leave,vacation and hol- agreements.The rental of any such equipment,machin- iday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include ery orparts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of necessary for the Work. performing Work after regular working hours, on Satur- day, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes above to the extent authorized by OWNER. related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable,imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of trans- 11,4.5.5. Deposits lost R,r causes other than negli- portation and storage thereof,and Suppliers'field services gence of CONTRACTOR, at y Subcontractor or any- requtr^d in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall one directly or indirectly employed by any of them or accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds for whose acts any of them may be liable,and royalty with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in payments and f-es for permits and licenses. which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and all returns 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (ard related from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue expenses),not compgnsated by insurance orotherwise, to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions to the Work orotherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR so that they may be obtained. in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the deductible amounts of property insurance established Subcontractors for W irk performed by Subcontractors. by OWNER in accuruance with paragraph 5,9), pro- If required by OW]"ER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain vided they have resulted from causes other than the competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CON- negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor,or TRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them will then determine,with the advice of ENGINEER,which or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the losses shall include settlements made with the written Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, Work I'lus a Fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRAC- the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRAC- TOR's Cost of the Wo-k.All subcontracts shall be subject TOR's Fee. If, however, tiny such loss or damage twr require,.,xanstrucuon and CON]kAC I OI +,placed CON TILICTUR in chmlw thereof. CONTRACTOR shall be paid for 11.6. 'I'hc('ON'1'RACT`Jlt's i-ec allowed lo('ON'I'ItAC- services;+fec proportionate to that stated in paragraph TOR for overhead and prohl shall he determined as follows: 11.6.2. 11.4 .5,7. The cost of utilities. fuel and sanitary 11.6.1. it muuta!ly acceptable fixed fee:or if none can facilities at the site. be agreed upon. 11.4.5.8. Minor ex, cnscs such as telegrams, long 11.6.2. a fcc based on the following percentngcs of the distance telephone calls, ^Icphone service at the site, various portions of the Cost of the Work: expressage and similar pelt) cash items in connection with the Work. I I.G.2.1. for costs incurred unrkr paragr:,rhs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the CONTRACTOR's 'cc shall be fifteen 1.4.5.9• Cost of premiur . for additional Bonds percent; and insurance required becau,e of changes in the Work and premiums for property insurance coverage within 11.6.2.2. forcosts incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, the limits of the deductible amounts established by the CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be five percent;and if OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9, a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the maximum allowable to CONTRACTOR on 1 11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors the following: shall be fifteen percent; i 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CON- 11,6.2.3. no fee shall be payable on the basis of TRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partner- costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and 11.5; ship and .ole proprietorships), general managers, engi- neers,architects,estimators,attorneys,auditors,accoun- 11,6,2,4. the amount of credit to be allowed by tants, purchasing and cont acting ap,nts, expeditors, CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which timekeepers, clerks and oth-r personnel cnmicyed by results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRAC- the actual net decrease plus a deduction in CONTRAC- TOR's principal or a branch office for general administra- TOR's Fee by an amount egt.al to ten percent of the tion of the Work and not specifi,mlly included in the agreed nct d-ycr:a:::;and upon schedule of job classificatinns referred to in para- graph 11.4.1 or specific covered by paragraph 11.4.4-- 11.6.2,5, when both additions and credits are all of which are to b, considered administrative costs involved in a•,iy one change, the adjustment in CON- covered by the CONTRACTOR's Fee. TRACTOR's Fre shall be computed on the basis of the 11.5.2, Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the through 11.6.2.4,inclusive. ! site. 11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to he determined 11.5.3. Any part of CONTRAf TOR's capital expenses, pursuant to paragraph 11.4 or 11.5. CONTRACTOR will including interest on CONT'RACTOR'S capital employed submit in form acce=ptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost for the Work rind chancres against CONTRACTOR for breakdown together with supporting data. delinquent payments. Cash Af/owances: 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all 11.8. it is under insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by ;nod that CONTRACTOR has included the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract same (except for the cost of premiums covered by sub- Documents and shah cause the Work so covered to be done paragraph 11.4.5.9 above). by such Subcontr+ciors or Suppliers and for such sums within the limit of the allo-xances as may be acceptable to ZNGI- 11.5.5, Costs due to the negligence of CONTRAC- NEER. CONTRACT OR agrees that: TOR,any Subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them 11.8.1. The allowances include the cost to CON- may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction TRACTOR(less any applicable trade discounts)of mate- of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment rials and equipment required by the allowance s to be deliv- wrongly sul,n!;ed and making good any damage to prop- ered at the site,and all applicable taxes;arJ crty. 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, any kind and I, costs of any item not specifically and profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances expressly included in paragraph 11.4. have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances.No demand for addninnal payment on account shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with para- of any thereof will be valid. graph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time will Prior to final payment, an appropriate Loange Order will be be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements issued as recommended by ENGINEE;: to reflect actual of this paragraph 12.1. amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances,and the Contract Price shall be correspond- 12.2. The Contract Time will be extended in an amount ingly adjusted. equal to time lost due to delays beyond the control of CON- TRACTOR if a claim is made therefor as provided in para- graph 12.1. Such delays shall include, but not be limited to, UnrJPrice ll'ork: acts or neglect by OWNER or others performing additional 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that work as contemplated by Article 7, or to fires, floods, labor all or pail of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially disputes,epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit God. Price Work an amount equal to the sum of th,:established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price 17..3. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indi- are of the essence of the Agreement. The provisions of this sated in the Agreement.The estimated quantities of items Article 12 shall not exclude recovery for damages(including of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quan- costs)for delay by either party. tities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accor- dance with Paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an ARTICLE 13—WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each sep- CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR arately identified item. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 11.9.3. Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially Hlarranty and Guarantee: and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item 13.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to indicated in the Agreement and there is no corresponding OWNER and ENGINEER that all Work will be in accor- adjusrment with respect to any othe. item of Work and if dance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has Prompt notice of all defects shall be given to CONTRAC incurred additional expense as a result thereof, CON- TOR. All dejrctive Work, whether or not in place, may be TRACTOR may make a claim for an increase in the Con- rejected,corrected or accepted as providrd in this Article 13. tract Price it accordance with Article 1 I if the parties are unabl to agree as to the amount of any such increase. Access to Work: 13.2. ENGINEER and ENGINEER's representatives. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME other representatives of OWNER, testing agencies and gov- ernmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at reasonable times for their observation,inspecting 12.1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper and safe Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an extension conditions for such access. or shortening of the Contract Time shall he based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGI NEER promptly(but in no event later than rests and Inspections: thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to 13.3. CONTRACTOR OhallgiveENGINEERtimely notice the claim and staling the general nature of the claim. Notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,tests or of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be deliv- approvals. ered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGI. NEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more 13.4. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having accurate data in support of the claim) and shall he accom- jurisdiction require any Work(or pan thereof)to specifically panied by the claimant's written statement that the ad,iust- he inspected, tested or approved. CONTRACTOR shall mens claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant assume full responsibilily therefor,pay all costs in connection has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the cccorrence therewith and furnish ENGINEER the requirrd certificates of said event. All claimF for adjustment in the Contract Time of inspection,testing or approval.CONTRACTOR shall also be responsihlc for and shall pay all costs in connection with thereof, C'ONT'RACTOR stay make a claini therefor as pro- any inspca:iton or testing required in connection kwith OWN- vided in Articles I I and 12. ER's or iiNGINEER':,acceptance ora Supplier maturi:als ,c or equipment proposed It,he incorporated in r' ork,or of Owncr,t aY Stop the il'ork: 196 materials or equipment submilled for upprovoi prior to CAN- 13.10. Ir the Work is drfertivc, or CONTRACTOR fails TRACT•OR's purchase-thereof for incorporation in the Werk. to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or The cost of all inspections,tee's and approvals in addition to equipment,or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a Vie above which arc required by the Contract Documents way that the completed Work will conform 'o the Contract shall be pais' by OWNER(unless otherwise specified)' Documents,OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, jr any portion thereof, until the cause for such order 13.5. All inspections,tests or approvals otner than those has been eliminated:however, this right of OWNER to stop required by Laws or Reculations of any public body having the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of CWNER jurisdiction shall he performed by organizations acceptable to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or to OWNER and CONTRACTOR (or by ENGINEER if so any other party. specified), 13.6. If any Work (including the work of oa,ers) that is Co *ection or Removal of Dcfeetive Work: ,tobe inspected,tested orapproved is covered withom written 13.11. if required by ENGINEER.CONTRACTOR shall concurrence of ENGINEER,it must,if requested by ENGi- promptly, as directed, either correct all'defective Work, NEER,he uncovered fcrobservation.Such uncovering shall whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has Work has been rejected by ENGINEER,remove it from the given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intcn- site and replace it with nondefective Work. CONTRACTOR tion to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with shall bear all direct.indirect and consequertia!costs of such reasonable promptness in response to such notice. correction or removal (including br' riot .rutted rn fees and charges of cpeineers.architects,attorneys and other profes- 13.7. Neither observations by ENGINEER nor inspec- sionals)made necessary thereby. tions, tests or approvals by others shall relieve CONTRAC- TOR from CONTRACTOR's obligat;ons to perform the N% k in accr-Glance with the Contract Document,. One Year C'orri:cion Period: 13.12. If within ene year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be pre scribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any appli- Uncovering Work: cable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents 13.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request or by any specific provision of the Contract Docui arts,any of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be Work is found to be directive,CONTRACTOR shall promptly, uncoscred for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNF.3's CONTRACTOR's expense. written instructions,either correct such defective Wor'., or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it frorr the site 13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable and replace it with nondefecrive Work. It'CONTRACTOR that covered Wort:be observed by ENGINEER or inspected does not promptly comply v:ith the terms of such instructions, lir tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's or in an emergency%%here delay would cause serious risk of request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available loss or damage,OW`FR may have the defective Work cor- Cor obscration, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may rected or the I.'--,ed Work removed and replaced, and all require, that portion of the 'Work in question, furnishing all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal end necessary Labor, material and equipment, if it is found that replacement(includine but not limited to fees and charges of such Work is defective,CONTRACTOR shall bear all oirect, engineers,architects.attorneys and other professionals)will indirect and consequential costs of such uncovering, expo- be paid by CONTRACTOR. In special circumstances where sure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service reconstruction.(including but not limited to fees and charges before Substantial Completion of all the Work,the correction of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals), period for that item may Mart to run from ; t earlier date if and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in so provided in the';pecificat ions or by Written Amendment the Contract Price, and. if the parties arc unable to agree a- to the amount thereof,may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be Acceptance of Spefective Work: 7 defective. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in 13.13. I', instead of requiring correction or removal and the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time,or replacemer t of drfective Work, OWNER (unci, prior to both, directly attribioahle to such uncovering, exposure, ENGINEER's .L:ommendation of final payment, also observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction: and, if ENGINELIJ prefers to accept it,OWNER may do so.CON- the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent TRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determi- ARTICLE 14--f'A)'MI-NTS TO CONTRACTOR AND nation to accept such rh fretive Work(such costs to be approved CO M PL E]ION by ENGINEER as to reasonableness and to inrtu;tc but not be limited to fees and charges of cncineers,architects,attor- Schedule of Values: neys and other professionals). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final paymrnt, a 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in Change Order will he issued incorporating the necessary revi- paragraph 29 will serve as the basis for progress payment., sions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Pay- and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decreasr in ment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on the Contract Price,and, if the panics arc unable to agree as account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor units completed. as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Application for Progress Payment: CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 14,2. At least twenty days before each progress payment is scheduled (but not more often than once a month),CON- TRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Appli- cation for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR 13.14, If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application after written notice of rNGINEER to proceed to correct and and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is to correct defrc►iyr Work or to remove and replace rejected required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with para- on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in graph 13.11,or if CON'fRACTCR fails to perform the Work the Work but d^livered and suitably stored at the site or at in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CON- another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice TRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received Contract Documents,OWNER may, after seven days' writ- the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens,charges, ten notice to CONTRACTOR,correct and remedy any such security interests and encumbrances (which are hereinafter deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this in these General Conditions referred to as "Liens") and paragraph OWNER shall proceed ex f.editiously.To the extent evil wnce that the materials and eciv:pment :ire covered by necessary to complete con•ectiveandremedial action,OWNER appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site,take protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will he sat- possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CON- isfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect TRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of to progress payments will he as stipulated in the Agreement. CONTRACTOR's tools,appliances,construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER CONTRACTOR's Warran(v of Title: has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER,OWNER's repmsen- to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Appli- Wives, agents and employe,-.s such access to the site as may cation for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or be necessary to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and not, will pass remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and con- to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. sequential costs of OWNED, in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount approved a--to reasonableness by ENGINEER,and a Change Review of Applications for Progress Payment: Order\vill he issued incorporating the necessary revisions in 14,4. ENGINEER wile within ten days after receipt of the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the recommendation of payment and present the Application to Contract Pnce, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to OWNER,or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indi- the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as catinp in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to rec- provided in Article 11. Such direct, indirect and consequen- ommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may tial costs will include but not he limited to fees and charges make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Applica- -of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, tion.Ten days after presentation of the Application for Pay- all court and arbitration costs and all costs of repair and ment with ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount rec- replacement of wort; of others destroyed or damaged by ommended will(subject to the provisions of the last sentence correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's of paragraph 14.7)become due and %%hen due will be paid by defective Work. CONTRACTOR ;hall not be allowed an OWNER to CONTRACTOR. extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in per- formance of the Work attributable to t ie exercise by OWNER 14.5. ENGINEFR's recommendation of any payment of OWNER's rights and remedies hcrcunder. requc3led in an Application for Payment will constitute a f representation by CNGINFFR 11tOWNIX hw-cd on FNGI- OWNER to a set-off aEainst the amount revomint,ndrd. hilt NEER's on-site observations of lite Work in progress its an OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate wnuen notice experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGI- (with it copy to ENGINI;E 10 stating; the reasons for such NEER's review of tlu• Application for Payment and the action. accompanying; data acct schedules that the Work has pro- gressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of ENGI- NEER's knowledge. information and belief, the quality of Substantial Cnnrpfrrion: the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents 14.8. When CON'fRALTOR considers the entire Work (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning;whole ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify prior to or upon Subsuintial Completion,to the results of any OWNER and ENGINEER in writing:that the entire Work is subsequent tests call-:d for in the Contract Documents, to a sub!tantiall) comnlete(except for iterns specifically listed by final determination of auantities and classifications for Unit COl1TRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGI- Price Wort; under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifi- NEER iccue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within cations stated in the recommendation);and that CONTRAC- a reasonable time thereafter,OWNER,CONTRACTOR and TOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended. ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to deter- Howe,er,by recommending any such payment ENGINEER mine the status of completion. if ENGINEER(toes not con- will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaus- sider the Work substantially complete,ENGINEER will notify tivc or continuous on-site inspections have been made to CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. if check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the ENGINEER will prepare rind deliver to OWNER a tentative Contract Documents or that there may not be other matters certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRAC- of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the TOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or OWNER to certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or cor- withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. rected before final payment. OWNER ;hall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make 14.15. ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the will constitute an additional representation by ENGINEER certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objec- to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRAC- tions, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substan- gg TOR's being entitled to final payment as set forth in paragraph tially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after fll 14.13 have beer.fulfilled. submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing stating the reasons therefor. If, 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it considers the Work substantin!ly complete,ENGINEER will would be incorrect to make such representations toOWNER. within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such pay- and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of 5.bstantial mens, or, hccause of subsequently discovered evidence or Completion(with a revised tentative list of items to be com- the results of subsequent inspections or tests,nullify any such pleted or corrected)reflecting such changes from the tentative payment previously recommended,to such extent as may be certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consider- necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from ation of any ohicctions from OWNER. At the time of delivery loss because, of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGI- NEER will deliver to ONVNER and CONTRACTOR a written F 14.7.1. the Work is dcfecrive, or completed Work has recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending been damaged requiring correction or replacement, final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with p respect to security, operation, safety, maintenan;:e, heat, 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Writ- utilities, insurance and Nvni-ranties. Unless OWNER and ten Amendment or Change Order, CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defer- certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's afore- l tive Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph said recommendation Hill be binding.r)n OWNER and CON- 13.14,or TRACTOR until trial payment. 14.7.4. of ENGINEER's actual knowledge of the 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CON- occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs TRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Com- 15.2.1 through 15.2.9 inclusive. pletion,but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items un the tentative list, OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recomtiended by ENGINEER because claims have been mad^ag;•tinst OWNER on account of C ONTRACTOR's per- Partial Utilization: formanct or furn;shing of the Work or Liers have been filed 14.10. Use by OWNER of any finished part of the Work, in connec►,on with the Work or there are other items entitling which has specifically been identified in the Contract Docu- i ' ments, or which OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRAC- 14.10.3. No occupancy or separate operation or part TOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and useahle of the Work will he accomplished prior to compliance with part of the Work that can he used by OWNER without sig- the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of properly nificant interference with C'ONI'RACTOR's performance of insurance. the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior :o Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the follow- ing: Final Inspection: 14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CON- 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the TRACTOR an writing to permit OWNER to use any such entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,ENGI- NEER will make a final Inspection with OWNER and CON- part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for TRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all CON- it. in,endcd use and substantially complete. if CON- particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is TW CTOR agrees,CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER incomplete or defective CONTRACTOR shall immediately and ENGINEER that said pL ri of the Work is substantially take such measures as are necessary to remedy such defi- complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of derides, Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CON- TRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGI- NEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such Final Application far Pe►ment: part of the Work ready for its intended use and substan tially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a ce'rtif- 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such eor- icate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. rections to the satisfavion of ENGINEER and delivered all Within a reasonable time atter either such request,OWNER, maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guaran- CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspec- tees, bonds, certificates of inspection, marked-up record tion of that part of the Work to determine its status of documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other docu- completion.If ENGINEER does not consider that part of ments—all as required by the Contract Documents,and after the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will ENGINEER has indicated that the Work is acceptable(sub- notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the ject to the provisions of paragraph 14.16), CONTRACTOR reasons therefor.If ENGINEER considers that part of the may make application for final payment following the pro- Work to be substantially complete,ft.provisions of para- cedure for progress payments.The final Application for Pay- graphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification went shall be accompanied by all documentation called for of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the in tilt-Contract Documents,together with compl.te and legally division of respensibility in respect thereof and access effective releases or waivers(satisfactory to OWNER)of all thereto. Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu thereof and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR 14.10.2. OWNER may at ani' time request CON- may furnish receipts or releases'n fuii;an affidavit of CON- TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to take over TRACTOR that the releases and receipts include all labor, operation of any such parof the Work although it is not services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be substantially complete. A copy of such request will be filed,and that all payrolls, material and equipment bills,and sent to ENGINEER and within a reasonable time there- other indebtedness connected with the Work for which after OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER sha I OWNER orOWNER's property might in any way he respon- make an inspection of that part of the Work to dcterminc Bible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied; and consent of its sta!us of completion and will prepare a list of the items the surety, if any, to final payment. if any Subcontractor or remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before Supplier fails to furnish a release or receipt in full, CON- final payment.If CONTRACTOR does not object in writ- TRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfac- ing to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the tory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. Work is not ready for separate operation by OWNER, ENGINEER will finalize the list of items to be completed or corrected and wiil deliver such list to OWNER and Final Payment and Acccptar re: CON TRACTOR together with a written recommendation 14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment the Work during construction and final inspection, and between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment security, operation, safety, mainicnan:e, utilities, insur- and accompanying documentation—Nil as required by the ante,warranties and guarantees for that part of the Work Contract Documents. ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work which will become binding upon OWNER and CON- has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations TRACTOR at the time when OWNER takes o�cr such tinder the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGI- operation(unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writ- NEER will, within ten day., after receipt of the final Appli- inFand so informed ENGINEER). During such operation cation for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's rec- end prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the ornmcndation of payment and present the Application to Work. OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable OWNER for pryrnent. Thereupon ENGINEER will give access to complete or correct items on said list and to written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the JVork complete other related Work. is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.16. 01hcrwisc. ENG INELK will return the Application to CON. CONTRAC OR's continuing obligations under the Can- TRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to tract Docunicnts:and recommend final payment, in which case CON'TRACIOR shall make the necessary corrections and resuhtr,it OW a,pli- 14.16.2. a ssaiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR cation. Thirty days after prescnl;,tior, to OWNER of the :it;un,,[OWNER other than those previously madcinwrit- Application and accompanying documentation, in appropri- ing and still unsettled. Me form and substance,and with ENGINEER's recommcn- dation and notice of acceptability,the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 15--SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 14.14. Jr,through no fault of CONTRACTOR,final com- pletion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGI- Owner Afoy Suspend Work: NEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CON- 15.1, OWNER may,at any time and without cause,sus- TRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommen- pend the Work orany portion thereof for a period of not more dation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agree- than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and mcnt, make payment of the balance due for thr.t portion of ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be the Work fully completed and accepice. If the remaining resumed.CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date balance to be held b% OWNER fol-Work not fully completed s-)fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agree- Centract Price or an extension of the Contract Time,or both, ment,and if Bonds have been furnished as required in para- directly attributable to any suspension if MNTRACTOR graph 5.1, the written consent of the surety to the payment mikes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles I 1 of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully com- and 12. pleted and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment.Such payment shall be made under the tenns and conditions gov- Owner Afar Terminate: crning final payment, except th-,t it shall not constitute a 15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the waiver of claims. following events: OContractor's Continuing Obligation. 15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR commences a voluntary case under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code(Title 11,United 14.15. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perforin and com- States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if CON- plete the Work in accordance %vith the Contract Documents TRACTOR takes any equivalent or similar action by filing shall be absolute. Neither recommendation of any progress a petition or otherwise under any other federal or state or final payment by ENGINEER, nor the issuance of a cer- law in effect at such time relating to the bankruptcy or tificate of Subsfantial Completion, nor any payment by insolvency; OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by 15.2.2. if a petition is filed against CONTRACTOR OWNER. nor any act of acceptance by OWNER nor any under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as now or failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a Shop hereafter in effect at the time of filh;, or if a petition is Drawing or sample submission, nor the issuance of a notice filed seeking an) such equivalent or similar relief against of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13, CONTRACTOR under any other federal or state law in nor any cn;Tection of d,fective Work by OWNER will con- effect at the time relating to bankruptcy or insolvency; stitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Document-,or a release of CONTRACTOR's obli- 15.2.3. If CONTRACTOR makes agr,neralassignment gation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract for the benefit of creditors; . Documents(except as provided in paragraph 14.16). 15,2.4. if a trustee, receiver, custodian or agent of Waiver of Claims: CON T1tACTOR is appointed under applicable law or under contract, whose appointment or aulhorill,to lake charge 14.16. The making and acceptance of sinal payment will of properly of CONTRACTOR is for the purpose of constitute: enforcing a Lien against such properly or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit 14.16.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER against of CONTRACTOR's creditors; CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defertivr Work appearing after final ins,-,cc. 15.2.5. if CONTRACTOR admits in writing an inabil- tion pursuant In paragraph 14.11 or from failure to comply ity to pay its debts generally as they become due; with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein; however, it will not consti- 15.2.6. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform tute a waiver by OWNER of any rights in respect of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient 15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's service. have been w skilled worker• or wiiable materials or equipment or terminated b% OWNER. the termination gill not affect any failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under rights or rerncaGc.of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time); existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will 15.2.7. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regu- not release CONTRACTOR from liability. lations of any pudic body having jurisdiction; 15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRAC- 15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of TOR and ENGINEER. OWNER may, without cause and ENGINEER;or without prejudice to any other right or remedy,elect to aban- don the Work and terminate the Agreement. In such case, 15.2.9. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all Work executed and dny substantial wa% any provisions of the Contract Uocu- expense sustained plus reasonable termination expenses,which ments; will include, but not be limited to, direct, indirect and con- sequential costs(including,but not limited to,fees and charges OWNER may,after giving CONTRACTOR(and the sarety, of engineers. architects, attorneys and other professionals if there be one)seen d.-Ys' written notice and to the ext^nt and court and arbitration costs). permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the F.rvic!s of CONTRACTOR. exclude CONTRACTOR from tLe si and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR' Contractor Af ky Stop Work or Terminate: tools,appliances,construction equipment and machinery a, 15.5. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the the site and use the same to the full extent they could be us,:d Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by " by CONTRACTOR(without liability to CONTP ACTOR for OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, trespass or conversion),incorporate in the Work all materials or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally deter- finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such mined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any days'written notice to OWNER and ENG?NEER,terminate further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment for all balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct,indirect wind Work executed and any expcnse sustained Hit,; reasonable consequential cosh of completing the Work (including but termination expenses. In addition and in lieu of terminating not limited to fees and charges of engineers,architects,attor. the Agreement,if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Appli- neys and ether professionals and court and arbitration costs) cation for Pzyment or OWNER has failed to make any pay- such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR If such costs ment as aforesaid, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' exceed such unpaid balance. CONTRACTOR shall pay the written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER slop the Work difference to OWNER. Such cosh incurred bl,OWNER will until payment of all amounts then due.The provisions orthis be approved as to reasonableness by ENGINLLER and incor- paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the obligations porated in a Change Order, but when exercising any rights under paragraph 6.29 to carry on the Work in accordance orremedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required with the progress schedule and without delay during disputes to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. and disagreements with OWNER. [The remainder of this page was Icfl Nanl; intentionally.] I ARTICLE IN—ARltl'l KATION American Arbitration AssnrrUitm.:tnd a copy will he sent to F.NGINEI:R for information.The demand for arbitration will 16.1. All claims, disputes and other maulers in question be made within the thirty-day or len-day period specified in between OWNUR and CONTRACTOR arising out of, or paragraph 16.2 as applicahlc, and in all wher cases within a relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof reasonable time Ater the claim, dispute or other matter in (except for claims which have been waived by the making or question has arisen,and in no event shall any such demand acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.16) he made after the date when institution of Icr i or equitable will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Con- proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in struction Industry A- t hitration Rules of the American Arbi• question would be barred by the applicable statute of lirni- trarion Association ther obtaining subject to the limitwions talions. of this Article 16. Th;-, agreement so to arbitrate and tiny other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accor- 16.4. No arbitration:rising out of or relating to the Con- dance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifi- tract Documents shall include by consolidation,joinder or in cally enforceable under the prevailing la,v of any court having :any other manner any other person or entity (including jurisdiction. ENGINEER, ENGINEER's agents, employees or consul- tants)who is not a party to this contract unless: 16.2. No uemand for arbitration of any claim, dispute cr other mattrr that is required to be referred to ENGINEER 16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those be made until the earlier of(a)the date on which ENGINEER who are already parties to the arbitration, has rendered a decision or(b) the tenth day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that 16.4.2. such other person or entity is substaritialty date. No demnnd for arbitration of any such claim, dispute involved in a question of law or fact which is common to or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the those who are already parties to the arbitration and which date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision will arise in such proceedings,and in respect t!aereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11;and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period 16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or entity shall result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRAC- upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR.If ENGINEER renders •a OR has been obtained for such inclusion, .vhich consent a decision after arbitration proceedings have been int;ated, shall make specific rererence to this paragraph; but no such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is dispute not specifically described in such consent or to acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitra• arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such tion of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten consent. days after the party making such demand has delivered writ- tt�n notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 16.5. The award rendered by the arbitrators will he final, 9.10. judgment may be entered upon it in any court having juris- diction thereof, and will nit he subject to modification or 16.3. Notice of the s. .nand for arbitration will be filed in appeal except to the extent permitted by Sections 10 and I writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the ol'the Federal Arbitration Act(9 U.S.C. H10,11). [The remainder of this pagr was left blank intentionally ) N r I ARTICLE 17—MISCLI.I.ANEOUS sion or act of the other party or of any of the other party'!. I crnployecs or agents or others for whose acts the other party Giving A'ctnce: is legally liable, claim will he made in writing to the other 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Docu- party within a reasonable time of the fiat observance of such ments requires the giving of wnllen notice, it will be deemed injury or damage.The provisions of This paragraph 17.3 shall person to the indi not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the pru- to have been validly given if delivered in pvidual or to a member of the firm or to an officer cf the visions of any applicable statute of Ginitaticns or repose. corporation for whom it is intended,or if delivered at or sent by registered rr cenified mail, postage prepaid, to the last 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these Gen- business address known to the giver of the notice. e:al Conditions and the rights and remedies avail❑ here- under to the parties h.reto, and, in particular but , ,thout Computation ojTimr: limitation, the warranties,guarantees and obligations imposed 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.30, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, Contrncl Documents',-days,it will he computed io exclude 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the right~ and remedies aN ailahle to the fi..,t and include the last day of such period. If the last OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, day of any such period falls an a Saturday or Sunday or and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of,any on a day rnade a legal holiday by the law of the applicable rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are jurisdiction, such day will be omitted fiom the computa- otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by lion• special warranty or guarantee or by other prop inions of the 17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four ho:irs measured Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph Will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract from midui�h ;o the next midnight shall constitute a day. Documents in connection with each particular duty, obliga- (;rnrral: lion, right and remedy to which they apply. All representa- 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR sutler intions, warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Doc- jury uments will survive final payment and termination or corn- or damage to person o-property because of any ciTOr,omiS- pletion of the Agreement. Supplementary General Conditions Project #4011 Page 1 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 3. .Add the following: 3.6 Before executiny the Agreement, the Contractor shall thoroughly familiarize himself Me th all specified products and submit written notice to Engineer if he objects to the proposed use of any products. 3.7 Referenced standards are a part of these specifications. If choices or options are contained therein, selection will be made by the Engineer. 3.8 "Wherever in these specifications a product is referred to in the singular number, such reference shall include as many such items as are Iindicated or required to complete work". 3.9 "These specifica '.ions are of the abbreviated or 'streamlined' type and frcquentl,y incluo� incompiete sentences. Words such as ' shall , 'shall be' , 'the Contractor shall ' , and similar phrases shall be supplied by inferznce. p• ARTICLE 4.1, 4.2, AND 4.4 Deleta. ARTICLE 5. 1 Bond shall be written by a company licensed in the State of Oregon and satisfactory to the Owner. The Oregon Public Works Contract Bond fo ni making specific reference to the requirements of ORS 279 shall be used. Bond shall be for a period of two (2) ,years after the date of final payment. Delete reference to one (1) year. Bond form enclosed in bid documents. ARTICLE 5.3 Contractor' s Liability Insurance. The following are the minimums of the required insurances. Certificates shall be submitted to the Owner showing that these requ;rements have been met. Workers Compen: on as required by 'aw: Bodily Injury Liability - Automobile Each person $ 500,000 Each occurrence $11000.("00 Bodily Injury Liability - Except Automobile F.ach parson $1,000,000 Epch occurrence $1,000,000 Property Damage Liability - Automobile Each occurrence $ 500,000 Property Damage liability - A;itomobile Each occurrence S 500,000 Aggregate occurrence $1,000,000 IL it i I Supplementary General Conditions Project 14011 Page 2 The Contractor will either (1) require each of his subcontractors to procure and to maintain during the life of his subcontract, subcontractor's comprehensive general liability, automobile liability, and property damage liability insurance of the type and in the same amounts as specified in this subparagraph; or (2) insure the activity of his subcontractor's. Liability insurance to cover the hazards of underground explosion and collapse. ARTICLE 6.3 Labor, Materials and Equi2ment. At least seven days prior notice tr, Engineer is required before consent will be given to perform work at times other than regular working hours. ARTICLE 6.5 Material and Equipment. Contractor' s shall comply with all provisions of OAR 43/ Division 155 (Hazard Communication). Contractor shall provide Owner through the Engineer with a copy of MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets) ^or all chemicals brought on site; and shall maintain an inventory (on the job site) of such chemicals accessible to those who des=re accQss. The office of each school of the Tigard School District has on File: ( 1) Inventory of all chemicals located on site, and (2) A COPY of NSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets) for all chemicals located at the school . "r ARTICLE 6.1E uivalent Materials and Equipment. Substitrtions Prior to Bid Opening Substitutions for articles and materials to be included in a Contractor's proposal may only be made provided said substitutions are approved by addenda or in writing. A request for approval of a material or an article other than the one specified shall be accompanied by samples, record of performance, certified copies of tests by impartial and recognized labnratories, and such other additional information as the Engineer may reasonably request. Such requests shall be made at least 7 calendar days prior to the date of bid opening. See Substitution request form at end of Division 1. ARTICLE 6.7 E uq ivalent Material> and Equipment. Substitutions After Bid Opening After the contract is signed, approval of substitutions will be made only in exceptional cases where Contractor submits evidence satisfactory to Engineer that through no fault of his own, specified or otherwise, approved items cannot be obtained in time to avoid delay in the wore. In any case, substitutions are subject to the approval of the Engineer. ARTICLE 6.8 A list of sub-contractors is to be submitted vith the Bid. See Biu Form. f Supplementary General Conditions Project #4011 Page 3 ARTICLE 6. 14 Add the following: 6.14.2 Payment of Claims By the Owner. In the event the Contractor shall fail neglect, or refuse to make prompt payment of any claim for labcr or services furnished to the Contractor or Subcontractor by any person in connection with this contract as such claim becomes due, whether said services and labor be performed -For the Contractor or a subcontractor, then in such event, the pro�,er officer or officers representing the Owner may pay such claim t; the person furnishing the labor or services and charge the amount of the payment against funds due or to become due to the Contractor by reason of his Contract. The payment of a claim in the manner authorized herein shall not relieve the Contractor or his Surety from his or its obligation with respect to any unpaid claims. 6. 14.3 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Wurks. On all contracts for the construction, reconstruction, maintenance, or repair, of any public work, except Federal aided projects, which require a Wage Determination from the Secretary of Labor, all persons doing or contracting to do the whole or any of the work contemplated by the Contract shall comply with all Federal and State Laws in employment and payment of labor. All provisions of State Law shall be complied with in submitting bids. When the Contract is awarded ,o the Successful Bidder, such Bidder shall comply with all provisions of said laws, not only in regard to the payment of prevailing wage rates, but also in the matter of the necessary certificates and affidavits required to accompany each request for payment. No payment, progress or otherwise, will be paid unless accompanied by the necessary certificates and affidavits pe^taining to prevailing wages. Contract further covenants and agrees to abide by all Federal and State renulations concerning and pertaining to the employment of minority and ethnic groups including all affirmative action required in connection therewith, as the same applies to the project concerning which this Agreement has been executed, and further covenants and agrees to hold Owner harmless on account of all duties and responsibilities imposed on Contractor by the terms of any State or Federal Statute, regulation, or other, governmental dire'.Live issued or authorized by the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, the Environmental Protection Agency of the United States Government, insofar as the same may have any relationship to the construction contemplated by this Agreement, whether for environmental protection purposes or otherwise. s ARTICLE 11 . Change or Contract Price Article 11.3.3 through Article 11.7. Delete. w Supplementary General Conditions Project P4011 Page 4 ARTICLE 13.3 Tests and ins ections. "Timely Notice" for inspections, tests, or approvals sha mean not less than 48 hours prior to the time when inspection, test, or approval is required. ARTICLE 13.12. The guarantee period, one year or longer where required by the provisions of the Contract Documents. The date of substantial completion shall be the first day of the warrantee arid guarantee period for all items except those items indicated on the Certificate of Substantial Completion to be incomplete or incorrect. The first day of the warrantee and guarantee period for incomplete or incorrect items will be the date of final acceptance of the entire project. ARTICLE 14.2 Add the following: 14.2. 1 Payments Withheld. Five percent (5%) of the amount requested on each paymentcert f Cate will be withheld until final acceptance of the work by the Owner. The to'.al withheld amount is due thirty (30) days after final acceptance of the work by the Owner and receipt by the Engineer from the Contractor of receipts in full from all subcontractors and materialmen connected with the work plus a duly notarized affidavit that to the best knowledge and information of the Contractor the receipts include all labor and material connected with the work. 14.2.2 Payments Withheld. Substitution of bonds and securities for payments withheld, reduction of retainage, deposit of retainage in interest- bearing accounts for the benefit of the Contractor, and other provisions regarding the disposition of payments withheld shall be in accordance with ORS 279 and any other applicable State laws. ARTICLE 14.8 Add the following: 14.8. 1 Liquidated Damages. Should the Contractor Fail to accomplish substantial comp etion in the time agreed upon in the Contract or within such extra time as may have been allowed for .delays by extensions granted as provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the additional expense and damage for every day that the Contract remains uncompleted after the date of completion given in the Contract. It is agreed that the amount of such additional expense and damage incurred by reason of failure to complete the work is the per diem rate stipulated in th- Proposal . Tile said amounts are hereby agreed upon as liquidated damages for the loss to the Owner on account of expense due to the employment of Engineers, Inspectors, and other, employees after the expiration of the time for completion, and on account of the value of the operation of the works dependent thereon. It. is expressly understood and agreed that this amount is not to be considered in the nature of a penalty, but as liquidate.i damages which have accrued against the ah .t: Supplementary General Conditions Project #4011 Page 5 Contractor, and the Owner is authorized to deduct the amount of such damages from any monies due the Contractor for work performed or materials furnished under this Contract, and the Contractor and his sureties shall be liable for any excess. ARTICLE 14. 12 Add the following 14.12.1 Final payment will not be made to the Contractor until he fil^_s with the Owner a signed State approved Wage Certification Form certifying that he has paid not less than the prevailing rate of wages as required by law. Compliance statement shall be of similar form to t the following: " I (we) hereby certify that all work has been performed and material supplied in accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents for the above work, and that: (1) No less than .e prevailing rates of wages as ascertained by the governing body of the contracting agency has been paid to laborers, workmen and mechanics employed on this work; (2) There have been no unauthorized substitutions of subcontractors; nor have any subcontracts been entered into without the names of the subcontractors having been submitted to the Engineer prior to start of work of such subcontracted work; (3) No subcontract was assigned or transferred or performed by any subcontractor other than; the original subcontractor, without prior notice having been submitted to the Engineer together with the names of all suocontractors; (4) All claims for material and labor and other services performed in connection with these specifications have been paid; (5) All monies due the State Industrial Accident Fund, the State Unemployment Compensation Trust Fund, the State Tax Commission, hospital associations and/or other have been paid." ARTICIE 16. Arbitration 16. 1 Add to the last sentence - "As provided by Section 33.210 and 33.340 Oregon Revised Statutes." 16.2 Delete. 16.3 Delete from final sentence the words, "the thirty day period i specified in paragraph 16.2 where applicable and in all other cases. " r .. PREVAILING WAGE RATES for Public Works Contracts r' 5 w r • Mary WendyRoberts Commissioner Effective January 1 , 1991 Bureau of i • and Industries a ' ANNOUNCFMEjI The Prevailing Wage Rates contained in this booklet generally reflect those ra;es determined fo;Oregon by the Ser etary of Labor of the United States pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act; certain changes have been made to better reflect prevailing practices in Oregon. Pursuant to ORS 279.348 to ORS 279.365, these rates have been adopted for use on public works contracts in Oregon. If you have specific questions regarding how rates are determined or it you would like a copy of this booklet, please contact: 1 ' Prevailing Wage Rate Analyst Bureau of Labor and Industries P.O. Box 800, Portland, OR 97207-0800 (503)229-6655 The first copy is free. Additional copies are available for 75�each. GFNCRAL TNFORMATTON Information in this section and in the "Commonly Asked Questions" is meant to provide a convenient reference to Oregon's Prevailing Wage Rate Law. It is in noway a complete statement of the laws and rules. If you have questions about the enforcement of Prevailing Wage Rates, please contact the Wage and Hour Division. Division offices may he reached at the following phone numbers: _ Bend 388-6330 Eugene 686-7623 Medford 77641201 _ - Pendleton 276-7884 Portland 229-5750 ISalem 378-3292 Apprentices and Trainees IApprentices and trainees may he employed on public works. To qualify as an apprentice or trainee, the worker must he registered in a bonafide apprenticeship or training program of the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Appren- ticeship and Training (BAT)or with any State Apprenticeship and Training Agency recognized by BAT. The appren- tice or trainee is to receive all fringe benefits and a percentage of the journeyman's wage rate; the appropriate percentage shall be.determined by the apprenticeship or training committee. All other workers must receive rates as f published. ! Zone PM In certain trades, the basic hourly rate of pay progressively increases based upon the distance between the job site and a designated landmark; this is commonly referred to as zone pay. To determine the hourly wage, find the correct zone based on the number of road miles the job site is from the closest designated city (;used either on distance from city hall or from geographical center of the city, depending on the trade)and add the amount for that zone to the basic hourly rate. Zone pay, unlike travel pay, is the basic hourly wage upon which overtime is computed. 131d SpK'If1Cat10r15 The specifications for every public works contract must include the current Prevailing Wage Rates in effect at the time the specifications are first advertised. A statement incorporating the existing rates by reference will not satisfy this requirement(ORS 219.352). January 1991 Pape I NOTE: If a public agency fails to include the Prevailing Wage Rates in the contract specifications or fails to include in the contract the provision that Prevailing Wage Rates must be paid, the liability for any unpaid prevailing wages could be exclusively that of the agency. Fnnge Benefits Payments for fringe benefits are i&addition :o the basic hourly rate. Fringe benefits means the amount for: a) medical or hospital care; pensions on retirement or death; compensation for injuries or illness resulting from an occupational activity, or insurance to provide any of the foregoing; b) unemployment benefits, life insurance, disability and sickness insurance or accident insurance; C) vacation and holiday pay; d) defraying costs of apprenticeship or other similar programs; and e) other such bona fide benefits. NOTE: For the purpose of Prevailing Wage Rates, fringe:benefits do not ,,:elude any benefits wh:,,6 -nay be required by federal, state or local law(e.g. Workers' Compensation, Unemployment Insurance, etc.). Fringe benefits may he paid to the worker in cash or to a third party administering a fringe benefit program. When an hourly rate in excess of the required prevailing base rate is paid, the amount by which the rate is exceeded may be credited toward payment of fringe benefits. Overtime Workers employed on a public works job for more than eight hours in a day or 40 hours in a week must be paid overtime for each additional hour so worked(ORS 279.334). Overtime is calculated at no less than one and one-half time,the basic hourly rate as determined by the Commissioner of Labor(not including fringe benefits which are paid at the straight rate for every hour worked). In the computation of overtime, travel pay does not need to be included but zone pay differentials do. Work performed on Sattrrda. 5un4ay or legal holidays must also be compensated at time and one-half. Legal holidays for purposes of Prevailing Wage Rates include the following: 1) New Year's Day on January I; 2) Memorial Day on the last Monday in May; 3) Independence Day on July 4; 4) Labor Day on the first Monday in September; j) Thanksgiving Day on the fourth Thursday in November; 5) Christmas Day on December 25. NOTE: Contractors who are signatory to a collective bargaining agreement may be subject to different overtime requirements(ORS 279.334130. Certification of Payroll 1 The law requires every(•ontractor and subcontractor to file certain information on wages paid to each worker em- ployed on a public works contract. This statement must completely and accurately reflect payroll records for the work week immediately preceding the submission. A contractor or sabcontractor must complete and submit the certified statement contained on Form WH-38 as well as the information required on the weekly payroll side of the form. A copy of Form WH-38 and instructions for completing it are included in the back of this booklet; xeroxed copies may be used for filing. The schedule for submitting payroll information is as follows: once within 15 days of the date the contractor or subcontractor first began work on the proiect and once before the final inspection of the project by the public contract- ing agency; in addition, for pro ,igcts exceeding 90 days, subrA;ion!,nre to he nude at 90 day intervals. Payroll information is to be filed with both the public contracting agency and the Wage and Hour Division. Bureau of Labor and Industrie;, P.O. Box 800, Portland, Oregon 97201-0800. The payroll information must he kept by the contractor and or sutnontre for for three years. January 1991 Pale 2 M MIRK M" a t� a• COMMONLY AS ED OUESM-N-5 1) What are "Prevailing Wage Rates?" A prevailing wage rate is the minimum wage, including fringe benefits to be paid workers employed on contracts for public workq. Different rates are established for specific trades and specific geographical arras. 2) Who must be paid "Prevai,lli rn Wage Rates?" All employees of a contractor or subcontractor engaged on a public works project when the total price of the project is$10,000 or more must receive at least the Prevailing Wage Rate(PWR) for time worked on the project, unless otherwise exempt. Supervisory and office/clerical employees are not required to be paid the PWR. A person who owns and operates his/her aw;l truck on construction projects (Owner/Operator) is not required to be paid the PWR. 3) What alout contracts when Federal funds are used'? ' When mora than $2,000 of federal funds are involved, the contract is usually subject to the provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act, not Oregon statutes. Further information may be obtained from the U.S. Department of Labor, Wage and Hour Division, Portland, Oregon (326-3057). However, in the event that federal funds are involved, but the contract is not regulated under Davis-Bacon. Oregon's Prevailing Wage Rates Statues may apply (ORS 279.348 -279.365), 4) 1 don't have a pension fund. How do i calculate fringe benefits? Workers must receive at a minimum the sum of the basic hourly rate plus all fringe benefits for each hour worked on a public works contract. Fringe benefits may be paid either to a third party trust account or in cash directly to the worker. 5) My employees receive health benefits._Do Ieg t credit for the health benefit whenI preepare mUr yroll on a public works proiect? Yes. Ay expenditures an employer makes for b:ma fide employee benefits can be charged against the fringe benefit payments designated in the Prevailing Wage Rate Booklet. To learn how to compute the correct hourly charge, call the Wage and Hour Division(229.5750). 6) What if the employees are not Paid on _hourly_basis? All workers must receive at least the basic hourly rate of wage and fringe benefits for each hour worked on the project. If an employee is paid other than on an hourly basis, the equivalent hourly rate(for both wages and fringe benefits) must still be at least equal to the rates published. 7) How do I classify workers? Virtually all of the job c'ussifications/trades normally used in the construction industry are represented by the Job classifications used in this PWR publication. These classification titles should be used according to common practice. Try to fit your workers into existing classifications. If you have questions aFout how to classify workers, contact the Wage and Hour Division at 229-5750 in Portland or at one of the offices listed on page 1 of this booklet. Laborers who do basic work requiring no specific skills, training or knowledge are generally classified as Group 1 Laborers. (Note that Landscapers aro classified as Laborers, and Ornamental Ironworkers are cl4ssified as Ironworkers.) I January 1991 Palle 3 COMMON �' ASKE QUESTIONS (Continued) 8) When are ew rates determined? How long are they effective? Prevailing Wage Rates are determined once each year by the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries. The Commissioner may amend the rates a.any time. The rates are usually amended at least once each year. The rates in effect at the time the bid specifications are first advertised are those that apply for the duration of the contract, with one exception. If during the bidding process the prevailing wage rate changes, the public contracting agency(not the contractor) has the option of amending the bid specifications to reflect such change. 9) How dol.post Prevailim•Wage Kates? E,,ery contractor or subcontractor employing workers on a public works project is required to post the appli- cable Prevailing Wage Rates in a conspicuous and accessible place in or about the work-site. Rates need to be posted for the duration of the job. Contractors and subcontractors who intentionally fail to post the PWR can be made ineligible to receive any public works contract for up to three years. 10) What carol do shout a contractor who is Pat complying with 12M&gn's PWR liL%1 File a complaint with the nearest office of the Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries or contact the Wage and Hour Division, Bureau of Labor and Industries, 1400 S.W. 5th Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97201 (229-5750). Other Bureau offices are located in Bend (388-6330), Coos Bay (26913575), Eugene(686-7623), Medford (776-6013), Pendleton (276-7884) and Salem(378-3292). You may also complain to the contracting agency, which has the contractual authority to pay PWR claims directly to a contractor's or subcontractor's workers (QRS 279.314). l 1} What haeme s to c tlt ar�tors wha do rtot camply with PWR statutes'? Contractors and subcontractors who pay less than the Prevailing Wage Rates may be liable to the workers affected for the amount found due plus an equal amount as liquidated damages(ORS 279.356). Contracting agencies also have the contractual authority to withhold payments due or to be due to the contractor or subcon- tractor in order to pay the unpaid prevailing wages directly to the worker(ORS 279.314). Contractors and subcontractors who intentionally refuse to pay the Prevailing Wage Rate to workers employed on public works or to post the PWR on the job site may be determined to be ineligible to receive any publiz. works contracts for a period of up to three years(ORS 279.361). Workers employed by the contractor or subcontractors have a right of action against the surety of the prime contractor for any unpaid prevailing wages. A list is kept of all contractors, subcontractors, and other persons ineligible to receive public works contracts and subcontracts. When a contractor or subcontractor is a corporation, the individual officers and agents of the corporation can be debarred, in addition to the corporation. As a result, individurls who intentionally fail to pay or post the PWR are prevented from simply moving from one corporation to another. 12) How much do I pay sp_crentices? To qualify as an apprentice, the worker must be registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program of the U.S. Department of Laboi, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training(BAT)or with any State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by BA'r. The apprentice is to receive ty fringe benefits and a percentage of the journeyman's wage rate; the appropriate percentage shall be determined by the apprenticeship committee. All other worker, re- ceive rates as published. Page 4 January 1991 MW JUM COMMONLY ASKED OUESMQNSS (Continued) 13) Wliat records must I keep? For how long? Contractors and subcontractors are required to keep rwords necessary for determining if Prevailing Wage Rates were paid. These records must include the Payroll and Certified Statement Form(WH-38)as well as the following: Thc name rand address of each employee; the work classificatiotr(r,)of each employee; the rate(s)of wages and fringe benefits paid to each employee; the rates)of frinne benefit payments made is lieu of those required to be providexl to each employee; total daily and weekly compensation paid to each employee; daily and weekly hours worked by each employee; apprenticeship and training agreements; any payroll and other such records pertaining to the employment of employees upon a public works contract. These need to be kept for a period of three(3)years from the completion of the public work contract. Records relating to publi-works contracts must be maintained separately from records relating to private projects/ contracts. 14) What forms are public agencies M--'red totle with the $ureau of Labor and lndqu trics? Public agencies are required to prepatc and Me with the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries a list of every public improvement that the agency intends to fund during the subsequent budget period (ORS 2-,9.023[21). If, after the original filing, the agency Mans additional public improvements, a revised list is to be submitted (OAR 839-16-00812]). The. "Notice of Award of Public Works Contract" is to be filed with the Wage and Hour Division within 30 days of the date when a contract is awarded which require.-the payment of Prevailing Wage Rates(i.e.. is regulated under ORS 279.348 to 279.365). Copies of the "Planned Public Improvement Summary" (Form No. WH-I 18), the "Capital Improvement Project Cost Comparison Estimate" C'v✓H-119), and the "Notice of Award of Public Works Contract" (WH- 81)can be found at the back of this booklet. 15) Does a contractine avenev have any power to enforce payment of Pr vail:,jgWLage Rates on its public works p_m:ects? Yes. According to URS 279.314, all public contracts for work or services Mu�t contain a clause or condition permitting the contracting agency to pay a worker's past due wage claim, charging the payment against funds due or to become due to the contractor. i lturtrry 1N1 Page 5 anal r 4. r ' NOTE There have teen several changes in addition to the usual wage and fringe up-dates in the section which fol'.ows. We have attempted to make them more noticeable by printing them in bold type. You will find such changes under the following trades. DREDGING A woe pay differential has been added. GLAZIER A hazard pay differential has been added to hoth area I and area 2. LABORERS V A Hazardous Waste Removal differential and fringe benefit _. supplement have been added. LINE CONSTRUCTION A change will occur on February 1, 1991, which will a"fect all six groups' fringe benefits and the basic wage rate of group_. This has been included. POWER EOUIPMEn OPERATORS o The number of groups has hem reduced from 18 to G. o The group classifications have been completely o, -rtuuled. o The Less-Than-100% base wage rate has been dropped. o A Nazardous Waste Removal differential and fringe benefit supplement has been added. SHEETMETAL WORKERS A hazard pay and unusual job condition differential has hem added to Areas 1, 2, and 3. t. NDE1JS TO MASON TRADES A hazard pay and unusual jot)condition differential has been added. TRUCK UAV-ERS A Hazardous Waste Removal differential and fringe henefit supplement have been addeo.l. January 1991 tlw 3ASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TR-ADES RATE BENEIT$ FITS TRADES RATE BENEF pASBE'10 WORKERS I�>�ICK6� L�TQ 9L�T Installation of insulation on mechanical Area 1 18.88 4.58 systems* (add$0.75 per hour to I-ringe fol Rekactory repair work.i Journeyman Asbestos Worker Area 2 18.00 4.37 o Projects in buildings which are not used for manufact- uring, manufacturing services or similar processes(Offices, maker Hood River Polk Wallowa schools, laboratories, etc.) 17.25 4.68 Clackwivis Malheur(a) Sherman Waco(b) Clatsop Marion Tillamook Washington o Projects in buildings which Columbia Morrow 1 finatilla Yamhill are used for manufacturing. Gilliam Multnomah Union manufacturing services and similar Processes(water Area 2 treatment plants, electrical generating plants, road main- Benton Douglas Josepbiae Linn tenance shops, etc.) 18.60 4.68 Crook Grant Klamath Malheur(c) Coos Harney Lake Wasco(d) Removal of insulation on mechanical Curry Jackson Lane Wheeler systens*which are not going to be Deschutes Jefferson Lincoln scrapped.** a) North half o Hazardous Materials Handler b) North of the City of Maupin Mechanic (in any type of c) South half project regardless of value) 12.00 1.45 d) Including the City of Maupin and South thereof * Mechanical systems include pipes, boilers, ducts, flues, breechings, etc. CAUPENT R�( page 16) ** The removal of all insulation materials from mechanical systema is exclusively the work of Asbestos Workers, Mf rq &5-Q—N5 unless the mechanical systems are going to he scrapped. It does not matter whether the insulation materials contain Zone I (Base Rate): asbestos. Laborers do all removA-19f insu ation--pm!-mals o Group t 17•!4 5.27 on mechanicals stenos tp bescrap�od an_d any nom w';b= o Group 2 17.48 5.27 anica) walls, ceilings, floorsLbe9l1n eta j05JU A.io . o Group 3 17.48 5.27 They also do loading of any insulation materials that have o Group 4 17.83 5.27 already been removed, bagged and tagged,as well as cleanup at the removal site and all work done at the Growl l Cement Masons, hand chipping and patcluag disposal site. Laborers performing asbestos removal are grouting, end pointing, screrd setting, plugging, classified as Group 3 laborers. filling bolt holes. dry packing, setting curb forms, planks, stakes, lines and grades. BOIL_ERhIAKEF5 row 12 Composition Workers(includes installation of epoxy&other resinous toppings), and Power o Erection and repair of storage Machine Operators. tanks, tower tanks, standpipmgroujL2 Cemeng t masons working on suspended, awin - swimming pools and reservoirs. 20.58 5.27 ing and/or hanging scaffold. Qffiuk 4 Cement Masons performing work of both Group o All other work 21.79 5.27 2 and Group 3 at the same time. _— Palle 6 lin I�QI i BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FR IGE TRADES RATE BENEFrrs RATF. BENEFrrS fjA'IENT LjASONS (continued) i�RE 3GING Zone Differential for Cement Masons Zone 1 (Bast Rate): (Add to Zone I Rate) o I-everman-Hy:irar.!ic 20.07 5.17 o Leverman-Dipper 20.88 5.17 Zone 2 .65 o Asst. Engineer (including: Watch Zone 3 1.15 Engineer, Welder, Mechanic, Zone 4 1.70 Machinist) 19.45 5.17 Zone 5 2.75 o Tende-rman (Boatman, A!tendirg Dredge Plan); Fireman 18.98 5.17 Zone 1: Projects within 30 miles of City Hall in the cities o Assistant Mate (Dockhand); Oiler 1958 5.17 listed below. Zone 2: More than 30 utiles but less than 40 miles. Zone Differential for Dm*ing Zot e : More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles. (Add to Zone t Rate) Zon 4: Mon:than 5C miles but less than 80 miles. Zone 5: More than 80 miles. Zone 1.50 'Lone 3 3 1.90 Cities Zone 4 2.40 Bend Corvallis Coos Bay Roseburg Eugene Zone 5 3.00 Pasco The Dalles Medford Longview K. Falls Salem Pendleton Astoria Portland Newport Zone 1: Center of job site not more than 15 miles from the City Hall of Portland DTVI-,RS & DIVER,$' TENDF'R zone 2: More than 15 miles but not more than 30 Zone 3: More than 30 miles but not more than 50 o Divers 44.61 4.02 Zone 4_ More than 50 miles but not more than 70 o Divers' Tenders 19.72 4.02 Zone 5: More than 70 miles. Depth Pay and Enclosure Pay are added to the Divers' DRYWALL/WETWALL Basic Hourly Rate to of-tain the Total Hourly Rate for the �I diver. o Drywall (Accoustical and Drywall Applicator) 17.55 4.77 BASIC HOURLY HOURLY DIVERS' o Wetwall (Lather) 16.50 5.82 HOURLY +- DEPTH + ENCLOSURE = "OTAL RATE PAY PAY HOURLY PAY ELECTRIMNS o Divers' Derth Pay Area l o Electricians 17.90 3.35 Doth of Dive Hourly,Ueoth Pa,. o Cable Sp.icers 19.69 3.43 50-100 ft ([total ft-501 x $1.00)/hr. Area 2: 100-1500 S 50 + ([total ft-1001 x $1.50)/hr. o Electricians 20.71 5.63 150-200 ft $125 + ([total ft-1501 x $2.00)/hr. o Cable Splicers 21.7`' 5.66 o fivers' Enclosure Pay(working without vertical escape) Area 3: 17.35 5.32 Distance Travelled Area 4: 19.15 3.77 In th Enclosure Hourly hgdosure PeL__ Area 5: 5 - 50 ft $ .50/hr o Electricians 21.35 5.74 50- 100 ft $ .63/hr o Cable Splicers 22.10 5.76 100- 150 ft S 2.13/hr 150 -200ft $ 4.63/hr Area 6: 200- 300 ft $4.63 + (Itt`tal ft-2001% S.05)/hr o Electricians 17.83 4.98 300 -450 ft $9.63 + ([total ft-3001x S.10)/hr o Cable Splicers 19.61 5.04 480 -600 ft $24.63 4- ([total ft450Ix S.20)/hr Ln 19Q Page 7 BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FA►Nc;E T'RADFS RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE. BENEFrrS ELECTRICIAN (continued) Gi.AZIER� Area 1 gtea Ap�a_2(cont) ,A1311 3 Area 1 1©.95 3.25 Malheur Baker Umatilla Coos (Add$1.00 to base rate if safety belt Gilliam Union Cnrry is required by State safety regulations) Grant Wallows, Lincoln (Add$4.00 to base rate for work Morrow Wheeler Douglas(a) done from a non-motorized single- Lane(a) man bosun chair) Aro 4, Area 5 Am 66 Area 2 14.36 2.44 Benton Clackamas Harney (Add$0.50 to base rate if working Crook Clatsop Jackson at over 35 feet of free fall in height) Deschutes Columbia Josephine Jefferson Hood River Klamath Area 1 ALS Lune(b) Multnomah Lake Linn Sherman Douglas(b) All Counties Malheur Marion 'Tillamook except Malheur Polk Wasco Yamhill(c) Washington. MIGHWAY AND PARKING STRIPERS Yamhill(d) 18.00 2.00 a) Those portions lying west of a line North and South from the NE corner of Coos County ONNWORKERS to:he SE corner of Lincoln County b) That portion lying east of a line running o Structural, Reinforcing. Ornamental, North and South from the NE corner of Coos Riggers, Fence Erectors, Signal Men 19.26 6.16 County to the SE comer of Lincoln County c) South half LABORERS tree page 17) d) North half _L1mnj if TRiCIA ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS May only be used for electrical work not Area I exceeding 100 va in Class Il and III o M chanic 18.80 5.23 + a installations(as d-fined in Article 125 n 'ielrer 13.16 5.23 + a of the National Electrical Code): o Probationary Helper 9.40 - Area 1 15.77 3.37 Area 2 Area 2 15.77 3.37 o Mechanic 20.95 5.23 + a Area 3 10.83 2.30 o Helper 14.67 5.23 + a Area 4 11.12 2.46 o Probationary Helper 10.4E - Area 5 12.13 2.49 Area 6 10.96 2.62 a) Plus 8% of basic hourly rate for employees with more Area 7 11.34 2.03 than 5 years of service; 6% of basic hourly rate for 6 Area 8 10.79 2.50 months to 5 years of service. Area 9 15.77 3.37 Area 10 11.26 1.83 AL1 Arca 2 Area 11 12.22 1.91 Umatilla All Area 12 14.66 1.94 Wallowa Remaining Area 13 12.38 2.34 Union Counties Ars 14 12.09 2..11 Baker Jan 1991 page 8 BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINOE HOURLY FVJNGE TRADES RATE BENEFITS RATE BENEFrrS I•IMITED ENERGY ELECMCLANS(continued) MARBLE SETTERS(Includes Granite) Area 1 Clatsop, Columbia, Tillamook Area 1 .'.9.88 4.58 Area 2 Clackamas, Multnomah, Washington, Yamhill (north half) Area Aroa 3 Marion, Polk, YarnWll (south half) Baker Hood River Shermar, Wallowa Area Benton, Lincoln, Linn Clackamas Malheur(a) Tillamook Wasco(b) Area 5 Lane Clatsop Morrow Union Washington Area 6 Douglas Columbia Multnomah Umatilla Yamhill(a) Area 7 Coos, Curry Gilliam Area 8 Jackson, Josephine $) North half b) North of tbe,Ci!X of Maunin- Area 9 Hood River, Sherman, Wasco Area 10 Crook, Deschutes, Jefferson PAINUML&PRMWALL TAPERS Area l 1 Klamatn, Lake ' Area 12 Gilliam, Grant, Morrow, Umatilla, Wheeler Area I Area 13 Baker, Union, Wallowa o Painters&Drywall Tapers 13.00 2.41 Area 14 Harney, Malheur 1 Area 2 LINE CONSTRU Ti N Fringe Fringe o Brush 15.30 2.44 Through After o Spray, sandblasting, other Area 1 131/91 1/11;91 pressure blasting over 3000 psi. o Group 1 21.68 4.91 5.26 and steam cleaning. 15.50 2.44 o Group 2 19.59 4.84 5.19 o Group 3 (15.73)1 4.05 4.06 o Drywall Tapers 19.30 3.05 o Group 4 16.89 3.84 4.09 o Grt-••p 5 14.78 3.76 3.51 Area I Arse o Group 6 13.90 3.74 3.99 Malheur County Remaining Counties lIncreases to 16.12 after 1/31/91 fERER5. Area 2: o Cable Splicers 18.81 3.25 Area 1 18.58 4.02 o Journeyman Lineman 17.10 3.18 Area 2 o Line Equip. Mech. u f 7ovJeman 20.08 I.01 (Right-of-way) 15.40 3.11 o Swinging scaffold 19.08 4.01 o Line Equip. Oper. 15.40 3.11 o all other work 18.58 4.01 o Groundman 11.55 2.97 Area I Ates 1 Area l(cont) Arp1(cont) Aa 2 All counties except Mallheur County Group CI Up-2 Benton Deschutes ?in:oln (b) All Coos Harney Litz (b) remaining Cable Splicers Certified Lineman Welder Crook Jefferson Was�o(b) counties L.eadrnan Pole Sprayer Heavy Line Equipment Man Curry Klamath (a) Wheeler(b) x Lineman Douglas Lane Pole Sprayer Grouper Group 4 a) Northern one-third h) South half Tree Trimmer Line Equipment Man PUMBEK��TEAMF 1TERSL EIM Group 5 Situp 6 Area I (Both) 19.55 5.05 Head Groundman Groundman Area 2(Both) 21.75 4.91 Jackhammer Man Arra 3 (Both) 19.60 4.90 Powdermxn Area , Malheur County Jail 1991 Pole 9 Amr— BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE BENEFTI'S TRADES RATE BENEFTrS i'i,iJMBER�Bt STRA_1b(FITTERS/P ' B�(tet) PQ (Continued) Area, 3 HAZARDOUS WASTE REMOVAL DIFFERENTIALS (Type of regtired protective clothing ddtrlmhm the Baker Grant(b) All remaining counties amount to be added to the base rate) Ilamey (a) Morrow Malheur 11matilla Class"C"Suit 1.00 Wallowa Class"B"Suit 1.50 [inion Class"A"Suit 2.00 H) Except Northwest Portion �) Except Southwest Comer GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS POWER E;QtJIPN1E:NT OPERATORS AaRLiAL'f (Note that this trade no longer includes 6 Plant Oiler Les Than 100% Rate) 6 Plant Fireff kn 6 Pugmill Operator(any type) Zone 1 (Base Rate): 6 Truck mounted asphalt spreader, with screed u Group 1 19.35 5.42 + a 4 Screed Operator o Group 2 19.00 5.42 + a 5 Extrusion Machin;Operator o Group 3 18.40 5.42 + a 2 Aspttalt Plant Operator(any type) o Group 4 18.00 5.42 + a 4 Asphalt Paver Operator o Group 5 17.50 5.42 + a 5 Roller Operator(any asphalt mix) o Griup 6 16.80 5.42 + a 4 Diesel-Electric Engineer, Plant 5 Asphalt Burner and Reconditioner Operator(any type),84 a) Add $0.15 to fringe benefit of all Group 4 Roto-Mill, pavement profiler operator, under 6 foot classifications for work performed inside a lateral cut Federally Designated Hazardous Waste Site. 5 Roto-Mill, pavement pro Filer, ground man 2 Roto-Mill, pavement profiler operator, 6 foot lateral ZONA RATES AND DESCRIPTIONS cut and over (Add to Zone 1 Rate) BLADI: Zone 2 .65 Zone 3 1.15 6 Blade Operator, pulled type Zone 4 1.70 4 Blade Operator Zone 5 2.75 4 Blade Operator, Finish 4 Blade Operator, externally controlled by electronic, Zone 1: Projects within 30 miles of City Hall in the mechanical hydraulic n eans Cities listed below. 4 Blade Operator, multi-engine Zone 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles. 2 Auto Grader or "Trimmer" Ope.-ator Lone 3_ More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles. Zone 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles. BULLDOZERS Zone 5: More :ban 80 miles. 4 Bulldozer(aerator Cities 4 Drill Cat Operator `- 4 Side-Boom Operator Albany Eugene Longview Portland 2 Tandem bulldozer operator(quadnine and similar Astoria Goldendale Nfadras PortOrford h,pe, D-11) Baker Grants Pass Medford Reedsport 4 Bulldozer Operator, twin engine(TC 12 and similar Bend Hermiston McM.nnville Roseburg type, D-10) Brookings Hood River Newport Salem 4 Cable-Plow Operator (any type) Burns Klamath Falls Oregon City The Dalles Coos Bay LaGrande Ontario Tillamook Corvallis Lakeview Pendleton f Page 10 tui 1991 AMPOKM BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE BENEFITS RATE BENEFITS PLWI.>g.EOUIPMENT OPERATORS POWER EQUIPMENT OPERAIQRS (GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS continued) (GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS continued) CLEARING CONCRETE(Continued) 4 Log Skidder Operator 5 Concrete Joint Machine Operator 4 Chipper Operator 5 Concrete Planer Operator 4 Incinerator Operator 5 Tower Mobile Operator 4 Stump Splitter Operator 5 Power Jumbo Operator setting slip forms etc., in tunnels COMPRESSQRS 5 Slip Form Pumps, power driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete forms 6 Compressor Operator(any power), under 1,250 cu. 5 Concrete Paving Machine Operator ft. total capacity 5 Concrete Finishing Machine Operator 5 Compressor Operator(any power), over 1,250 cu. 5 Concrete Spreader Operator ft. capacity 4 Concrete Paving Road Mixer 2 Automatic Concrete Slip Form Paver Operator COMPACTORS, -Self-Propelled 2 Concrete Canal Line Operator 4 Concrete Breaker 5 Compactor Operator, including vibratory 4 Reinforced'rank Banding Machine(K-17 or similar 5 Wagner Patcor Operator or similar type(without blade) types) 4 Compactor Operator, with blade 2 Concrete Profiler, Diamond Head 4 Compactor Operator, multi-engine CRANE CONCRETE 6 Oiler 6 Plant Oiler 6 Truck Crane Oiler-Driver, 25 ton capacity or over 6 Assistant Conveyor Operator 6 Fireman, all equipment 6 Conveyor Operator 6 A-Frame Truck Operator, single drum 6 Mixer Box Operator(C.T.B., dry batch, etc.) 6 Tugger or CofFi.Type Hoist Operator 6 Cement Iiog Operator 5 Helicopter Hoist Operator 6 Concrets Saw Operator 5 Hoist Operator, single drum 6 Concrete Curing Machine Operator(riding type) 5 Elevator Operator 6 Wire Mat or Brooming Machine Operator 5 A-Frame Truck Operator, double drum 5 Combination Mixer and Compressor Operator, gunite 5 Boom Truck Operator %vork 4 Chicago Boom and similar types 5 Concrete Batch Plant Quality Control Operator 4 Lift Slab Machine Operator 5 Beltcrete Operator 4 Boom Type lifting device, 5 ton capacity or less 5 Pumperete Operator(any type) 4 Cerry Picker or similar type crane-hoist, 5 ton 5 Pavement Grinder and/or Grooving Machine Operator capacity or less (riding type) 4 Crane Operator, under 25 ton (except for rough +i 4 Mixer Mobile Operator terrain) 1 5 Cement Pump Operator, Fuller-Kenyon and similar 4 Hoist Operator, two drum 5 Concrete Pump Operator 4 Hoist Operator, three or more drums 5 Grouting Machine Operator 4 Derrick Operator, under 100 ton I 4 Screed Operator 4 Hoist Operator, stiff leg, guy derrick or similar type, 4 Concrete Cooling Machine Operator 50 ton and over 5 Concrete Mixer Operator, single drum, any capacity 4 Cableway Operator, up to 25 tons 2 Batch Plant and/or Wet Mix Operator, one and two drum 2 Cableway Operator, 25 tons and over I Batch Plant and/or Wet Mix Operator, 3 units or more 4 Crane Operator, over 25 toots and including 40 tons 5 Cast in place pipe laying machine 4 Bridge Crane Operator, Locomotive, Gantry, 5 Maginnis Internal Ful! Slab Vibrator Operator Overhead 5 Concrete Finishing Machine Operatou, Clary, Johnson, 2 Crane Operator, over 40 tons and including 200 tons Bidwell, Burgess bridge deck or similar type I Crane Operator, over 200 tons 5 Curb Machine Operator, Mechanical Berm, Curb and/or Curb and Gutter _ Jan 1991 Page I I BASIC. BASIC TRADES HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE BENEHOURLY FRINGE ' FrrS RATE BENHFTrB AVER F.OUiP NT nt�F R ATOM POV1rER EQ I n1'MEN I (GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS continued) O1[ ORi (GROUP CLASSIFICATIONNSS continued) CRANE (Continued) GENERATORS 2 Tower Crane Operator 4 Generator Operator 2 Whirley Operator, up to and including 150 tons 4 Diesel-Electric Engineer I Whirley Operator, over 150 tons I Helicopter Operators, when used in erecting work GUARDRAIL EOUIPMEN I Hydraulic Boom Truck Operator, Pittman b Oiler t�RIJ,SIILR 6 Auger Oiler 6 Oiler, combination,guardrail machines 6 Crusher Oiler 4 Guardrail Punch Operator(all types) 6 Crusher Feedertnaa 6 Guardrail Punch Oiler 4 1)leGenwl-El Operator 4 Guardrail Auger Operator(all types) 4 Uiesel-y Oiler Engineer 4 Combinatv,n Guardrail machines. i.e. punch, auger, etc. 4 (;rivley Operator 'I Crusher Plant Operator HAZARDOUS WASTE REMO'VAL DRILLING5 Assistant to the Engineer(Oiler) 6 D-,-ill Tender 4 Assistant Incinerator Control Board Operator f f. Anger Oiler 3 Incinerator Control Board Operator I 5 Churn Drill and Earth Boring Machine Operator HEATING PLAN •L D.ill Doctor 4 Boring Machine Operator 6 Temporary Heating Plant Operator 4 Driller- Percussion, Diamond, Core, Cable, Rotary and 4 Surface Heater and Planer Operator sir;lar type I.11-OATi14G EQUIPMHYDRAULIC HOESENT 6 anc� - Boatman 2- an 5 Hydraulic Backhoe Operator, wheel type 3/8 cu. yd. and under with or without front end attachments -U2 cu. yd. 5 Boatmse and under(Ford, John Deere, Catype) 5 Fireman 4 Hydraulic Backhoe Operator, Track Type 3/8 cu.yd. 4 Diesel-Electric Enginwr (Note: Over 3/8 cu. yd takes Shovel Classification rate) 4 Jack Operator, elevatir¢ hargeg 4 Barge Operator, self-unloading t OADERS 4 Piledriver Operator(not crane type) 4 Floating Clamshell, etc. Operator, under 3 cu. yd. 6 Bucket Elevator Loader Operator, Barber-Greene and L Floating Crane(derrick barge) Operator, less than 30 tons similar types Floating Clamshell, etc. Operator. 3 cu. yd. and over 5 Loaders, robber-tired type, 2-1/2 cu. yd. and under Floating Crane(derrick barge)Operator, 30 tons but less 5 Elevating Grader Operator. Tractor Towed requiring than 150 tons Operator ;)r Grader 1 Floating Crane, 150 tons and over 4 Belt Loa6,!r Operator, Kolman and Ko Cal types I l)RK LIFT 4 Loader Operator, front end and overhead, 2-1/2 cu. yd. and under 4 cu. yd. 4 Elevating Loader Operator, At.hey and similar types 6 Self-Propelled Scaffolding Operator(excluding worsting 4 Elevating Grader Operator, Sierra, Euclid or similar types platform) 3 Loader Operator, 4 cu. yd. but less that 6 cu. yd. 6 Fork Lift or Lumber Gtacker Operator 2 Loader Olv. rator, 6 cu, yd. and over 6 Ross Carrier Operator 5 Lull Hi-Lift Ol►erator or similar type 5 Fork Lift, over 5 tons 3 Rock Hound Operator Lan 1991 ---_—_ Page 12 BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE 'TRADES RATE BENEFITS RATE BENEFITS POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS POWER EQUIPMENOPERATORS (GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS continued) (GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS continued) OILERS REMOTE CONTROL 6 Oiler 2 Remote controlled earth-moving equipment 6 Guardrail Punch Oiler 6 Truck Crane Oiler-Driver, 25 ton or over REPAIRMEN. Heavy Duty 6 Auger Oiler 6 Grade Oiler, required to chock grade 6 Parts Man(Tool Room) 5 Service Oiler(Greaser) 6 H.D. Repairman Tender 6 Grade Checker 6 Welder's Tender 4 Diesel-Electric Engineer(Plant or Floating) PILEDRIVERS (Use Crane rates when driving or pulling 4 Bolt Threading Machine Operator piling) 4 Drill Doctor(Bit Grinder) 4 H.D. Mechanic 4 Hammer Operator 4 H.D. Welder 4 Piledriver Operator(not crane type) 4 Machine Tool Operator 4 Combination H.D. Mechanic-Welder, when PIPF LINE - Sewer Water dispatched and/or when required to do both 4 Welder -Certified, when dispatched and/or required 6 Tar Pot Fireman 6 Tar Pot Fireman (power agitated) RUBBER-TIRED SCRAPERS 6 Hydraulic Pipe Press Operator 5 Hydra Hammer or similar types 4 Rubber-tired Scraper C_perator, single engine, single 5 Pavement Breaker Operator - scraper 4 Pipe Cleaning Machine Operator 4 Self-loading, paddle wheel, auger type wader 15 cu. 4 Pipe Doping Machine Operator yd. 4 Pipe Bending Machine Operator 4 Rubber-tired Scraper Op-,rator, twin engine — 4 Pipe Wrapping Machine Operator 4 Rubber-tired Scraper Operator, with push-pull 4 Bonng Machine Operator attachments 4 Back Filling Machine Operator 3 Rubber-tired Scraper Operator with tandem scrapers 2 Rubber-tired Scraper Operator, with tandem scrapers, PUMPS multi-engine 4 Self-loading, paddle wheel, auger type 15 cu, yd. and 6 Pump Operatot, any power over, single engine 6 Hydrostatic Pump Operator 3 Self-loading, paddle wheel, auger type, finish and/or 2 5 Pump Operator, more than 5 (any size) or more units 5 Pot Rammer Operator SHOVEL, DRAGLINE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE. RAILROAD EQUIPMENT SKOGPER ETC.�OPERATOR 6 Brakeman 6 Oiler 6 Oiler 6 Grade Oiler(required to check grade) 6 Switc„man 6 Grade Checker 6 Motorman 6 Fireman 6 Ballast Jack Tamper Operator 4 Diesel-Electric, ngineer 5 Locomotive Operator 4 Stationary Drag Scraper Operator 5 Ballast Regulator Operator 4 Shovel, Dragline, Ciamshell, Hoe etc., Operator 5 Ballast Tamper Multi-Purpose Operator under 3 cu. yd. 5 Track Liner Operator 4 Grade all Operator 5 'Tie Spacer Operator 2 Shovel, Dragline, Clamshell, Hoe etc., Operator 3 5 Shuttle Car Operator cu. yd. and over Ian 1991 —M ��� Y_� _ Pass 17 is t� BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFI,S II)WER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS continued) (GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS continued) 5jGLN _ AjMAN WELDING MACHINES 6 Bell Boy, phones, etc., Operator 6 Welding Machine Operator 6 Helicopter Radioman(ground) y�pERWATER EQUIPMENT SURFACING (BASE) [v�ATERIAL 2 Underwater Equipmert Operator, remote or otherwise, 6 Roller Operator, grading of base rock(not asphalt) when used in con:tru,tion work 5 Roller Operator, Oiling, C.T.A. 6 t'ampinF Machine Operator, mechanical, self-propelled R_QQFERS h ►;ydrographic Seeder Machine Operator, straw, pulp or seed Area 1: 5 Rock Spreaders, self-propelled o Roofers 16.10 4.10 5 Pulva-mixer or similar types o Handling coal tar pitch 17.20 4.10 4 Blade Mounted Spreaders, Ulrich and similar types 5 Chip Spreading Machine Operator Area 2: 5 Lime Spreading Operator o Roofers 15.04 4.18 (Add$2.00 per hour to Fringe for SWEEPERS work with irritable Bituminous material.) 6 Broom Operator, self-propelled 5 Sweeper Operator(Wayne type)self-propelled Area 3: o Roofers 13.44 2.70 TRACT OR- RUBBER TIRED (Add $1.50 per hour to Fringe for work with irritable Bituminous 5 Tractor Operator, rubber-tired, 50 H.P. Flywheel and material.) under 4 Tractor Operator, rubber-tired, over 50 H.F. Flywheel Area 4: 1 Tractor Operator, with boom attachment o Roofers 15.00 3 95 4 Rubber-tired Dozers and Pushers(Michigan, Cat, Hough (Add $2.00 per hour to cringe for tyle) work with irritable Bituminous materials) TRENk,HING MACHINE .Area 5: o Roofers 11.90 3.55 6 Oiler (Add$3.00 per hour to Fringe for 6 Grade Oiler(required to check grade) work with irritable Bituminous 5 i'renching Machine Operator, maximum digging capacity materials) I ft. depth 4 1'renching Machine Operator, maximum digging capacity Area I Arer I_(cont) Area 2 Area 2(cont) over 3 ft. depth Baker Mwtnomah Benton Klamath 4 Back Filling Machine Operator Clackamas Sherman Coos Lake 2 Wheel Excavator Clatsop Tillamook Crook Lane 2 Canal Trimmer Columbia Wasco Curry Lincoln 2 Band Wagon (in conjunction with wheel excavator) Jefferson Washington Deschutes Limn Gilliam Wheeler Douglas Marion TUN iu Grant Harney Polk Hood River lackron Yarnhill 4 Mucking Machine Operator Josephine 6 Conveyor Operator(any type) 4 Shield Operator Area 3 AEEea 4 rea S 6 Air Filtration Fquipment Operator Malheur Umatilla Morrow Union Wallowa 1er 199I Pop 14 ass v BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE 9ENEFTTS RATE BENEFITS SUEUMAL SOFT FLOOR LAYERS(Continued) Area 1 17.90 5.32 Area. - All counties except Malheur County (Add$0.75 to base rate for work A r�3- Malheur County performed on any swinging platform, swinging chair, or swinging ladder) SPRLN>F LER -aMS 20.30 4.75 Area 2 16.23 3.87 TENDERS TO MASON'ITtADES (Add$1.75 to base rate for work performed whenever it is possible o Tenders for Bricklayers,Tile Setters, Marble for worker to fall 30 feet or more) Setters and Terrazzo Workers; Topping for (Add$1.75 to base rate for work Cement Finishers acid ?4orter Mixers. performed in an area where epoxy 15.36 4.00 resins or other injurious chemicals (Add $0.50 to W.e rate for refractory work) are being applied) (Add to base rate an amount equal to that received for safety belt requirements or other Area 3 19.01 4.78 unusual,job conditions by the mechanic this (Add$1.00 to base rate for work worker is tending) where it is necessary to wear a chemically activated face mask) TEN-0E RS TO PLASTER_E5 14.87 4.00 (Add$1.00 to base rate for work where employee is required to wear TILE SETTERS a fresh air mask due to nuclear related work) Area 1 17.60 4.20 (Add S.45 to base rate for work on a swinging stage, swinging scaffold or (Add $.50 to base rate if safety belt required by State safety tx)sun chair in excess of 30 feet regulations or work involves epoxy, furnane, alkor. Rbove the ground) acetylene, ui ^k grouting and/or steam cleaning.) Area 4 16.92 3.71 Area 2 18.00 4.37 Area I (Ad,.' 'o.24 to base rate if safety belt required by State safety regul,h(,.s; $.20 if work involves epoxy, furnane, alkor, Benton Gilliam Linn Tillamook acetylene, black grouting, and/or steam cleaning.) m Clackaas Grant Marion Wasco Clatsop Flarney Multnomah Washington Area I Area l(cont) Area 2 A._.2(cont) Columbia Hood River Polk Wheeler Crook Jefferson Sherman Yamhill Baker Polk Benton Josephine Deschsttes Lincoln Clackamas Sherman Coos Klamath Clatsop Tillamook Crook lake Area 2 Area 3 Area 4 Area 4(cont) Columbia Umatilla Curry Lane Baker Morrow Coos Josephine Gilliam Union Deschutes l incoln Malheur Umatilla Curry Klamath Flood River Wv.11owa Douglas Linn Union Douglas Lake Malheur(a) Wasco(b) Grant Malheur(c) Wallowa Jackson Lane Marion Washington Harney Wasco(d) Mormw Yamhill Jacks<m Wheeler WE FLOOR LAYERS Multnomah Jefferson Area 1 15.41 4.00 + a a) North half c) South half Area 2 12,99 2.01 b) North of Maupin d) Maupin and sov�h thereof it) plus 4% of basic hourly rate for employees with less than one year of service, 6% for those with more than one year. _ _.�� ---------- - len 1991 �-.----1-`_- Page IS 1 Wast BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRU40E IRADES RATE BENEFITS 'TRADES RATE BENBFnS IIL,E & TERRAZZO HELPEBS CARPENTERS, LABORERS,atiJ TRUCK DRLYM A rea 1 13.54 2.85 (Continued) (Add $.50 to base 1-ate if safety belt require!by State ZONE RAI ES AND DESCRI S safety regulations or work involves epoxy, furnane, alkor, acetylene, black grouting and/or steam Zone !)ifferential for Sg%pgnte"(Gicuos 1 and 2_gjy), cleaning.) Laivrc and Tri Drivers Aica I (Add;0 Zone 1 Rate) Baker Hood River Sherman Wallowa Clackamas Gilliam(a) Tillamook Wasco(b) Zone 2 .65 Clatsop Morrow Umatilla Washington Zone 3 1.15 Columbia Multnomah Union Yamhill (a) Zone 4 1.70 Malheur(North Half) Yarnhill (North Half) Zone 5 2.75 Wasco(North of Maupin) Zone • Projects within 30 miles of City Hall in the CICes T_K CK DRIVERS(see next section) listed below. WELDERS: RI ' ER one : More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles. — ZggDI3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles. Zone 4: More than 56 miles bot less than 80 miles. Receive rate for craft performing oper<tion to which Zone 5: More than 80 miles. welding and rigging are incidental Cities Albany Eugene Lr-ngview Portland C,1 itPEN_fER 1.ABQRER god TRUCK DRIVERS Astoria Goldendale Madras Port Orford Baker Grants Pass Medford Reedsport I lr.Jer the following circumstances a rate lower than Bend Hermiston McMinnville Roseburg the basic hourly rate may be used for these three -,.,,x)kings Hood River Newport Salem trades: Burns Klamath Falls Oregon City The Dalles Coos Bay LaGrande Ontario Tillamook I lie lower rate applies to all public works projects of less Corvallis Lakeview R-ndleton than $1.0 rmllion. The lower rate also applies to projects wider $1 5 million involving the construction, reconstiuc- i„m, major renovation or painting of buildings, bridges or CAR.P�FN'I M (See above for explanation of when the lower docks. (When the amount is betweer.S1.0 and$1.5 million rates may he used) ihP work done on a building, bridge or dock must constitute at least 20% of the total project price to use the lower rates.) LESS THAN In determining the$1.5 million figure, do not include the 100% 100% rest of underground utilities(i.e., the amount of the contract dedicated to facilities for electricity, water, gas, sewerage Zone 1 (Base Rate.): includin`,, storm water, and communications)which are five o Group 1 15.19 18.17 4.02 feet or more outside of and away from the building, bridge o Group 2 15.31 18.32. 4.02 or deck and are subordinate and incidental to the major o Group 3 15.39 18.42 d 02 purjNse of the project. o Group 4 15.51 18.57 4.02 o Group 5 15.27 18.27 4.02 NOTE: In determining whether or not the lower rates o Group 6 15.35 18.37 4.02 are applicable, consider the total project cost, and not the cost of any wdividual contract (or *NOTE: Zone rates for Carpenter Groups I and'l are listed schedule)within that project. at the top of this page. Zone rates for Carpenter Groups 3 through 6 are listed below. eo fiw BASIC BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TILDES RATE BENEFrrS RATE BENEFfrS � NTERS (Continued) LABORERS' LESS THAN Zone Differential for Groups 3 through 6 Only 100% 100 (Add to Zone 1 Rate) Zone 2 .85 Zone 1 (Base Rate):2 Zone 3 1.25 o Group l 11.82 13.99 5.00+a Zone 4 1.70 o Group 2 12.10 14.34 5.00+a Zone 5 1.95 o Group 3 12.34 14.64 5.00+a Zone 6 2.80 o Group 4 12.54 14.89 5.00+a o Group 5 10.77 12.40 5.00+a Zones for Groups 3, 4, 5 and 6 Carpenters are determined o Group ti 9.15 9.15 5.00+a by the distance between the project site and either 1)the 11 orker's residence or 2) City Hall of a reference city for a) Add$0.15 to fringe benefit of all Group the appropriate group shown below, whichever is closer. classifications for work performed inside a Federally Designated 11wrardows Waste Site. Zoe 1,. 0-30 miles. Zone 2.• 30-40 miles. HAZARDOUS WASTE REMOVAL DIFFERENTIAL. Zone 3: 40-50 miles. (There is no Less-Than-100% rate for Ilazardous Zone 4: 50-60 mile;. Waste Removal. Type of required protective dothing Zone 5: 60-70 miles. determines the amount to he added to the 100% base Zone 6: Over 70 miles. rate.) Cities for Group s 3 and 4 Class "C" Suit 1.00 Class "B" Suit 1.50 Corvallis Longview North Bend The Dalles Class "A"Suit 2.00 Eugene Medford Portland Group l Cities for Groups 5 and 6 4 Asphalt Plant Laborers General Laborer*** Astoria Eugene Newport Salem Asphalt Spreaders Guardrail, Median Bend Klamath Falls Portland The Dalley Batch Weighman Rail (c) Coos Bay Medford Roseburg, Broomers Levermi n or Aggregate Brush Burners/Cutters Spreader(d) Group 1 Grout Carpenter Tender MateriAl Yard Mar, (c) Car&Truck Loaders Powderman Tender Auto. Nailing Machine Floor Layers& Finishers Change-House Man Railroad Track Laborers Carpenters stationary Power Saw Choke Setter Ribbon Setters(f) Form Stripper Operators Chipper Operator(a) Rip Rap Man (Hand Manhole Builders Wall&.Ceiling Insulators Clean-up Laborers *** Placed) Non-irritating Ins. Irritating Insulation Concrete Laborers Road Pump Tender Culvert(hand labor) Sewer Laborer Group 3 Grout 4 Curing, con, rete Signalman Demolition, wrecking Skiprnan Millwnghts Certified Welders and moving *** Slopers Machine Erectors Driller Tender Sprayman Machinists Dry-shack Man Stake Chaser Dumpers, road oiling Stockpiler Grou Grout 6 crew Timber Faller/Bucker Dumpmen for grading (Hand Labor) Bridge, Dock & Wharf Boom Men crew Toolroom Man(Job site) Builders Elevator Feeders Tunnel Bull Gang Piledrivermen Fine Graders (AtNwe Oround) Fire Watch Weight-Man-Crusher(g) Form Striplvrs (b) 2 See page or exp anu aon of u Than .tea. Page 17 y See page 16 for zone rateo and deacriptiona. 4 BASIC BASIC HO'1RLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE BENEFnS TRADES RATE BENEFUS L8BQRER5(Group I continued) ��iQR)E$�(Group 3 continued) a) P-ttsburg or similar types Manhole Builder Water Blaster b) Not swinging stages Powderam Welder c) Reference Post, Guide Post, or Right-4 Way Marker a)Air Tracks, rat Drills, Wagon Drills, d) Flaherty, Loading Spotters or similar types Rubber-mounted shills, acid other similar e) Including electrical types f) Including steel forms b)Covers work in Swinging Stages, chairs g) .Aggregate when used or belts, under extreme conditions unusual to normal drilling, blasting, barring-down, ~** LaNners can tear off roofs, clean up or handle roofing or sloping and stripping materials only when at least one new story is a(';ed or in c)Pipe laying, applicable when employee dt-m tenon work, where no reroofi ^^11 or,;ur. assigned to move, set up, align Laser Beam. d)Bucking and falling (;ntu 2 e)Anchor Machines, Ballast Regulators, Multiple Tampers, Power Jacks Applicators(a) Gunite or Pot Tender 13ntsh Cutters(b) Handlers/Mixers(f) Group 4 Burners Post Hole Digger, Air, Choker Splicer gas or electric Laser Beat- (Tunnel), applicable when employee Clary Power Spreader(c) Power Tool Operators(g) assigned to move, set-up, align laser beam Clean up Not.zleman- Sand Blasting(wet) Tunnel Miners Great Cutter(d) Stake Setter Tunnel Powderman Concrete Power Buggyman Tampers Crusher Feeder Tunnel Muckers/Brakeman/ Gree^ 5** Demolition/Wrecking(e) Concrete Crew/Bull Grade Checker Gang (underground) Flaggr.. Granite Nozzleman Tender Groun 6** a)Including Pot Tender for same, applying Fence Builder Undscaping or plantwg laborer prottNlive material by hand or nozzle on utility lines or storage tanks on project **Groups 5 and 6 were at one time a single group. b)Power saw Note the difference in rater between the two c)And similar types of spreaders groups now. dWoncrete, rock, etc. oCharred Materials T2 1I CK DRI RSt f)of all materials of an irritating na:itre including cement and lime LESS THAN c)Includes. but not limited to: Dry Pack _ 100% 100% Nlachine. Jackhammer, Chipping Guns, Paving lone t (Base Rate):2 Breakers. Vibrators(less than 4" diameter) o Group I 13.34 15.98 5.45+s o Group 2 13.38 16.03 5.45+a (.t ttp 3 o Group 3 13.42 16.08 5.45+a o Group 4 13.46 16.13 5.45+a Asbestos Removal Power Saw Operators(d) o Group 5 13.50 16.18 5.45+a Asphalt Raketf Pumperete Nomleman o Group 6 13.58 16.2E 5.45+a Bit Grinder Sand Blasting (dry) o Group 7 13.66 16.38 5.45+a Concrete SAW OP M N Pipe Layers of all Types o Group 8 13.74 16.48 5.45+a Drill Doctor Sewer Timbetman o Group 9 13.82 16.58 5.45-4`a Drill OpertitoM(ty Track Liners(e) o Group 10 13.96 16.75 5.45+■ Gunite Nom Tugger Operator o Group I 1 14AA 16.85 15.45+a High Seale", Iltnnel-('hock Tenders, o Group 12 14.12 16.95 5.45+a Strippers, Drillers(b) Nippers, Tirnberman o tWroup 11 14.20 17.05 5.45+a Laser Beam(c) Vibrator (4" and larger) j o(itoup 14 14.28 17.15 5.45 +a - - -r rcpope th for exp an, ono -eae ten Rates. Pse I� Ion 1491 1 See page 16 for none rates and descriptions. BAS.0 BASIC HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE TRADES RATE BENEMS RATE BENEFrrS TRUCKPR1'AFM(Continued) TRUCK DRIVERS (Continued) a) Add$0.15 to fringe benefit of all Group Low Bed Equipment, Flat Bed Semi-Truck classifications for work perforrrted inside a and Trailer or Doubles transporting Federally Designated Hazardous Waste Site. equipment or wet or dry materials . . . . . . . . . . 4 HAZARDOUS WASTE REMOVAL DIFFERENTIALS Lubrication Man, Fuel Truck Driver, (There is no Less-Than-100% rate for Hazardous Waste Driver, Tireman, Wash Rack, Steam Removal. Type of required protective clothing detamines Cleaner or combination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 the amount to be added to the 100% base rate.) Lumber Zarrier, Driver-Straddle Class"C" Suit 1.00 Carver—used in loading, unloading Mass"B" Suit 1.5+0 and transportation of material on job Class"A" Suit 2.00 site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Work QrQUD Oil Distributor Driver or Leverman. . . . . . . . . 4 A-Frame or Hydra-lift Truck w/load Pilot Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 bearing surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Slurry Truck Driver or Leverman . . . . . . . . . . 3 Battery Rebuilder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Solo Flat Bed and Misc. Body Trucks— Bus or Man-Haul Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-10 tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Concrete Buggies(Power operates) . . . . . . . . . 1 Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix Trucks: Drivers and Helpers handling sacked 5 :u. yds. and under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 cement—add 154 per hour Ovc.,r 5 cu. yds. and inc, 7 cu. yds . . . . . . 5 Ove. 7 cu. yds. and inc. 9 cu. yds . . . . . . 6 Dump Trucks, Side, End and Bottom Over 9 cu. yds. and inc. 11 cu. yds. . . . . . 7 Dumps, including Semi-Trucks and Over I 1 cu. yds. and inc. 13 cu. yds . . . . . 8 trains or combinations thereof: Over 13 cu. yds. and inc. 15 cu. yds . . . . . 9 6 cu. yds. acid under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Over 6 cu. yds. and inc. 10 cu. yds . . . . . 3 Team Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Over 10 cu. yds. and inc. 20 cu. yds . . . . . 6 Over 20 cu. yds. and inc. 30 cu. yds . . . . . 7 Tireman, full-time ba:;is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Over 30 cu. yds. and inc. 40 cu. yds . . . . . 8 Over 40 cu. yds. and inc. 50 cu. yds . . . . . 9 Truck Helper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Over 50 cu. yds. and inc. 60 cu. yds . . . . . 10 Over 60 cu. yds. and inc. 70 cu. yds . . . . . I 1 Truck Mechanic--Welder--Body Repairman. . . 6 Over 70 cu. yds. and inc. 80 cu. yds . . . . . 12 Over 80 cu. yds. and inc. 90 cu. yds . . . . . 13 Truck Mechanic Helper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Over 90 cu. yds. and inc. 100 cu. yds. . . . . 14 Fater Wagons(Rated Capacity)up to: Dumpsters or Similar Equipment--all 1600 gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1600 to 3000 gallons . 3 3000 to 5000 gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Flaherty Spreader Driver or Leverman. . . . . . . 4 5000 to 7000;-".ans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 7000 to 10,000 gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Lift Jitneys, Fork Lifts—all sizes—used 10,000 to 15,000 gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 in load -ig, unloading&transporting materia, on job site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Winch Tnick--takes classification of buck ,n which winch is mounted Loader and/or L.everman on Concrete Dry Batch Plant. manually operated. . . . . . . . . . . 1 lin 1091 �+ Pope 19 v E r.... up ocx N � 1,m N OC U OIC JU N r O r O O �+ rO♦ r K W O W L Ln ou 4o r u w u ►- o% --cK W u W a cLev w W a o Kao x N O a _ T L r I- LD d W it O W 1 r x r O N 3 S r u _ u ? < z o Q ca O o r_ _j x o< o I.- < u W a _ r o N 2 W N r�Ocz _O U Z W Y W< ►- d 6. D� Q O J N r r 7 J Y Q NO= J C U 6 L c6 J < O M = W K � r < Lj o W _ 7 a Q M. Z K T R O a LS bO LO O N O N O N O N O N O N O N z m O 7 _ O ►- L Y 1LU �'Q < c � J•7 G 7 U"� SNOI1dN3X3 T N Ni►�o r N d L N � W C c ►- C .r..O S v;-m g .15 ,; U (1 N O c — W U W Y a W c3 vv V t OC c 7 � W 7 � 4 V L tr s � 1 0 ✓ 000 N.ai r0 L Q C C 0 C I I Y N Q a A•.� - G L ✓ L a C O i O ✓ u N y I A u a L 01J �. a W a 7n O C N c O K O G x q p A N q y a x 6. u C y A t C C cp ✓ r V 2J ✓ L S " Q. N N y L V L N L W ✓ C♦ 0. O�► E a q a r ^' y D^ ✓ O o u c c V N p N .0 — N O V V W a N a a 0 7 a 7 ✓ ✓^ b V C r r V N a macro xu✓ o.✓ u L of Q, a f D 4 a 7 i I ✓ a y r 4 P q L a 0 E O 1 i x L L v O p,N c � p J Q a s ✓ � c W p q W y O L ^ cc V C ✓ CC L 7 N w G t ✓ X,O✓ I N a✓ C CC •^ V N Q V V a ✓� �-p C A C r+• V b O I- a �• a Qi O ✓ W u L d ]]W a.G N a a a V N W 5 a C O W a✓ M.0 x O a^x ✓ p r a W a Ur a Irl 0 a^ •.• C 1 O L ✓p mO P u ✓ y W ✓ ar 4�WrapC�t L a r a crv Z_ O Oyr- VY ate+ u4) 10'.- GV1 ua L _ C - D C ►—Y A .• O x U N a O o C' ✓ A•- N tZ L Ura.-O ✓ _ V W a a C r'EC O LL I a O. L U�--Q. z t W rC F O I _ ✓ C J C p WCl A ✓ O'✓LC r•� A W N n V T V = C C L a q N G OPi C n 0. N ` E n U rn •• 2 •-•• .-- G1 N 2 W q L•-w W O •' Y O x Fl z A c a c ✓ ►- V v ✓ Gy r V p ,a L C N b V V ✓ E v a L c L = . y ipp O D N I. G C C w C L .O W a@ 4 N•� in 0"-- O N A O r q A r 1. p O r c N O N p L a Q a ✓^ C a O G y L t b..• O W a A V r 'O C a v A b- P 4.j 11 JU a ✓ _O L 0 2 G 2 a O L � Y•r q a O N a✓ t O.O y p L A U q C a L ✓ a v C r L O ✓ a C O yy N V L L v A A N C a O C�O N C' a A G.0 C pr O q a C L L A g r a 0. p C Np qN 'a L✓'p O y N y L a } c u eae vq uuy r A I C;g m ^ y O D i O• O V 7 r N m E a N N b A L7 C y L a .C. CE1 O a 4 s ✓� -- V` ✓ O. O L a '.. V q 0 t L L V . ✓... y 0 a Z c.� C C ✓ O N A a s C 2 A K u a o v L c or �., nr L aur a as c > b c a ✓ v b A ✓_ c i I, r +� O O. O L ✓p 00 cL C E D C O a r Z ✓ N C .� G r T W H O N a C N 7 u y✓ O N•a a C s.. N a ^ '.- a L L p A H .O.r P q A �. 'I ._ O O >. A A C r.. l C L n P 'o a N u o L y« c ✓✓ - o a N c o c uc• au au OL L L • L L a r a N a L nc A Q L O •O P a^ V A i ✓ L N✓ L N P 0 0 .� a 7 O L a L V L O y A a s G apNaC����C C U ✓ CL O L ✓ 0.O a L R V r P L V A L a O L C O G Q 7 L N h A ✓ P A I L sv A2 a Ar u O ✓ C O 2 0 a q U r L r aCl 16 c1 y - ly 31 O — G O A CC a A ^m pp a A O. p a 0 L V U N C a L C l L. L e z u o b M .a. r N l s, E q D a.+�.• Q a r.• u L L A A L .- V l � L G. L Or•.. w C D L •7 L N ,. o I_ u ✓ �• O G +I A 7 4 i -- m b o u a - r �. a y •- o L b _ � I .. Iy L � � fv a• c a g z r to - - a a � �• eoem a J w w w w BUREAU OF LABOR ANU INDUSTRIES - WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING PAYROLL AND CERTIFIED STATEMENT FORM, WH-38 (Rev 3/84) General : This form meets needs resulting from the 1983 amendments to the FrevaiTing Wage Rate Law. Under this amended law, the contractor is required to pay n,:,t less than fringe benefits as predetermined by the Bureau of Labor and Industries, in addition to payment of not less than the predetermined rates. The contractor's obligation to pay fringe benefits may be met either by payment of the fringes to the various plans, funds, or programs or by making these payments to the employees as cash in lieu of fringes. This form provides for the contractor' s showing of the payroll and all monies paid to the employees. whether as basic rates or as cash in lieu of fringes and provides for the contractor's representation in the certified statement that he/she is paying to others fringes required by the contract and not paid as cash in lieu of fringes. Det>;led instructions concerning the prey •ation of the form follow: Fill in all boxes at tu,, of form. Be sure to enter the date the contract was first advertised for bid by the contracting agency. This date should appear on the bid documents. Column 1 - Name, Address, and Social Security number of Employee: The employee's fuli name must be shown on each payroll submitted. The employee's address must also be shown on the first payroll submitted. The address need not be shown on subsequent payrolls unless the address changes. Although not required, space is available in the name and address section so that Social Security numbers may be listed. Column 2 - Withholding Exemptions: This column is merely inserted for the employer's convenience and is not a requirement. Column 3 - 'Work Classifications: List classification descriptive of work actually pe7rorm— e3-5y —employees-include group number when appropriate. Consult clas!ifications and minimus wage schedule set forth in contract specifications. If additional classifications are deemed necessary, see contracting Officer or Agency representative. Employee may be shown as having worked in more than one classification provided accurate breakdown of hours so worked is maintained and shown on submittcuj payroll by use of separate line entries. Column 4 - Hours Worker L*oter as overtime hours all hours worked in excess of 8 hours per H,,,, all hours worked on Saturday and Sunday and hours worked on legal nolidays as defined in ORS 279.334. Column 5 - Total : Self-explanatory. Column 6 - Rate of Pay, including Fringe Benefits: In straight time box, list actUal hourly rate paid the p eyee for straight time worked plus any cash in lieu of fringes paid the employ When recording the straight time hourly rate, any cashpaid in lieu of fringes may be shown separately from the basic rate, thus $12,50/7_.35. Th s is or assistance in correctly computing overtime. See "Fringe Benefits" bFlow. Payment of not less than time and one half the basic or regular rate paid is required for overtime under ORS 279.334. In additio:1 to payinq not less than the predetermined rate for the classificaion in which the employee works, the contractor shall pay to approved Dlans, funds, or programs or shall pay as cash in 1�ieu of fringes amounts predeternined as fringe benefits in the wage decision made part of the contract. See "FRINGE BENEFITS" below. FOR11 WH-38A (Rev 8/84) -1 - FRINGE BENEFITS -- Contractors who paX all required fringe benefits: A contractor who pays Tr�nge�ene t i t s to approve3—Tans, Tunas, or programs in amounts not less than were aetermined in the applicable wage decision of the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries shall continue to show on the payroll the basic cash hourly rate and overtime rate paid to employees. Such a contractor shall check paragraph 4(a) of the Certified Statement to indicate that he/she is also paying to approved plans, funds, or programs not less than the amount predetermined as fringe benefits for each craft. Any exceptions shall be noted in Section 4(c) . Contractors who pay no fringe benefits: A contractor who pays no fringe benefits shall pay To—the employee, and insert in thestraighttime hourly rate column of the payroll , an amount not less than the predetermined rate for each classification plus the amount of fringe benefits determined for each classification in the applicaCle wage decision. Inasmuch as it is not necessary to pay time and a half on cash paid in lieu of fringes, the overtime rate Shall be not less than the sum of the basic predetermined rate, plus the half time premium on basic or regular rate, plus the required cash in lieu of fringes at the straight time rate. In addition, the contractor shall check paragraph 4(b) of the Certified Statement to indicate that he/she is payingg fringe benefits in cash directly to employees. Any exceptions shall be noted in Section 4(c). Use of Section 4(c) , Exceptions Any contractor who is making payment to approved plans, funds, or programs in amounts less than the wage determination required is obliged to pay the deficienLy directly to the employees as cash in lieu of fringes. Any exceptions to Section 4(a) or 4(b), whichever the contractor may chec� . shall be entered in Section 4(c). Enter in the Exception column the craft, and enter in the Explanation column the hourly amount paid the employee as cash in lieu of fringes and the hourly amount paid to plans, funds, or programs as fringes. The contractor shall pay, and shall show that he/she is paying to each such employee for all hours (unless otherwise provided by applicable determination) worked on the project an amount not less than the predetermined rate plus cash in lieu of fringes as shown in Section 4(c). The rate paid and amount of cash paid in lieu of fringe benefits per hour should be entered in column 6 on the payroll . See paragraph on "Contractors who pay no fringe benefits" for computation of overtime rate. Column 7 - Gross Amount Earned: Enter gross amount earned on this nrnjert: If part of the emp cyees wage was earned on -rojects other than the project described on this payroll , enter in column 7 first the amount earned on the project and then the gross amount earned on all projects, thus $63.00/120.00. Column 8 - Deductions: Four columns are provided for showing deductions made. If more than four deductions Should be involved, use rirst 3 columns; show the balance of deductions under "Other" column; show actual total under "Total Deductions" column; and in the attachment to the payroll describe the deductions contained in the "Other" column. All deductions must be in accordance with the provisions of ORS 652.610. If the employee worked on ether jobs in addition to this project, show actual deductions f-nm gross wage, but indicate that deductions are based on gross wages. Column 9 - Net Wages Paid for Week : Self-explanatory. Certified St;,tement Required by ORS 279.354: While this form need not be notarized, the Certified tat.ement is su ect To the pens ties provided by ORS 279.990. Accordingly, the party signing this required statement should have knowledge of the facts represented as true. Space has been provided between items (1 ) and (2) of the Statement for describing any deductions made. If all deductions made are adequately described in the "Deductions" column above, state "See Deductions column in this payroll . " See paragraph entitled "FRINGE BENEFITS" above for instructions concerning filling out paragraph 4 of the Statement. FORM WH-38A (Rev 8%84) -2- v ro N E C •� ^ V W +J N N A V (U A L LLJ +�► M L C 41 V 4-1 z A u sc U c W (U N C) ¢ O N V LL. a. L � uj +J W O O V 4- C I ~ d Q C �- ro I V1 V 1 W }, ^ ro r L v E to 41 c +, -W v u CC W N O ro^ w ►- L a a (M +� C CD L.:) C L U t- y O = ►— E U ^ O ✓/ C N C) `) a C .v +.a V N v z v.c o L.ti u W u v Q A W V 0. 0 C 7 L v W O W aJ ro O A N OC .►+ a N N C �-. w- O C O41 ^ r C E d C � O u z A c N to U49 I L L a Cl- .0 N 41 GD u N � v W N _ C� Z uj O >1 d d O Z O 41 *j _ Ecx 41 ._ IA N O W Cr cz Cr W i L c •d V C L �, 8 a � Y �1 a � • C C 6EI V � L ^ L Y ) g N t Y L O.O !� A u L Y o g q c Y s v cm a •+ Y 1 .+ v . Q d a N CL- L L-- a a N V V G L a c N N V r C T C YQ N N g U V > Y 4.I p Y a C L N ?.L u K u a,., - O. a C t L Y p Y L • r L c :o a 6L 6 1 J rl O L Y a r' O Y a C p Y g c E c 00 [ o � U E O Y Y Ora �+ a L v T 4-1 O a Q W cic Y L g ro q CL ja w41 e+ L u a c 0 L 0 0 7 L N Y q u a W O N 0— c O C N G U O C A o o % Owsem _ J V e y v U - Y U U O 1=0 c41c CL 6 cu u L Y Y COL L. y O — c A •n T Y C-3 N O W N L c A Y p tLucv+ r � .+ qCL (L N a Y V y L g O y O.ICU > Q, Z V .a O Y c v cu O O C O N. d F• v N o N . L V L �r c d G Y C U u a+ rn04 q c t u� C 1 U C A O N N C¢� O a y C N O O 00dff171 a a a Y C a c N O O G 7. Q g E cr O .+ U O a _ Y v g q l Z 41 u a� 0 � L LL a W -- Y 4-1 U L N L W w NOTICE OF A'4ARD Or PUBLIC WORKS ('ONTRACT (For Use by Public Agency in Complying with ORS 279.363) 1 . PRIME CONTRACTOR 3. CONTRACT INFORMATION I� Name A. Contract Name and Number: A;dress ICity, State, Zip _ _ 9 Location of work: Phone Number ( County: 2. CONTRACTING AGENCY _ D. Ar)ulit of the Award: S E. SnurcA of Finds: (i .e. 100% j Federal Funds; 50/50. Address Federal , State; 100% locz.l ) I City, State, Zip Phone Number ( ) F. Date Contract Awarded: Submit this completed notice to: +rage and Hour Division, G. Date Contract Specifications Prevailing Wage Section, Advertised for Bid: 1400 S.W. 5th Avenue - Room 306 )ortland, Oregon 97201 FOR11 WH-91 (Rev. 6/88) _ NOTICE OF AWARD OF PUBLIC WORKS CnNTRACT (For Use 5y Puhlic Agency in Complying with ORS 279.363) i . PRIME CONTRACTOR 3. CONTRACT INFORMATION Name ZAK CONSTRUCTION COMPANY A. Contract Name and Numtjer: Address 1234 N.W. Camille Street Dam Repair 100-H 'ity , State, Zip Alexandra, OR 97201 B. Location of work: Becca_ Oregon _ Pions Number ( 503 ) 12--4567 C. County_ Malheur CONTRACTING AGENCY D. Amount of the Award: S 25,000 i 'Jlrn� LOPEZ IRRIGATION DIST E. Source of Funds: (i .e. 100` -� _ Fe era uns•,--5U/50, Address 1234 N.W. Shannon Court Federal , State; 100% local ) :ity , State, Zip_ Jamestown, OR 97201 100 State ( Phone slumber. ( 503 ) 987-6543 _ F. Date Contract Awarded: July 16, 1985 ,uhmit this completed notice to: ( Wage and Hour Division, G. Date Contract Specifications 9revailing Wage Section, Advert'-.;ed for Bid: !400 S.W. 5th Avenue - Room 306 I Portland, Oregon 97201 _ Jul =ORM WH-81 (Rev. 6/98 ) UILMNUILM Division 1 General Requirements Project #4011 Page 1 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1A. GENERAL 01 . The General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions are a part of this Division. 02. Organization. a. The specifications are abbreviated of "streamline" type and fre- quently include incomplete sentences. The omission of words or phrases such as , but not limited to: "the Contractor shall ", "in conformity with" , "shall " , "shall be" , "as noted", "according to the plans" , "a", "an", ''the" , and "all ", are intentional . Omitted words or phrases shall be supplied by inference, in the same runner as they are in notes on the drawings. Titles and headings are a part of the specification, the same as the text of the article or paragraph. b. Divisions in these specifications conform generally to customary trade practice and are intended for convenience only. The Architect is not bound to define the limits of any subcontract and will not enter into disputes between the Contractor and his 1 employees. INCLUDING SUBCONTRACTORS. 03. Definition. a. "Provide": "furnish and install " , or "furnish labor and materials required for installation , ready for use and under the terms of the Contract Documents. " b. "Architect" refers to Architect or Engineer. c. "Engineer" refers to Architect or Engineer. d. "As shown" , "as indicated" , "as detailed" , "as noted", or words of similar import" : refer to Contract Docum,-nts. . e. "Selected": "as selected by the Architect. " f. "Approved" : equal quality and performance to that specified and "auproved by the Architect". g. "For approval " : "for the Architect's approval ". 04. Coordination. Drawings shoving location of equipmert are diagrammatic and joh conditions may produce conflicts . Contractor to coordinate work to minimize conflict. Advise Architect of conflicts before pro- ceeding with any related work. �. Y Division 1 a General Requirements Project #4011 Page 2 UA. , continued) 05. Project Meetings. a. Pre-Bid Conference. (01 ) Pre-Bid Conference will be held on Tuesday, June 18, 1991 , at 10 A.M. at the Tigard High School , Main Entry, located at 9000 S.W. Durham Road, Tigard, Oregon. The Architect anr+ , ;yard School District personnel will be available to discuss the proj- ect. Sub-contractors as well as General Contractors are en- couraged to attend. Attendance by General Contractors is manda- tory to prequalify for bidding. Changes, clarifications , approvals, etc. , will be discussed and recorded in an ,Addendum before bidding. b. A Pre-Construction Corfere%e will be held. Time and location to be established after the bid opening. (01) Administration of Project Meetings. (a) The Architect will schedule meetines and confirm dates with Iparties involved. (b) Tigard school District Maintenance Superintendent will make physic?l arrangements for meetings and preside at meeting. (c) The Architect will record minutes and include decisions. Distrihute copies of minutes to par.icipants. I (d) Schp:iule within 5 days after Notice to Proceed. (e) Attendance. Owner, Architect, Contractor, manufacturer's representatives and major subcontractors. (f) Minimum Agenda. I (001 ) Di.;rribute and discuss list c'' Subcontractors and tE �dtive construction schedule. I (002) Processing of field decision;, construction change authorizations and change or-Jers. (003) Procedures for maintaining 'Project Record Documents. (004) Use of premises , inc ,uding site, existing building, storage areas and security. (005) Deliverie , safety, oarking, housekeeping and first aid procedures . (006) Progress payment procedures. Division 1 General Requirements Project #4011 Page 3 iA.OG. , continued) C. Progrc-ss Meetings. (01 ) Frequency. Regular meetings every two weeks. Additional meetings as required. (02) Attendance. Architect, Owner, Contractor, Sub-Contractor's affected by aqenda. (03) Minimum Agenda. (a) Review minutes from previous meeting. (b) Review progress since previous meeting. (c) Discuss field o,servations , problems, construction change authori:ations and change orders. (d) Review delivery schedules , construction sctedule, and identify problems which impede scheduled progress. (e) Review proposed changes SUMMARY OF TH. WORK 01 . The work included in this Contract consists of the re-roofing and roof repair of several areas at Tigard High School , Tigard School District 23J, Tigard, Oregon. x,11 work shall be in strict accordance with these specifications and accompanying drawings , excepting only those items specifically shown, noted, or specified as not in Contract. SPECIFIU.TiONS: DATED:_ June, 1291 n3. All work performed shall be under a single contra::. Divisions in these spe_i`ications conform generally to customary trade practice; they are inten,Jed for convenience only. The Architect is not. bound to define '.he limits of any subcontract and will not enter into dis- putes oetrre.�n the Contractor and his employees, INCLUDING SUBCONTRACTORS. ' 04 . Provide necessary .supervision, coordination , verifications of the work of the various traces . Transmit contract requirements to subcontractors. Transmit subcontractor questions to Architect. 35 . Comply with applicable requirements of regulatory agencies. r I` Division 1 General Requirements Project #4011 Page 4 UB. , continued) 07. Comply with the instructions of indicated manufacturers. Perform work during weather conditions conducive to best results for a sound and durable installation. 08. Testing and Inspections. Notify Architect of specified items so that all governmental agencies involved in the project may be notified to observe tests or conduct inspections. 1C. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 01 . Site Examination. a. Conditions of Work. Each bidder must inform himself of the condi- tions relating to the regular execution of the work, and it is assumed that he will inspect the site and make himself thoroughly familiar with all the Contract Documents. Failure to do so will not relieve the successful bidder of his obligation to enter into a Contract and complete the contemplated work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. 02. Layout. a. Lay out work, conforming to Drawings. Verify deviations from Con- tract Documents in dimensions and/or detailing with the Architect. b. Verify all lines , levels and dimensions shown on Drawings. Report any error or discrepancies to Architect before proceeding with work. 03. Scheduling. a. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval a con- struction schedule before work begins at the site. b. --igning o. Contract is deemed evidence the construction time set forth in the bid form is a realistic and reasonable time required for completion of this work. c. Extensions of time and extra payments will not be authorized for overtime work or premium price purchases necessary to complete work within scheduled time. Division 1 General Requirements Project #4011 Page 5 (1C. , continued) 04. Working Area. a. Cooperate with the Owner in coordination and allotment of storage and working areas. b. Confine all construction onerations including 'oarking of vehicles and storage of materials and equipment to within the project limits established at the Pre-Construction Conference. Use of Owner' s property outside this area will not be permitted except under un- usual circumstances for limited periods of time as anoroved by Owner and Architect. c. Keep access roads clear at all times for use of others. d. Move any stored products, under Contractor's control , which inter- fere with operations of the school . e. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations. 05. Permits, Fees and Inspections. a. Contractor to obtain and pay dll costs for required permits and inspections. Contractor to give all required notifications for ` inspection rr_quired by State and local code. ib. Contractor to arrange for a-11 manufacturer's representatives in- inspections in order to qualify for a manufacturer's warranty. c. Notify the Architect at least forty -eight (48) hours before be- ginning construction. i I I I � a f Division 1 General Requirements Project 44011 Page 6 (1C. , continued) 06. Project Completion. a. The project shall be substantially completed on or before August 16, 1991 It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and the time of completion of the work to be done are essential conditions of the contract. The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, at such rate of progress as will insure substantial completion thereof with-in the time specified. It is expressly unders.00d and agreed, b3 and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the work described herein is reasonably taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual incustrial conditions prevailing in this localit . If said Contractor shall neglect, fail or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified, or any proper extension thereon granted Ly the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this Contract, to pay to the Owner, the sum of One Hundred ($100.00) Dollars not as a penalty but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contraztor shall be in default after the tine stipulated in the contrast for substantial completion of the work. in. QUALITY OF WORE, NOTIFICATION, SUBSTITUTIONS 01 . General . a. The folloNi ng paragraphs refer to this particular project. They are a suuLiement to the General Conditions. Wherever .a conflict occurs, Uhe Special Conditions shall govern. Where the term "Contractor" is ci ; ioyed without specific iden`ification, it shall mean every Contractor employed on the work insofar as the pro- visions stated therein are applicable. 02. (Duality of Work. a. NumbEr of Specified 'terns Required. Wherever in these specifications an article, device, or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular number, such reference shall include as many such items as are shown on the drawings or required to complete the installation. .a �r Division 1 General Requirements Project ##4011 Page 7 (1D.02. , continued) b. Only new items of recent manufacturer, or quality specified, free from defects, will he permitted on the work unless items are specifically noted as existing. Remove rejected items immediately from the work and replace with items of quality specified. Failure to remove rejected materials and equipment shall not relieve the .nt, actor from responsiL': lity for quality and character of items .�d nor from any other obligation imposed upon him b,/ the Contract. c. No work defective in construction or quality or defi :ient in any requirement of the drawings and specifications will be acceptable in consequence of the Owner's or the Architect's failure to dis- cover or to point out defects or deficiencies during the con- struction; nor will the presence of Inspectors on the work relieve the Contractor from responsibility for securing the quality and progress of work as required by the Contract. Defective work re- vealed within the time required by guarantees shall be replaced by work conforming with the intent of the Contract. No payment, whether partial or final , shall be construed as an acceptance of defective work or improper materials. d Materials and workmanship specified b, reference to number, symbol , or title of a specified standard such as Commercial Standard, a Federal Specification, a trade association standard, or other similar standard, shall comply with requirements in latest edition or revision thereof and with any amendment or supplement thereto in effect on the date of origin of this project 's specifications. Such standard, except as modified herein, shall have full force and effect as though printed in the specifizations. e. Order and schedule delivery of materials in ample time to avoid delay, in construction. If an item is found to be unavailable notify the Architect immediately to permit the Architect 's selec- tion of suitable substitute. 03. Notification. a. Contractor to notify Architect and School District Maintenance Superintendent at least 48 hours prior to ti,e following: (01 ) Removal of existing roofing. (02) Installation of insulation and base felt. (03) Installation of roofing, flashing, and roofing membrane flashing. (04) Application of roof coating and surfacing. Divison 1 General Requirements Project #4011 Page 8 a ( 1D. , continued) 04. Substitutions. a. Bids must be based on the articles and materials named in the specifications or chose subsequently approved by the Architect. Substitutions may be made only when request is received ten (10) days prior to bid opening and, if approved, will be confirmed in writing and established in Addendum prior to bid date. See Substitution Request Form at the end of this Division. 1E. TEMPORARY_ FACILITIES 01 . Offices. Not required. 02. Storaae Sheds. Not required. 03. Barricades. a. Erec: barricades as necessary to control access to the construction site by unauthorized persons and as required to prevent injury to 1 persons or damage to property. Construction to conform to OBC, OSHA, and the requirements of other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. Ib. Neatly assemble and firmly brace. c. Maintain as required during construction period. 1 d. Remove prior to final acceptarce and patch and repair surfaces damaged by erection of barricades to original condition. ' 04. Toilets. Toilet facilities to be provided by the School District. 05. Temporary Utilities . a. Cost of temporary extension or modification of existing utilities as well as fuel for portable heaters , other than electricity, by Contractor. Electricity and water provided by Owner at Owner's expense. ' b. Temporary Power and Light. Provide temporary power for all trades . Provide necessary transformers , wiring, switches, panels , and other items necessary to provide adequate and conveniently located receptacles. Cost of power used to be paid for by Owner. c. Temporary Water. Connect to existing water lines. Cost of water used during construction to be paid by the Owner. d. Telephone. The Owner will make available a telephone. Division 1 General Requirements Project #4011 Page 9 ( IF. , continued) 06. First Aid. Provide sjitable first aid facilities as required by OSHA regulations. 07. Fire Protection. Take [ .-ecaution, to prevent the possibility of fire resulting from construction operations. Particularly avoid hazardous accumulations of rubbish and unsecured flammable materials. Keep fire extinguishers on roof and where necessary to protect the job. M. Streets. a. Whenever interf,rence with normal street and sidewalk traffic be- comes necessary for proper and convenient performance of the work, before beginning the interference provide satisfactory detour, or other proper facility for traffic to pass around or over inter- ference, and maintain in satisfactory condition as long as inter- fer:,nce continues. b. The Contractor shall so conduct his operations as to cause the lease possible obstruction and inconvenience to the public and the Owner. c. Spillage resulting from hauling or other operations ul the Contractor along or across any traveled way shall be removed at once by the Con:ractor at his own expense. d. Tra=;ic Control and Street Closing. No street shall be closed or partially obstructed, or detours established without the approval of :he appropriate auLhority. 09. Project Area. Areas for storage on site along with areas where equip- ment matt, be located for construction will be established at the Precons:ruction Cnnference. 11 . SPECIAL CONT=.^-,LS O1 . Excessive Noise. a. Operatiors of existing facility requires noise level be held to minimum. All equipment shall have muffling devices in good working order at all times. Equipment not so equipped will be removed from site b. Cooperate with Oliner in locating high noise producing equipment in areas least offensive. A R Divi;icn 1 General Requirements Project #4011 ?age 10 (1F.01 . , continued) c. Cooperate with Owner in discontinuance of certain operations during critical periods . Keep Owner advised in advance of operations which will cause excessive noise. d. Protect Existing Facilities. Repair conseque,itial damages. Contractor to lay walking mats, walking boards , or tarps on existing roof areas which are subjected to traffic during the course of the work. Verify and coordinate with the Architect. 02. Rubbish and Debris. a. Dispose of accumulations of rubbish and debris in satisfactory manner. No burning allowed. Provide drop bores located as approved by Owner. b. Handle debris in accordance with rules and regulations of the local regulatory agencies. 03. Dust Control . During the entire period of construction, the Con- tractor shall exercise all reasonable and ner:essary means to abate undue dust. 04 . Demolition and Protection. a. The Contractor shal 'i remove all material designated for removal . Allow no excess accumulation of r,on-reusable material at job site. Contractor is responsible for protection of existing improvements which are to remain in place. Temporary enclosures, walls , savers, or other protection shall be provided and maintained. b. Restoration of Existi,ig Improvements. Except as shown on the plans or provided elsewhere in these specifications, the Contractor shall , at his expense, repair or replace curbs, sidewalks, drive- ways, utilities, street surfaces and any and all structures and substructures damaged by his operations. These repairs and re- place-.ents shall be similar and ejual in every respVct to those now in place and acceptable to the Architect. 05. Requirements of Regulatory AGencies. a. Permits and Fees. The Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and fees required for temporary facilities and controls. b. Temporary facilities shall comply with State and City Ordinances, statue-s, laws, rules and regulations relating tr same and with c ;'.horities and insurance comparies h4ving jurisdiction. Division 1 General Requirements Project , -,C11 Page 11 1.;. TESTING LABOR. 3RY SERVJCES O1 . Description. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection, sampling and testing as re- quired. OZ. Contractor's Responsibilities. Cooperate with laboratory personnel , provide access to work. 03. Evaluatio7 of Tests and Insppction. a. Resui:s of laboratory and/or field control tests along with in- spec-.ions during the work shall be the principle basis upon which satisfactory completion of work shall be ,judged. b. If results of tests and inspections inlicate work is below re- quire nts of Contract Documcnts , that por,.;on of work is subject to condemnation. 04. Adjustmer:s. Remove and replace work so cindemned at Contractor' s expense including costs of subsequent tests and inspections until work meets recuirp,-ents of Contract Documents. 1N. ASBESTOS CONAINING ROOFING IO1 . Sampling of the are? scheduled for work at Tigard Nigh School has been made. A copy of the sample analysis will be available at the walk-through. Roofing contractors are required to follow DEQ and Oregon Accident Prevention I Guidelines in working with roofing materials that contain asbestos ; including care in removal , air sampling to verify safe removal methods, and disposal in i lane fill permitted to take demolition wastes. ?I . CONTRACT CLOSETS 01 . Substant'_1 Completion. a. Submi: written notir_e to the Architect that work, or designated porticr, thereof, is substantially complete. The Architect will inspt_c: work within seven (7) days. b. If A-critect determines that work is not substantially complete, he wiil immediately notify Contractor in writing. Contractor shall compi_:e work and submit a second written notice of substantial comp;=:ion to the Architect. The Architect will reinspect the work. When r'.rchitect concurs that work is substantially complete, he will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704 with a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected. Architect will submit Certificate and tentative list to the Contractor for his written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to him in the Certificate. r Division 1 General Requiremen.s Project #4011 Page 12 (ll . , continued) 02. Cleaning Prior to Final Inspection. a. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains , etc. , from exposed surfaces. Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces. b. Br-oor clean exterior paved surfaces and walks. Rake clean land- sc,.»d areas. h. Ma1G:ain in cleaned condition ur,til final :o=letion. 03. Final inspection. a. Subri: written certificate that Contract Documents have been re- viewed, project has been inspected, work is completed in accordance with _'ontract Documents, ind work is ready for final inspection. ArCfi:ect will inspect work within seven (i) days. b. ShoLid Architect. consider that the work is incomplete or defective, he Mi;l notify Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defec:ive work. Contractor shall remedy the d_ficiencies and sent a second written certification to Arc`�i:e;.t that the work is coiete. Architect will reinspect the work. c. When _he Architect finds that work is -.cceoca� le under the Contract Documints, he shall request the Contrac.or to sake Closeout sub- mit:---,s. 04. Project re:ord Documents. a. Ateirta;n at the site one copy of: Bij Docu-en_s, Contract Forms , Prc;e:- Manual , Contract Drawings , Acdendp, C'-range Orders , Revien,ed Shop Drawings , Office Sample_ and =iE:d Test Records. ' b. Store cocuments and samples separate from cc:.-ents used for cons:%:tion. c. Kee., :;:-rent record of documents and label '" ect record". Re- cord i.:ation of concealed items , field char:__ in dir=n,ion or de:.',', and changes in materials furnished on �-:ject �ec)rd ' Dr _�r._r s. Record changes from Change Orders and Details not on C.;r:. __: Drawings. 1 Division 1 General Requirements Project #4011 Page 13 (1 continued) 05. Closeout Manuals. a. Form of Manuals. (01 ) Prepare data in the form of instruction manuals for use by the Architect. Use 8-1/2" x 11" manual format in 3-ring bi rider. (02) Include drawings, indexed tabs and title for each manual . b. Content of Manuals. (01 ) Provide as-built drawings and specifications. (02) List of products, equipment and systems used in the project. List of project installers , maintenance program and local source of supply for, replacement parts. (03) Include shop drawings , systems manuals and details and materials not specifically covered in systems manual . 06. Warranties and Bonds Manual . a. Assemble warranties, guarantees, bonds and service and maintenance contracts , executed by each manufacturer, supplier, sub-contractor and contractor. b. - Include table of conte.,_ , :ginning date and dura)on of warranty, bond or service contract, and party to contract in case of r:laim against warranty. 07. Instruction to Owner. a. Prior to final inspection and acceptan%e, fully instruct the Owner's representative in the maintenance of the roof system. i 08. Payments and Pelease of Liens. a. Submit two executed copies of Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, ATA G706, including: (01 ) Consent of Surety to Final Payment, AIA G707. (02) Contractor's release or waiver of liens. ;u. RE-ROOFING MATERIALS SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM PROJECT DATE Gentlemen: We hereby submit for your consideration the following products instead of the specified items for the above referenced project: (FILL IN BLANKS BELOW) SPECIFIED PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION_ (1 ) Roof Insulation Fasteners _ Differences between specified and proposed items including type of insulation(s ) and methods of fastening, etc. _ (Z) Base Sheet Reflective Coating Roofing Fly Asphalt Differences between specified and proposed items in:luding number of plies , gallons of coating, etc. _ (3) Base Fl asni ng Sheet Adhesive Difference between specified and proposed items including number of plies , composition of materials and adhesive, etc. (4) 1 have visited job site: _ Yes vNo w /J) 1 Proposed substitute materials are appropriate for use on this project: YES NO Materials proposed for substitution are listed with Linde rwriters Laboratory or ICBO as a Class assembly: YES NO (Include Documentation. ) Insulation and method or attachment are listed with Factory Mutual against wind loss: YES NO All materials proposed as equal are manufactured to standards specified YES, except for (Explain Exception) c9) I will attend Pre-Construction/Pre-Bid Conferences : YES NO (10) I will inspect work in progress : _YES NO (11 ) All insulation, roofing membrane, fasteners, asphalt, flashing sheets will be manu actured by, or bear the label of, , except (If exceptions include letter from corporate officer of primary mat?rials manufacturer including those products within euarantee without exception. ) ( l2) Upon cor.Dletion of work, a warrarty equal to that specified will be issued to the Owner. NO The undersigned states that the above information is true and correct, and that the proposed materials ' function, appearance and nua1ity are equivalent or i superior to the specified materials. Signature Firm Address J Division 6 Ca.-oentry Project (4011 Page 1 DIVISION 6 - CARPENTRY 6A. GENERAL 01 . Incorporated Documents. a. The General Conditions, the Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable portions of Division 1 of these specifications are a part of this Division. b. Published specifications, standards , tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry or governmental organizations apply to wort, of this section where cited by abbreviations noted below. (01 ) Uniform Build-ino Code, 1982 Edition. (UBC) (02) West Coats Lumber Inspection Bureau's "Standard Grading Rules" No. 16, 1 September, 1970. (WCLIB) (03) United States Product Standard "Softwood Plywood Construction and Industrial". (PS 1-74) k (041 American Society for Testing and Materials . (ASTM) (05) Western Wood Products Asscziation. (WWP) 1 (0E) American Wood Preserver's Associati:,n. (AWPA) 6B. ROUGH CARPENTRY 01 . General . a. Grading Rules. Conform to 14CLB Standard Grading and Dressing Rules #16, 1970, revised 1979. b. Grade Identification. Each piece of material grad6 stamped with WCLB grade stamp except as herein provided. (01 ) No grade stamp required if shipment is accompanied with a certificate of inspection and designation of grade for each size or type of piece in shipment. (02) Exposed structural framing members (beams , columns , posts, frames and other items) no grade stamp - each shipment accompanied with certificate of inspection. I Division 6 Carpentry Project #4011 Page 2 (6B. , continued) 02. Lumber. a. Moisture content at time of surfacing, 19 or less for lumber 4" and less in thickness , kiln dried. b. Species. Douglas Fir, Larch, Hem-Fir, Mountain Hemlock, mixed species. c. Milling. S4S unless specifically designated otherwise. d. Visually stress graded in accordance with ASTM Standard D-246-74. e. .size and Grade. (Cl ) Light framing and studs. Size: 2" to 4" thick, 2" to 4" wide. Grade: Standard and better. Lccation: 2 x 4 studs, not over 10' long, stripping, backing, blocking, plates, sill and bracing not exposed to view. (02) Structural light framing. Size: 2" to 4" thick, 2" to 4" wide. Grade: No. 2 and better. a Location: Studs, blocking, furring, bracing, plates and sills not exposed to view. (03) Sills , plates , ledgers and miscellaneous framing attached to concrete or in contact with ground' Grade: No. 2 and better. Treatment: P-essure treatment AWPA. Verify roofing manufacturer's requirements for compatibility with roof membrane. 03. Installation. a. General . Carefully lay out, cut, fit, and erect framing, Secure with sufficient spikes , nails , bolts , to insure rigidity and per- manence. Drive nails perpendicular to grain in lice of toe- nailing where feasible. Install work to true lines, plumb and level , unless indicated otherwise. i E w r Division 6 Carpentry Project #4011 Page 3 (66.03. , continued) b. Fasteners. Provide necessary nails , spikes, screws, and bolts for proper installation of carpentry. Sizes and quantities required by Building Code and approved by Architect. Hardware exposed to moisture hot dipped galvanized steel or approved type non-ferrous metal . c. Minimum nailing of framing. Comply with UBC Table 25-P. d. Blocki,ig and Backing. Install solid blocking as required for installation of finishes. Verify location on the job. e. Cutting Limitations. Carpenters ao all cutting of wood framing for other trades. f. Carpenters. All carpentry work to be performed by 'carpenters". 6C• FINISHED CARPENTRY 01 . Carpentry. a. Comply with AWI "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards and Guide Specifications. " b. Moisture Content. 15ro maximum for exterior. 100,1; maximum for interior. c. All carpentry work to be performed by "carpenters". 02. Materials. a. Exterior Finish and Trim. (01 ) C and Better V.G. Douglas Fir S4S. (02) Pre-prime prior to installation. See Divisiorl 9, Exterior FinishFs. 03. Installation. a. Exterior Finish and Trim. Install in as long lengths as practical . Anchor with hot-dipped finish or casing nails . Set nails. 04. Location. a. Where detailed. Division 6 Carpentry Project #4011 Page 4 6D. PLYWOOD SHEATHING 01 . General . a. All plywood to bear APA edge and back grade stamp. b. All plywood to conform to PS 1-74 . c. All plywood to be Douglas Fir, Group I . 02. Plywood Roof Sheathing. a. Material . 5/8" x 4' x 8' , index 42/20. b. Grade. C-D Interior (with exterior glue) . c. installation . (01 ) Apply with face grain at right angles to supports . Stagger end joints. End joints to fall over supports. (02) Install solid blocking at all edges. Contractor has option to install ply clips in place of blocking; one clip for 16" spans ; two clips for spans greater than 16". (03) Mailing. 10d short: 6" o.c. at edge, 8" o.c. at inter- mediate supports . Power driven nails used only if approved. For approval , submit technical data showing size, spacing, holding power and shear values. b� Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection Project #4011 Page 1 DIVISION 7 - THERFIAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 7A. ROOFING 01. General . a. Codes. All work and materials to be in conformance with app. icable State and local codes. Conform to U.B.C. Code, Chapter 32. b. All roofing to have a U.L. or I.C.B.O. label . Class A or B assembly required. Assemble to meet F.M. I-80 uplift resistance requirements. Furnish written documentation of compliance of roofing materials with the above requirements before work begins. c. Roofing Guarantee. Roofing Contractor to guarantee all roof areas receiving new roofing to be free from leaks for a period of two (2) years. Guarantee to be in writing, addressed to Owner. Repairs during this period shall be at no cost to the Owner. Guarantee to include roofing, flashing, and other items that are component of the roofing, and other finishes or items damaged as a result of leaks. Contractor to furnish Owner with the name, address, and telephone number of his representative who will respond immediately to notification of leaks or other problems. 02. Manufacturer. a. Conventional B.U. Roofing System. (01) Consolidated Fiberglass Products Company, Inc. (Conglas) specified. Malarky approved, or approved equal . (02) Other manufacturer's submit complete materials and installation specifications for approval , .including specific statement of proposed systems and their location. Submit to 0e Engineer at least 10 days prior to the bid opening. 03. Deck Preparation. a. Preparation of Existing Roof Where "Remove Existing Roof" is Scheduled. (01) Protection. Protect the building at all times. Do no leave the job without re-roofing exposed areas, including �! water cut-offs and perimeter flashing as required to insure integrity against moisture. Division 7 Thermal b Moisture Protection Page 2 r (7A.03.a. , continued) (02) Waste Removal . Do nut ellow accumulations of scrap and debris. Provide drop boxes and/or immediately remove waste from the site. ' (03) Remove existing roofing to roof sheathing, cants, curbs, etc. (04) Clean deck, repair gouges and cracks 1/4" wide or wider with "fix-all" or galvanized sheet metal . resecure or replace existing cants, wood stops, etc. Install new cants, insulation stops, etc. , as detailed. Provide smorith workable surface. (05) Install new cants, plates, etc. , where necessary, to match details or where necessary to meet manufacturer' s standard recommended details. (06) Reset any popped nails or shiners and renail next to shiner. (07) Request inspection and receive approval of deck before installation of roofino. (08) Verify Condition of Existing. Verify the condition of the drains and downspouts, and report problems to the Engineer. Take precautions during roofing removal to prevent damage to the existing drains or blockage from roofing debris. Verify the conditions of existing stops, plates, and cants to remain. Report problems to the Engineer. Investigate suspected areas of deck deterioration, report problems to Engineer. b. Preparation of Existing Roofing/Deck Where "Reroof Over, Existing" is Scheduled. (01) Level all blisters, buckles, wrinkles, fishmouths. (02) Remove roofing around all roof drains and downspouts, parapet walls, and edging metal , down to roof sheathing. Remove existing roofing on cant strips, curbs, and elsewhere as necessary to facilitate replacement of flashing. Clean these areas, prime with Permaseal then strip with 20 x 20 glass fabric embedded in a solid layer of flashing cement. ■w .w Division Thermal & Moisture Protection Page 3 (7A.03.b. , continued) (03) At Contractor's option„ in lieu of "repairing" the existing roofing, he may remove existing roofing to roof sheathing, cants, curbs, etc. , clean deck and cover knotholes and cracks 1/4" wide and wider with sheet metal secirely nailed to deck to provide smooth workable surface. c. Preparation of Existing Roof for "Installation of Rigid Insulation". (01) Cut blisters and loose areas in old roofing. Repair splits, cutting perpendicular to split 4" o.c. Seal all repairs with Gilsonite 105 Plastic Roofing Cement. (02) Remove gutters and flashing. Clean existing roofing. (03) Apply rosin sized slip sheet. (04) Mechanically attach Conglas pre-base, vented base sheet. (05) Install insulation stops per details and manufacturer' s printed instructions. (06) Solid mop rigid insulation to base sheet per manufacturer' s instructions. (Mechanical attachment of insulation approved, tacking base sheet lightly). 04. Insulation. a. General . (01) Verify that insulation type and application methods are approved by the roofing manufacturer as a part of the roofing manufacturer' s total roofing system. (02) Protect insulation materials when stored or during installation. Remove all wet insulation or otherw4se damaged insulation from the job. b. Materials. (01) Base Sheet. Conglas Pre-Base. Division 7 Thermal b Moisture Protection Page d (7A.04.b. , continued) (02) Tapered Perlite Insulation. (a) Materials. (001) Conglas, Conperl - tapered. International Permalite, Inc. , approved. (002) Or approved. (003) Shop Drawings. Provide shop drawings of layout. Accurately show existing roof mounted equipment so that problems with equipment falling in waterways can be avoided by relocating equipment or revising insulation layout. Apply panels in accordance with shop drawings. (004) Slope - 1/4" per foot. (03) Insulation stops and wood nailers. PT - salt treated wood. Thickness equal to that of insulation. (04) Fasteners. Set in 25 lb. mopping of steep asphalt. Mechanical attachment approved. Mechanical fasteners and patterns of nailing as approved by roofing manufdcturer. c. Installation. (01) Installation to meet I-90 uplift resistance. Provide documentation of fastener type and patt.-rn if mechanical attachment used. (02) Follow roofing manufacturer's printed instructions. (0,1) See 7A.03 "deck preparation". (04) Secure bdse sheet at deck with 2" side lap and 6" end lap. Nail as required to meet I-•80 uplift if insulation set in asphalt. Nail lightly if insulation is mechanically attached. (05) Securely fasten insulation stops and wood nailers. (06) Fully adhere or mechanically attach insulation per manufacturer's requirements. Insulation joints to be staggered. Verify that continuous joints run perpendicular to the roofing plies. M XFA AUW Division 7 Thermal b Moisture Protection Page 5 (7A.04.c. , continued) (07) Where perlite tapered insulation exceeds l" in thickness, Conglas Polycon Standard Urethane Insulation may be substituted for perlite in filler layer. (08) Verify that all vents, roof equipment, or other existing construction that 'ills into areas of tapered insulation are extended in height as required to accomodate insulation buildup. f (09) Verify that all existing roof mounted equipment won't fall r in waterways and buck water. Reconfigure insulation or relocate equipment as required to eliminate problem. (I0) Protect installed insulation. D- not leave job without roofing over insulation including installation of temporary water stops and flashings. 05. Roof Systems. a. Roof System "A". (01) Prepare to "reroof over e�,isting". (02) Apply a ro=in si7pd slip sheet, tacking lightly. (03) Apply Conbase Mp23 base sleet and nech;_,iically fasten t'•.rouyh exisLing roofing and slip shec+ to wood deck. (04) Embed. 2 plies of Conbase MB25 ;n shingle fashion in hot asphalt. (05) Surface with MB Cap Sheet. (06) ND-f'-5M-CMB. As modified. Rosin Slip Sheet Mechanical Fasteners - As required Conglas ConLase MB25 - Z5 lbs, Conbase M1325; 2 plies - 50 lbs. Asphalt Pl ;es - 2 at 25 - 50 lbs. Asphalt. Surface 25 lbs. MB Cap, 1 ply - 75 lbs. f Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection Page 6 (7A.05. , continued) b. Roof System "B" (01) Remove existing roofing. (02) Apply Conbase MB25 Lase sheet and mechanically fasten through existing roofing and slip sheet to wood deck. (03) Embed. 2 plies of Conbase MB25 in shingle fashion in hot asphalt. (04) Surface with MB Cap Sheet. (05) ND-25M-CMB. Conglas Conbase MB25 - 25 lbs. Conbase MB25; 2 plies - 50 lbs. Asphalt Plies - 2 at 25 - 50 lbs. Asp;ial t Surface - 25 lbs. MB Cap, 1 ply - 75 lbs. c. Roof System "C" (01) Prepare to "reroof over existing". (02) Apply tapered Perlite insulation. (03) Ember.' Conbase MB25 base sheet. (04) Embed. 2 plies of Conbase MB25 in shingle fashion in hot asphalt. (05) Surtace with MB Cap sheet. (06) Rl-25M-CMB Conglas Conbase MB25 - 25 lbs. Conbase M825; 2 plies - 50 lb-1. Asphalt Plies - 3 at 25 - 75 lbs. Asphalt Surface - 25 lbs. MB Cap, 1 ply - 75 lbs. Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection Page 7 7A. , continued) 06. Installation. a. General . (Ol) Buildup roofing installation to be in accordance with "Conglas" Builtup Roofing Products and Systems Cata og, latest issue. Furnish copy of manufacturer system 4 specifications and specific specifications and details to the Owner, and Architect before beginning roofing. (02) Protection. (a) Limit operation to areas of site approved by Owner. Barricade or otherwise protect against hazard to occupants of building or site. (b) Do not leave job with building left unprotected. Tear off or preparation of existing roof to be coordinated with re-roofing to assure that exposed arras are protected by temporary or final roofing s✓stem. Approval of A+ r_hitect is required before the use of any form of temporary roofing. (c) Do not leave new roofing system unprotected. Install water dams to protect insulation and otherwise take all necessary precautions to protect new roofing system. (a) Do riot leave stored materials unprotected. Off-site storage is preferred. Verify on--site storage location with building principal and Architect. Properly store arid protect materials against weather and vandals. (e) Provide tarp or sand layer as protection against + dripping. Protect; building finishes and plantings. 'I (f) Take special precautions to keep asphalt from walkway surface to prevent tracking of materials intc huilding. (g) Protect all other roofing with plywood walk boards or I by preventing roof traffic. Repair any damage to adjacent roofing incurred during project. w Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection Page 8 ' (7A.06.a. , continued) (03) Clean Up. ' (a) Completely remuve all debris resulting from work daily. No accumulation of rubbish during execution of work will be tolerated. (b) Clean off overspray or drippings when they occur. Limit spraying to windless periods. t (c) Replace damaged plants with approved equals. (04) Corrections. Correct any damage to bui ,ding resulting from work at no cost to the Owner. (^F) Verify Condition. Verify condition of drains and downspouts etc. , and report problems to Architect. In areas where work is being done, verify that all drains have strainers and that all downspouts emptying onto roof have splash pans. Replace missing strairers with wiere basket type, plastic type at cast iron drains, etc. , as appropriate. Install splashpans where drains dump on lrwer roofs. 07. Related Materials. a. Flashing and Sheet Metal . (01) General . (a) Examine all areas to receive flashing. Report any unfavorable conditions to Engineer. (b) Make allowance for expansion and contraction. As detailed. (c) Protect flashing froi.i damage until completion of the project. (d) Shop Drawings. Provide 5 sets Gf shop drawings detailing any sheet metal work for approval . (02) Materials. (a) Prepainted Galvanized Steel , Flashing and Downspouts. (001) Manufacturer. E.C. I. , stock specified. Other prepainted metal as approved. i y 1 I Division 1 Thermal b Moisture Protection i Page 9 (1C .L.'.a.(02)(a). , continued) (002) Gauge. 24 gauge. (003) Color. Selected from the standard color range by Architect. (004) Location. All flashing not otherwise noted. (b) Stainless Steel . (001) Minimum 24 gluge dead soft annealed stainless steel "Dur•af .ash". (002) Location. Where matching existing, replacing copper or where called for. (C) Lead. Minimum 4 lb. sheet of interior drains, scuppers or where required by roofing manufacturer. (d) Reglet. (001) Manufacturer. Fry Reglet Corporation or equal . (002) Type. From Type SM, 24 gauge galvanized steel . I (003) Location. Where detailed. (03) Installation. (a) Consult roofing manufacturer's specifications and standard detailing requirements. (b) Galvanized steel reglets to be given two coats of an approved galvanized metal primer prior to delivery to job site. (c) Remove and replace existing roof jacks, ane similar accessories. 4 (d) Verify dimensions of flashings prior to fabrication. +� Supply semples or shop drawings to Architect for approval. before fabrication. (e) Remove existing roofing equipment including ventilators and scuttles. Verify condition of roofing equipment and repair or revis- as necessary for reinstallation. Modify and/or add new nailers and curbs to accomodate new roofing requirements. Repaint as specified. Color - white. Division 7 Thermal 8 Moisture Protection Page 10 (7A.07.a. (03). , continued) (f) Install to true lines. Miter all corners. Solder or rivet joints as required. Hem all exposed edges. (g) ',eal corners wito mastic. (h) Shop-form flashing corners, extending metal 1.0" minimum in each direction. Solder or rivet as required. (i ) Prime nailing flanges with asphalt primer before setting flashing to roof assembly and installing base flashing. (j) Install reglets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions using preformed corners and other accessories as shown or required. Set straight and true to allow for proper installation of flashing and adjacent finish materials. (k) All sheet metal damaged during construction to be replaced. Damage or scratches in finish of pre- painted galvanized flashing to be touched up with matching finish or replaced as required by Engineer. Rivets, if used, to have heads covered with mastic to match color. (1 ) Guarantee. All flashing and sheet metal to be guaranteed for a period of three years from the date of substantial completion. b. Caulking (01) Materials. (a) DAP "Flexiseal " . (b) Mameco "Vulkem 1.16". (c) Sonneborn "Sonolast c NP-1". ( (d) Pecora "GC-9 Synthacaulk". t v,. Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection Page 11 7B. METAL ROOFING AND FLASHING 01. Material . a. Manufacturer. (01) E.C. I. , Enginee^ed Components, Inc. X-6 reversed panel . (02) b,,tler RIB II , Steelite H1•-RIB approved. b. Roofing and Siding. 36" wide coverage, 26 gauge, galvanized and prepainted. Full length sheets with no end joints. c. Fasteners. #14 x I" hex-head, self-drilling mi'le;i point, dome- washer with neoprene gasket, cadmium platei an,, pre. i;;ished to match roofing panel color. Install in valley on reversed panel . d. Closure Strips. Manufacturer's standard neoprene fillers to close and seal roofing profile as shown or required. e. Fl,:shing, Cap Flashing, Scuppers and Downspouts. Special shapes. Same material , gauge, and finish as roofing. Use manufac' •er' s standard flashing or shop-fabricate as shown from manufacturer's stock material . f. Building Paper. 02. Installation. a. Follow manufacturer's printed instruction. b. Install over building paper. Lap sides one corrugation for 36" coverage. Provide lenqths for no end joints. Face side laps away from pre,,ailing storm winds. c. Stripping. (01) Material . (a) Pressure Treated D.F. 2x4 No. 2 or better. (02) Fastening. (a) 3/8" exp. bolts Jt each end and not more than 6 feet O.C. (03) Location. (a) Under metal Winn at upper wall Area "A". �.. ..ULNELAL .. Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection Page 12 (713.02. , continued) d. Fasteners. Fasten to stripping at top and bottom of sheets (6" o.c. ) ; intermediate rows spaced 5,'-0" maximum - fasteners at alterrate valleys (12" o.c. ). Fasten side laps with stitching screwy through crown at 18" o.c. Fasten at ends, edges, and flashing as shown or required. Fasteners to be in straight, uniform rows. e. Install closure strip and sealant as shown and required to make installation watertight. Use 1/8" x 3/8" sealant tape at all side laps. f. At completion, the entire wall is to be cleaned; all chips and burrs removed. Touch-up paint any exposed surfaces where paint finish remeved by cutting during installation. 03. Guarantee. General i.Qntractor to guarantee siding, flashing, and all component parts of the system against defects in materials or workmanship for one year and against leaks for a period of two years. See Division 1, General Requirements. 04. Location. At upper wall Area "A". I 7C. CAULKING AND SEALANTS 01. Materials. 1 a. Exterior. (01) Type. One component polysulfide sealant conforming to IFederal Specifications TT-S-00230, Type II. (02) Manufacturer. ' (a) DAP "Flexiseal". (b) Mameco "Vulkem 116". (c) Sonneborn "Sonolastic NP-1". ' (d) Pecora "GC-9 Synthacalk". (e) Or equel . ' (03) Location. Al 's joints on exterior surfaces and/or exposed to weather. Division " Thermal b Moisture Protection Paae 33 7D. PIPE STANDS 01. MATERIALS. a. Miro Industries (301-566-3680) b. Model 02. Color - white. 02. Installation. a. Set loose on roofing. b. 8' maximum spacing. 7E. ROOF EXPANSION JOINT 01. Material . a. Mansville Neoprene Bellows Cover. b. Model EJ-6, including manufactured corners and ends. 02. Installation. a. Prime existing roof. b. Set in mastic and nail 3" o.c. max. c. Apply 150 mil . Mod. Bitumen Roof Ply to exp. joint and existing roofing. ROOFING SCHEDULE NEW ROOF BASE AREA EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM PREPARATION APPLICATION FLASHING A Mineral cap sheet Prepare to reroof Roof System A Mod. Bitumen surfaced B.U. mech. over existing ND-25M-CMB attached to plywood (1) — as modified — B - (2) - - - C Mineral cap sheet Prime - Mod. Bitumen f surfaced B.U. Roof t on wood deck (3) D Mineral cap sheet surfaced B.U. roof on wood deck (4) Prime - Mod. Bitumen E Composition shingles Remove existing Roof System B Mod. Bitumen on wood deck roofing ND 2514 CMB F - (5) - - - G S.S. B.U. routing on Remove existing Roof System B plod. Bitumen plywood roofing and roof ND 25M CMB sneatring. Apply new ro)f sheathing and fascia H Mineral cap sheet Prepare to rerouf Roof System C Mod. bitumen surfaced B.U. roof over existing. RI-25M- CMB on wood deck Install tapered insulation I S.S. B.U. Roofing on Remove existing Roof System B Mod. Bitumen wood deck roofing ND-25M-CMB ( 1) Upper wall of stage area to (3) Install new drop (5) Revise 6.rtter receive new metal siding leader & downspout & downspout (2) Modify existing gutter/downspout (4) Install expansion joint (6) Replace D.S. Division 9 Finishes Project #4011 Page I DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 9A. GENERAL 01. The General Conditions, the Supplementary General Conditions and applicable portigns of Division 1 of these specifications are a part of this Division. 02. Published specifications standards, tests or recommended methods of trade, industry or governmental organizations apply to work of this section where cited by abbreviations noted below. a. Painting and Decorating Contractor' s of America, Painting Specifications Guide for the Pacific Northwest. (PDCA). b„ American Standards Association. (ASA). c. Underwriter' s Laboratory. (UL). d. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI). e. American Society for Testing and Materials. (ASTM). 03. Quality Assurance. Colors and patterns not specifically called for herein selected by Engineer. 9B. PAINTING 01. General . a. The following specifications are based on "Paintiig Specification Guide for the Pacific Northwest" as prepared by the Painting and Decorating Contractor's of America. Modificatio,is and specific r'equ'irements are specified herein; all other itQms in strict accordance to above named document. b. Submit complete list of materials designating where and in what manner each is to be applied. Obtain Architect' s approval prior to job application. c. Surface Preparation. In strict accordance with shove named document. d. Proteck-ion of other products and trades. Mask, cover, or otherwise protect as required to prevent damage, staining or discoloration of all other work. wr s r. Division 9 Finishes Page 2 (9B.01. , continued) e. Apply all materials in strict compliance with manufacturer' s recommendations. f. Color selection will be made by Architect. 02. Materials. Materials to be of highest quality by indicated or approved manu`acturcrs. a. Where no manufac urer indicated, material to be by one of the following; (Spec 'fic brand as indicated in PCDA Specification Guide. ) (01) Sherwin Williams. (02) Rodda. (03) Pittsburgh. (04) Markin Seynour. (05) Benjamin Moore. (06) Glidden. (07) Or approved. b. Wheto specialty products are indicated, materials to be by manufacturer named, or others by approval . I03. Installation. a. Preparation. (01) Examine surface for _woothness, soundness and stability. (02) Touch op shop applied prime coating. (03) Repair or replace any material not suitable for finish. Repair work the responsibility of the Contractor installing material . (04) Commei;cing of painting constitutes acceptance of surface. i (05) A minimum of 40 foot candies will be required for installation of stain and paint. 1 Division 9 Finishes Page 3 (96.03. , continued) b. Workmanship. (011) Materials to be applied with spray, brush or roller as directed by the paint manufacturer for best application. (02) Install coatings free from runs, sags or streaks. (03) Allow coatings to cure thoroughly before installing next coat. (04) Follow manufacturer' s instructions for application, coverage, and curing. 04. Systems and Location. a. Pre-Finished Metal . (01) Touch up wish mar ,facturer' s paint system. b. Wood Trim. New. (01) First Coat. 0J Based Primer. Apply to all surfaces prior to installation. (02) Second and Third Coats. Exterior Alkyd Enamel Sash and Trim Paint. c. Wood Trim. Existing. (01) Prime prepared areas with oil base primer. Verify compatibility with existing. (02) Second Coat. Latex house paint. d. Existing Metal Items. (01) Includes existing roof mounted equipment, galvanized flashing, metal louvers, and other miscellaneous ferrous metal items on the roof and exposed to the exterior, which have been previously painted. (02) Does not include prepainted metal flashing or any miscellaneous ferrous metal items not exposed to the exterior. Division 9 Finishes Page 4 (9B.04.d. . continued) (03) First Coat. Touch up prepared areas with oil base primer. Verify compatibility of finish with existing. (04) Second and Third Coats. Exterior oil••base paint. d. New Metal Items. (01) First Coat. Touch up shop primer with oil-based primer. (02) Second and Third Coats. Exterior nil-base paint. I s � G N a � W i � a cc cc ' Q ------------ - O w O � 4 � �..__ cc � Q yj cr ui a I i � SI / '/AIP,)" /AX)ML 02 _r.4'FRov, VA,r-uD I I I N 1 � A , i i sum, I e 5G Uw F er%j�5 AREA A - ROOF PLAN 2 e� F ►14 � yl3n - ArjJUsl CTUr7P�-- To[X•--AIl 4 TC FX151-(j4CT D,c,. IF THIS I`J IJ��T Po,.:nbIlb,p )'-r5 4D r Y4S7 I gLt �, ;.A`'°� =''' '��1 Tc e k(:51-1 r4�-r LOW evP07 AREA B yYtPFT F.Y45nw6rt S-r'd�:/ti D�alra AT tj-RnUH% IS FRrm FI���I►J(x 114477, d. D)RA AsH 5.5, DWP WIRZ CLOTH 571z-AIEtM(L 1 I / _ ., . , _, lac oc. �IT'U�hF-� G o I.LA►.^ - i� i i I AREA C — YI��Far.fi�EG co .t�4ti , AT EXIa;itiWl GA's AREA D A'rT-A"34 C UYy , T� J rx--Za ��trTrr� 5F'IE'�S r A rrALN GU`ts Ti_) \VA.I L 1 1 C� I � N II AREA E ��' r F--tL.d�P- GtVT7e'_4,11L. Ix\`/N SPW i-wl NFA?/ rRe F /ArTv C,�U 1 4G.�, I�Ev�F�E mal-�I" C� C�UTfi✓� T'� t D,S. A7' AREA F J c I-I c T bili"J o I ��f':• "WD Pro-,1b-4 \v� V.5 G C7k to!tuff- B4 yt N AREA G 5 .� s •�111'i°�F���P�.AUa k... fµrt FxV�,T 41 U 1'TE--'L- -�' FKlST1 NLT v'J7Tlr4Z- �/W/F`T -riapEltF_P AREA H lull, N I� TZ,) N i J y AREA 6 4 0 i I � pcl�nr�� 4vTr�R I Ql9cc�tN-r,T ��sr. � - -pvc. P6,rc 9rzou4p 14 iw -sat,So F ve, &,Lrftr fZ KON� N �a'Z.bJI-�W BNL off' 6'JI�.DINv;o ai�,�.i�J _ AT P�Y G O 17-H M.- K-E� 0fiH - /.r r� >l a ISE A'' F`4 n _ �,►= �' 4�-C�� q.G, �'Ail.ji 'i'G//vQ;GH f3tJIL�JI1JLat- I AREA J ( 77) t -- rR..l�, S�•I�//\dSTfG,NAIL L,IAAK STAcAL M —WEi, ' s -FIJI �/�T.• :sur i ms ds. 41� BVIM GL 0114 ST41H�(Z. rAIN i r-A!5,,A j. • �� * /• S (-,A NT' �Iti / tM Inc rn,l Ld�5 L 13 � 4J� W/ PRF-r J MASK°' 6C+-W, 1 _ //v4�N EXIST�}T,aP ULD �'.J�SFtl trASILET, cCMW I u U lt)DZ nr la , - rlAsHl4-q KDW A.LSo 1 Pew ralps�l �i.YIVI>r I��li �' N��e r4-561A&IIIAT' _ 'B A B 4 ALM—Kw a WJXK SKY�/�, Rey�T F'W Jnr'd' p+�IST- a ET AI3uvE -- -- /IOUSbr 1.✓dTS z . Y - - --- A L TO P t.�-- SASE F.AbH \V/ rA bM-L/AA:,, � ,�.._ -'PI'F-PIF1 �/:T�-• GovM�12 �t-ASI, U7 Htj - ._.—.._-- �RI,�.!✓ ��//lLL—,A�TEIZ LL,FA1.11N� ;f. (tEl`IAIKJNU $()IL?' UP P40FINI4 r AREA11(411 —.--4 PT wan* e A,NT C-/ , HT5 1 , I� L' ' F �- FIN /AML 51DJr4(� LAN - _-,— 0 lb.t3UI►.DIW4 FA mp- fir2 X q H a21Z04J-f1lL,STRJ PPI - -- -- S I-C)''Oe.,/AAY. MAS—i VH \V/A,4 bor'S TR FW t71cco 14'M eOHe ZE'Tt- ATea'-o"64I/A.AX) i Ar Fl,.Kr4 �AS'j is N !71 p I N Li 7b bTIQ IMI NL( I Al VEC.V I Ll I � T \VQ I U/ X11' A � 13 � a / f� //�T L S I C D / L7A L CAI°FLAS It, To/Agr64 �voopSpActRS 4sltJrct, M r- GL�IJRE IMF rA — 1 . ' 1 rth• +' Pop RIuPT- Go►.fT' GLEA"T' EµD e-4:1 PLUTV-6� c ' rA H I kl 6r AT 4, 3LI--A� �, c*1301 b FI.U.�I° NPW To IN<fi WFIWe r 1 f IS WA rl--nc,H— 1N v4s', qoM sa.oe�. Dur�f:�sµ 55. _.-.__-... ---�XTtI.1TTb►.�TG�XIaT -row\VAU. LOAM9L ARroUµC x 1 ---{.Al►LK G�Pe STRJ F t Cap t 1 i/�l• . pAw Azor �U Pr5r'Zj-. AUKAF�.AS� pRd�'LFdp�,� �4 %i�h".�•i+ E>CIST, Co►.!FIS- j�.`a ih/IFr. ca4-nf =TL&IFamp- FTr t FAL/ry iia G �:_, __�____.' t•__ --�'��Iu51pE aFH�C�v�1�77 I NSUL F pFtf.K. C 51A � I NTs. _ 5up FLAs+c I uci vRN r FEXIST VEWT I!� WOT Ft.AN+1µLJ cA45?sltr v!:lit GoN(=. -m- -FIN MNrTli-L-1 Luna St PAI t_ _ pruP-�GvRB f GAN.T' - X �p PUG f t it Z.;1110 Gut-=$ RF:Gt, I,�, cuz t"4r- 4Pr �Ye,Ga, R-u W 4 1i � 1 ?�pf=F1���� I N�Ut-• tr ,I 4(r, - Fi.AS�N - -yxF IW5UL,• STors, 1 �1 \ fe.,A-fu4 Exlsr ASH, Hr, - 5P.,1I47" { -- SED E t� Ca 7 A t-*w 9Z I k45U L N7 Id�..l w d ,Ie. D E.D61E @ TAPEF, �e su�Arl©�+ � IC L Ij PE-FIN ArrL ' P -f=14 SEE INTD �O\yw- UTM - �y/ ,GUS rL,4% -2x GUR.,S .rr]IAE GU�t i CAWT MIL w mot TIGARD HS RE2'ODEL PHASE I - ADDENDUM NO. 1 31 MAY 1991 SELIG/LF.E/RUEDA ARCHITECTS AND PLANNERS 213 S.W. ASH, SUITF, 201 PORTLAND, OR 97204 (503) 224-0173 TIGARD HIGH SCHOOL REMODEL PRASE I FOR TIGARD-TUALATIN SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 23J Tigard-Tualatin School District No. 23J Washington and Clackamas Counties This Addendum to the Contract Documents is issued to clarify and correct the Drawings and Specifications. This document is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents to the same extent as though it were originally included therein. Acknowledge receipt hereof by inserting the above Addendum number in the space provided in the Proposal Form prior to submitting bid. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. lA SPECIFICATIONS 1A-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS - LIST OF DRAWINGS a. Add to Table of Contents: "02500 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 13500 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM" Sections are attached to this Addenda. b. Add to List of Drawings- "SHEET FP2.1 FIRE PROTECTION". IA-2 SECTION 01015 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS A Nun Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting will be held Monday, 3 June 1991 at 3:00 P.M. IA -3 SECTION 15950 - CONTROL SYSTEM A. At 2.2 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL ARCHITECTURE Add: Terminal Unit Controller: Stand alone terminal unit controller for dual duct terminal units. Typical of 33. Static pressure analog inputs for constant or variable air volume control, minimum of 3; one for each inlet and common discharge. Temperature analog inputs, minimum of 2; room and discharge sensors. Two output signals for control of individual inlet dampers. Controller networked with DDCU with ability to remotely monitor, alarm and change setpoints. Point_Expansion Unit: Provide where required for additional or remote input and output points 3s an extension of. DDCU. Control programs to reside in DDCU. P. At 1 . 1 I14STALLATI011 Delete: Paragraphs on Room Thermostats and Room Sensor (NLL) . ADDENDUM 10. 1 - PAGE 1 �ILMJLMN TIGARD HS REVODEL PHASE I - ADDENDUM 140. 1 - 31 117 1991 C. At 3.1 INSTALLATION Add: Terminal Unit Modifications: Remove existing actuator on each terminal unit and linkage connecting hot inlet damper with cold inlet damper. Install separate actuators for independent control of each inlet damper. Disable and se-,ure each terminal unit self-contained mechanical constant volume regulator to the 100% open position. Mechanical volume regulator to remain in place inside the terminal unit. Install static pressure control sensors in each inlet and one downstream of the existing mechanical volume regulator. Install new analog room sensors in place of each terminal unit thermostat and discharge air sensors; connected to terminal unit controller. Link each terminal :snit controller with DDCU. Point Expansion Unit Control: Install point expansion unit(s) in the Boiler Room as required to provide optimal start/stop for existing fan units as follows: Nortn Tunnel Unit South Tunnel Unit Cafeteria Unit Gym One Unit Gym Two Unit Provide lead/lag and start/stop controls to start the lead boiler when any fan is commanded to start for night low limit or morning warmup. Anticipate fan start signal to allow for boiler warmup. Start lag boiler at 35F outside temperature. Start 3rd boiler on failure of either boiler. Remove all connections to existing Honeywell computer control system. All points reconnected hereunder. D. At 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROL OPERATIONS Add: Terminal Unit Con sol: Terminal unit controller to modulate hot inlet and cold inlet dampers to maintain room temperature setpoint and constant air volume setpoint. Auditorium terminal unit, set for variable air volume, minimum setpoint equal to 50% of scheduled air. volume. Signals from each room sensor compared in DDCU; with lowest temperature resetting the warm plenum control and the highest temperature resetting the cool plenum control. DDCU monitoring of discharge temperature, room temperature, and air volume. 1B DRAWINGS 1B-1 SHEET 1.1 - TITLE SHEET AND SITE PLAN A. Relocate existing 15' x 4' high gate to new f.i.re lane; extend to existing portable with new 3'-0" wide gate and 4' high fencing to match existing. See Drawing AD-1 Attached. B. At new northwest sidewalk extension remove existing curb and slope new curb and sidewalk to match existing curb and sidewalk elevations. See Drawing AD-2 attached. C. P", ide two (2) new 6" round x 4'-0" high concrete filled galvanized steel. pipe bollards (embed 2'-0" into 14" round concrete footings) with 1/4" round coil proof chain, padlock and welded eyes. Locate at west end of fire lane adjacent to corner of existing building. Verify length of chain required to cross fire lane. 18-2 SHEET 2. 1 - SCIENCE AREA PLANS - DETAIL 68 Delete "Photo Particulate Detector". ADDENDUM '10. 1 - PAGE TIGAPD HD RE',!,:-DEL PHAI-E I - �DDF,11tDU '. ;lG. 1 - 31 4A 1B-3 SHEET FP2.1 - FIRE PROTECTION Install sprinkl::r system Ps shown on Addendum Drawing FP2.1 attached. 1B-4 SHEET M0.0 - LEGEND, DETAILS AND CONTROLS A. At 95/M0.0: Add more stages of cooling for the DX system, total of 4. Wire hot gas control to de-energize when second stage is energized. B. At 88/M0.0: Add two more liquid lines, one more dryer and two more expansion valves, etc. to pipe up a McQuay ALP 120. 1B-5 SHEET M2.1 - FLOOR PLANS - HVAC A. At Air Allocation Schedule, terminal unit nos. ?1 22, ret/exh: Change "67/M2.1" to "68/M2.1". B. At 68/M2.1: See Architectural Drawing 2'.2 for correct room numbers for. rooms B29B and 829C. C. At 34/M2.1: See Architectural Drawing 7.2 for corre?t room numbers for rooms B29B and 829C. D. At 62/M2.1 : Add note 1: Provide vibration isolators type B1-G, 2" deflection, 6 required to support ACCU-1 (McQuay ALP 120) . 1B SUBSTITUTIONS 1B-1 SECTION 15990-TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING-1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE At "Acceptable Adj gLing and BalanrinQ Firas:" Substitution Accepted: S.A.S. Building Services 1B-2 SHEET E2.1 - PLANS - ELECTRICAL Substitution Accepted: Type "A", "Al" Day-Brite Type "B" Day-Brite 1D ALTERNATE PROPOSALS INVITED Alternate Proposals are invited to be submitted as per Article 6 of the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. DO NOT SUBMIT TO GENERha CONTRACTORL'. 1D-1 SECTION 12300 - CABINETS Alternate Proposal Invited: Burgeners Woodworking ENP OF ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE (1) -IDDENDU,! 1170, 1 - P,VIF TiGAFD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 02500 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING SECTION 02500 _ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Bork This Section: Asphaltic concrete paving. Work Specified Elsewhere- Asphaltic Concrete Base for Track and Tennis Courts - Specified under those Sections. 1.2 STANDARDS All work in public right-of-way will be done according to and under supervision of governing authority. Coordinate scheduling of work within public right-of-way with that department. Oregon State Highway Department "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction", latest edition, is basic reference standard for work under this ; Section. 2.0 PRODUCTS 10" of 1 li2"-0 Rork Base 2.1 PAVING ASSEMBLIES 2" of Asphaltic Concrete, Class C 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION In strict accord with standards referenced in 1 .2 above. Apply approved weed killer under all paved areas. END OF SECTION 02500 - 1 r � TIGARD H:: RE,"ODEL PHASE I - 13500 - FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEIM SECTION 13500 - FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work included under this section consists of furnishing the Design and all labor, materials and equipment required for an installation of a Dry pipe, automatic sprinkler system as shown on Drawings. Work shall include everything required for the system, starting with an including all piping, valves, fittings, drains, alarms and other appurtenances, as may be required to provide a partial system. The system shall meet the standards of the latest edition of the National Fire Protection Association Standard No. 13 end the Fire Bureau. 1.2 DESIGN Contractor shall provide the detailed design for the system in accordance with these specifications and all governing codes, using pipe system. System shall be designed for ordinary hazard. Locate sprinkler in center of ceiling tiles. System will not be connected to water supply in this contract. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Qualification of Subcontractor: The fire protection system shall be installed by a qualified installer regularly engaged in the installation of automatic sprinkler systems and other fire protection equipment employing workmen experienced and Skilled in this trade. G_ove_rninq Agencies: All work shall be approved and accepted by the local Fire Marshall. Permits• Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included in this section, which are required by any of the authorities and/or agencies having jurisdiction shall be obtained and paid for under provisions of Article 20 of the Supplementary General Conditicns. Job Site Inspection_ I-ontractor shall visit site of proposed construction and verify or determine ,ii the existing conditions that might affect the work. dtandards• The fire protection system shall be designed and installed to comply with the following standards and/or codes - f1FPA Pamphlet 13 -Sprinkler Systems, 1989 Edition. Drawings• The Contract Drawings are generally diagrammatic. They do not show every offset, bend, or elbow required for installation in the space provided. All locations for fire protection work stall be checked and coordinated with Job Site conditions. Errors and Omissions: Due care shall be taken to coordina`e sprinkler piping with existing conditions. No extra payment will be allowed where obstructir .s in the work under this Contract requires offsets in the piping. Guarantee: The entire fire protection installation, as specified in this Section of the Specification, shall be guaranteed for ine (1) year against defective equipment , materials and workmanship. (Guarantee is limited to repair or replacement of 3efective equipment . materials or workmanship. ) The guarantee period is to begin on the date the equipment is placed in ,iperation 3t the Owner's request or i+hen all Contract requirements ire -omplzted, whichever iccurs first . 13500 - 1 T;GARD H3 REI!ODEL PHAZE i - 13500 - FIRE PROTECTIOIJ SYSTE"t 1.5 SUBMITTALS Shoff Drawinc,Ls: Prepare complete shop drawings for the Work showing sprinklers, type and location, piping and all necessary details of the system. Ducts, lights and other obstructions shall be shown on the drawings to show proper installation .-.f all work. Hanger and Earthquake brace details must bg shown. Furnish eight (8) sets of Fire Marshall approved Drawings to ArchiLect for Owner's records. For preliminary submittal, four (4) sets of Drawings will be required and for final submittal, eight (8) sets of approved Drawings will be required. Contractor agrees that shop drawing submittals processed by the Architect are not Change Orders; that the ;urpose of shop drawing submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the Architect that the Contractor understands the design concept, that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which equipment and materials he intends to furnish and install by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. Shop drawings are to be submitted in accordance with provisions of Section 01300 -Submittals. Data Sheets: Submit six (5) sets (in three ring binders) of the following equipment : Flexible Couplings and Fittings Hangers Earthquake Brace Details Sprinkler Heads Sprinkler Escutcheons Pipe and Fittings Test Reports: Submit one complete copy of the following reports. - Overhead Hydrostatic Test - Welders Pipe Certification (if welded outlets are used) - Guarantee - Certification of Completion Record Dr_aNinQs_ Show approved changes from original drawings as actually installed on a set of blackline building prints. Locate and identify buried piping and accurately dimension respective locations from column centerlines or permanent building walls; show depth of buried piping below floor, street or walk. Transfer changes to set of reproducible transparencies and deliver to Architect: . 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL All materials, equipments, valves and devices provided under this Section shall be new and U/L listed for use in the Fire Protection installation. Wall Plates 2.2 t1ATF.RIAL AND EQUIPMENT All pipe penetrations through finish '4alls shall be equipped with ,a chrome wall plate on both sides of will. SFr.pkler Escutcheons: Escutcheons for horizontal side wall sprinklers (where possible) to be white one-piece canopies similar to Sweet and Donalj3on #25 (1/4" deep) . Escutcheons for pendent sprinklers to be polished recessed satin chrome canopies similar to JENCO #98. Sprinkler Heads: Exposed sidewall sprinklers to be chrome plated horizontal side walls similar to Central Model H. Dry Pendent sprinklers below finish ceilings to be chrome plated similar to Central recessed 1odel A-1 with chrome finish .and white recessed canopy. Upright sprinklers to be brass plated similar to Central :1odel A. Dry sidewall sprinklers to be horizontal chrome plated similar to ^entral Model H. 13500 - TIGAH HS RENCDEL PHASE I - 13500 - F A3 PRGTE 7131 .iYSTEX Han er_s: Per NFPA 13. Rod Ceiling, Plates: All hanger rods penetrating ceilings will require a white rod ceiling plate similar to Grinnell Figure 133. Pie and Fittings: Pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA #13. 2.3 TESTS All flushing, inspections, examinations and tests required by the authorities and/or agencies having jurisdiction shall be provided, as necessary, to obtain complete and final acceptance of the Fire Protection system. Architects Representative must he given 24 hour notice to witness tests. 2.4 OWNER INSTRUCTIONS Prior to the opening date, instruct the Owner and his selected personnel in the operation of the sprinkler system. (Minimum 4 hour) Take special. care to ensure that the Owner will: - Immediately recognize whether the main valves are in open or closed position. - Know how to dram the system. - Know how to test the system. 2.5 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETION Upon completion of the sprinkler system, the Contractor shall obtain and deliver to the Architect certificates stating the System, as installed, has been inspected and accepted by the Local Fire Marshall. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance of the sprinkler system until the above certificates are delivered to the Architect. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION General: Install in accord with standards referenced earlier. Remove and replace or repair existing ceilings to present coi:ditions. Concrete holes: Core drill holes in finish walls. 3.2 PAINTING All exposed piping, fittings, and hangers to have one (1) coat of zinc chromate primer. If shop applied, all Wrench narks and unpainted identification areas will be reprimered after installation. Exposed pipe in portions of the project to have ,i finish coat matching the adjacent wall -)r ceiling. Coordinate -olor of pipe with Architect. The finish coat of paint for exposed piping will be by others as outlined in Division 9. END OF SECTION 13500 - lop op .� . NO w w • In ol . t•n �z U vx _ QU LL Lu � W 1► � Q �M0 w dv � W - ♦ — ♦ � -� U4 � � �� � 4 Xi� � �wN � wu z � a Q Ufa Rn Q � ��r.,� � • alp IL 2 Z\\ N PT )L v r J z a U z � t � {-• to s� 1 l� J 0 Q IL zu Q 9Z Q LU .1 0 3 o T a m w z p a �. p D-q 7 +-- U < U1 +- X +- I�Lcl X Zw Q n wn np Q lu 0 p � =► Q 's z U +- LLl U ? , d ZU- G �, �- o - o LU 0�� � x LL Q)� w� Xp v w w+-. .' • \ 1 IA -10 Nk 4. 111F aQiaW � 7 4l Uk � d CITY Or TIGARD OF PAYMENT RECIS iprr tio. :91—PI3849 CHECK AMOUNT a 1.504. 69 114f 4ME x TlMARC, SCHOOL 0113TRICT CA 3H OMOUNT lb. 00 1.)1)R E-"S S NO. 23J PAYMENT VAIF s 05/31/91 13137 SW PACIFIC HIGHWAY SURD I V I S I ON T'IG-ARD, OR 9990 SW DURHAM RD 1"URPOSE OF PAYW-JIT AMOUNT PAID PURK)SE. OF PAYMENT AMnUNT I'-'AID I '%N . 45 CHE.CV. FE 7)--54C 9,"S 1TUALATIN VOLL 373. 2 1*nTf4l-. AMOUNT PAID 1 "50 4. 65' lns011--Ile Cojav SPECIFICATIONS FOR TIGARD HIGH SCHOOL REMODEL ! PHASE D 1 for 1 aTIGAP-'-TI IAI-AIIN SCHOOL DISTRICT 23J 13137 F'N PACIFIC HWY. rIGARD, OREGON 97223 XA�,ER E, R PTAN Q ONNLn J OF p SELIG/.LEE /RUED A A X C H I T 2 C T S a P L A N N R R S 213 N.W. Ash Otrait Room 201 - Portland, Oregon 97204 (509) 224--0170 16 MAY 1991 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - T.13LE OF ":'iTE'r1TS TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER TABLE OF CONTENTS AND LIST OF DRAWINGS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS DIVISION A INVITATION TO BID DIVISION B INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DIVISION C DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEMS DIVISION D SAMPLE PROPOSAL FORM CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT DIVISION E GENERAL CONDITIONS (AIA A201 1987 ED) DIVISION F SUPP:EMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS DIVISION G WAGE RATES SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01015 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 02050 DEMOLITION AND CLEARING 02560 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03030 CONCRETE TESTING 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03200 RE-NFORCING STEEL 03300 CONCRETE MIX AND FINISH DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTIC 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07200 BATT INSULATION DIVISION 8 DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES �{ 08200 WOOD DOORS 08700 FINISH HARDWARE 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09215 VENEER PLASTER 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09660 RESILIENT FLOORING 09680 CARPETING 09900 PAINTING 09965 TACKBOARD TOC - 1 w TIGARD HS REMOCEL PHASE I - TABLE OF "Qi4T�iJTi DIVISION 10 SPECIPLTIES 10100 CHALKBOARD & DRY MARKER BOARD 10520 FIRE rvTINGUISHERS & CABINETS DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11610 FUME HOODS ' DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS 12300 CABINETS DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13500 FIRE PROTECTION :YSTEM (TO BE ISSUED BY ADDENDA) 13600 ELECTRONIC SECURITY SYSTEM DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 BASIC MECHANf.CAL Mi.TERIALS AND METHODS 15060 "IPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 1.5100 VALVES 15130 THERMOMETERS 15140 PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 15240 MECHANIC.,L SOUND, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION 15400 PLUMBING 15650 REFRIGERATION 15850 AIR HANDLING 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION 15950 CONTROL SYSTEM 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16110 RACEWAYS 16120 WIRES AND CABLES 16122 METAL CLAD CABLE 16140 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES 16500 LIGHTING TOC - 2 TIGARD HS RETIODEL PHASE I - TABLE OF ':CDITENT LIST OF DRAWINGS ARCHITECTURAL SHEET 1. 1 TITLE SHEET AND SITE PLAN SHEET 2. 1. SCIENCE AREA PLANS SHEET 2.2 SCIENCE AND SP. EL. AQEA PLANS SHEET 9.1 INTERIOR AND MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS SHEET 10.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET 10.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PLUNGING SHEET P2.1 FLOOR PLANS - PLUMBING WICHANICAL SHEET M0.0 LEGEND, DETAILS AND SCHEDULES SHEET M2.1 FLOOR PLANS - HVAC ELECTRICAL SHEET E2.1 PLANS - ELECTRICAL END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS I TOC - 3 s TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE 1 - D17--STON A - INVITATICH INVITATION TO BID Written sealed bids will be received by Francis X. Hodapp Jr. , Business 'tanager, Tigard-Tualatin School District No. 23J, Washington & Clackamas Counties, Oregon, 13137 S.W. Pacific Highway, Tigard, Oregon, until 8:00 p.m. , THURSDAY, G JUNE 1991, for all work and materials required for the TIGARD HIGH SCHOOL REMODEL PHASE I. The work includes refurbishing of Science Rooms, Special Education Room, adding refrigeration to existing air handling system and construction of an asphaltic paved fire lane. At the time and place mentioned above, in a designated room of the District Offices, all bids on hand will. be opened and publicly read aloud and then filed for public inspection. Bids may be submitted to the Purchasing Department at the District Offices, corking days, up to and including the day of the bid opening, between 9:00 3.m. and 4:30 p.m. and additionally on the day of the bid opening, from 7:30 p.m. until 8:00 p.m. at the place of the bid opening. Bids received after the time fixed for opening will not be considered. Contract Documents may be examined at the Administration Offices of the Tigard-Tualatin School District No. 23J, 13137 S.W. Pacific Highway, Tigard, Oregon 97223, or at: the office of the Architects - Selig/Lee/Rueda Architects and Planners, 213 S.". Ash Street, Suite 201, Portland, Oregon 97204. A set of Drawings and Specifications will be available at the office of the Architect to each prospective Prime Contractor upon a deposit of $50.00. Deposits will be refunded for sets returned in good condition within seven (7) days after bid oiening. Planholders not submitting a proposal must return plans before the bid date or their deposit will be forfeited. Additional sets or parts of sets will be made available upon request for the cost of reprodi;ction, which is not refundable. No bid will be receiver' I1 considered unless the bid contains a statPnent by tha bidder a part of his bid, that the provisions required by CPS 279.350 (Uarxmen on Public Woks to be Paid not less than Prevailing Rate of Wage) .re to be complied with. No bid will be received or considered unless the bid contains a statement by the bidder, as a part of his bid, that the provisions required by ORS 279.029 tstatemen'. stating whet` bidder is resident or non-resident bidder) are to be complied with. No proposal will be considered unless accompanied by bid security in the form of a certified check, cashier's check, or surety bond payahle to the School District in an amount equal to 10% of the basic bid. No interest will be paid on bid security. Return or retention of bid security shall be subject to the provisions of ORS 279.031. A-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - DIVISION A 91^ No bidder may withdraw his bid after the hour set for the opening thereof and before award of the Contract, unless the award is beyond thirty (30) calendar days from the bid opening date. The District may reject any bid not in compliance with all prescribed public bidding procedures and requirements, and may reject for good cause any or all bids upon a finding of the agency if it is in the public interest of do so. In accordance with ORS 468.883 no work under this contract requires a contractor licensed with the State Department of Environmental Quality in asbestos abatement work. Francis X. Hodapp Jr . . Business Manager Tigard-Tualatin School District No. 23J Washington & Clackamas Counties, Oregon KKD 0! I"ITATION TO BID A-2 TI ARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - DIVISION B - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDEPS INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS I. DEFINITIONS OWNER - Tigard-Tualatin School District No. 23,.1, Washington & Clackamas Counties, Oregon. ARCHITECTS - Selig/Lee/Rueda Architects and Planners. BIDDING DOCUNUTS - The Invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Description of Bid Items, Proposal Form, Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids and Proposed Contract Documents ADDENDA - Written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by addition, deletions, clarifications or corrections. GENERAL CONDITIONS - The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, 1987 Edition." Not required. 2. PREQUALiFICATION 3. BIDDERS REPRESENTATION Each bidder t ,, making his bid represents that: He has read and uaders•.ands the Blu��� Documents and his bid is made in accordance therewith. y He has visited the site and has familiarize ' himself with the local conditions under which the work is to be performed. His bid :s based upon the materials, systems and equipment described in the Bidding Documents without exceptions. 4. INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS - ADDENDA If any person contemplating submission of a bid for the proposed construction finds discrepancies in or omissions from, or is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Drawings, Specifications or B'-:ding Documents, he shall request an interpretation thereof. Any interpretation or correction will be issued as an Aadenda by the Architect. Only written .interpretation or correction by Addendum shall be binding. Each bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his bid that he has received all Addenda issued and he shall acknowledge their receipt in his bid. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. No substitution will be considered unless written request for approval has been submitted to and received by the Architect no later than 3:00 P.N. , THIRSDAY, 30 MAY 1991. Each such request shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the propcaed substitute including drawings, cuts, performance and test data and any other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forts any changes in other materials, eq,iipment or work that incorporation of the sobsti.tute would require shall be included. Use of the CSI Substitution Request Form is encouraged. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute i,, upon the proposer. Approval will be by written Addenda. The Architect 's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. B-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - DIVISION B - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER" 6. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS When invited by the Architect, Contractors, Subcontractors or Material Suppliers may submit Alternate Proposals for the use of substitute materials, processes and installations which are outside the scope of these Specifications and Drawings but which may be considered for a change to them. The Architect may request or approve the submission of Alternate Propcsals whenever such proposals may be in the Owners interest. Verify form of submittal. with Architect before submitting and carefully define the exact limits of the proposal. Alternate Proposals shall be submitted directly to the Architect in a sealed envelope identified as follows: ALTERNATE PROPOSAL TIGARD HIGH SCHOOL REMODEL PHASE I TIGARD-TUALATIN SCHOOL D'ISTRICT NO. 23J 13137 SW PACIFIC HIGHWAY TIGARD, OREGON 97223 (Name of Item Or Material) Alternate Proposals may he submitted to the Architect at his office on working days between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. up to the and including the day of the bid opening and on the day of the bid opening at place of the bid opening from 7:30 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. Alternate Proposals will be opened and examined at the bid opening after the opening of General Contractor's proposals. At the Owner's option, and with the Contractor's approval, the Alternate Proposal may be accepted. Inclusion into the Contract will be by Change Order including proper price adjustments. 7. SUBMISSION G:' BID All Bids must be prepared on Proposal Forms provided by the Architect and enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope and submitted in accordance with the Invitation to Bid. If the bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. A bid is invalid if it has not been deposited at the designated location no later than the time and date for receipt of bids indicated in "he Invitation to Bids, or prior to any extension thereof issued to bidders. Enclose the proposal with attachments in a sealed envelope with the following identification on the face thereof: (Name Of Bidder) Bid Proposal for: TIGARD HIGH SCHOOL REMODEL PHASE I for Tigard-Tualatin School District No. 23J and deliver by hand of post by mail to be received by: Franci! X. Hodapp, Business Manager Tigard-Tualatin School District No. 23J 13137 SW Pacific Highway Tigard, Oregon 97223 B-2 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE - DI 'ISION B - INSTRUCTIONS TO 91DDERS 8. BID GUARANTEE Attach bid security to all proposals in the form of a surety bond, cashier's check, or certified check of the Bidder in amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the to`.al bid amount made payable to the Owner as a guarantee that the bidder will, if awarded the Contact, execute same and furnish specified Performance Bond. 9. FORM OF AGREEMENT The "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor" AIA Document A101 shnll be used in executing this contract. N 10. PERFORMANCE BOND The successful bidder shall promptly furnish a Performance Bond in compliance with Sections 279.029 and 701.430, Oregon Revised Statutes, in an amount equal to 100% of the cost of the work, such bond to be written on "State of Oregon Public Works Form" by properly qualified surety who is authorized to do business in the State of Oregon. 11. TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Work may begin upon receipt of Notice to Proceed. The facilities to be constructed pursuant of terms of any contract awarded hereunder are required by the District to afford an educational opportunity for students of the District beginning fall of 1991. It is an express condition of any contract awarded hereunder that facilities be Substantially Complete as defined in Article 8.1.3 of the "General Conditions" not later than 8:00 a.m., THURSDAY, 22 AUGUST 1991. Any contract awarded hereunder shall contain provisions that Owner and Contractor agree: a) The Owner shall be entitled to deduct and retain from amounts otherwise due Contractor from retainage upon final completion of the contract and acceptance by Owner, a sum computed at the rate of $300.00 per day for each bid item for each calendar day after 8:00 a.m. , THURSDAY, 22 AUGUST 1991 and prior to the date fixed as the date of Substantial Completion. b) The amount so fixed is a reasonable forecast of just compensation due the District and people thereof for damage caused by failure of Contractor to substantially complete the facility within the time thus limited. c) The harm caused by the failure of Contractor to substantially complete the facility within the time thus limited is incapable or very dif`icult of exact computation or estimation. d) The sum of $300.00 per day for each school for the period indicated is not disproportionate to the amount of damages due District in consideration of properly anticipated consequences of breach of contract at the time the same was formalized as well at the time of breach, if any. M Of INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS B-3 w w w TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - DIV C - DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEMS DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEMS BASIC BID Includes all labor, material and equipment to complete all work shown on the Drawings or required by the Specifications. Basic_ Bid includes refurbishing of Science Rooms, Special Education Room, adding refrigeration to the existing air handling system and construction of an asphaltic paved fire lane. END dT DESCRIPTION Of BID ITEMS C-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - DIVISION D - SAMPLE PROPOSAL FORM 6 JUNE 1991 SAMPLE PROPOSAL FORM Provided for bidders information only. Official Proposal Form will be mailed to all qualified bidders approximately five (5) days before Bid Opening. Board of Directors Tigard-Tualatin School District No. 23J 13137 SW Pacific. Highway Tigard, Oregon 97223 Having carefully examined the Invitation to Bid, Tnstructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Contract, SupplemPntacy General Conditions, Specifications and Drawings for the TIGARD HIGH SCHOOL RXXODEL PHASE I as prepared by Selig/Lee/Rueda hrr_hitects and Planners, as well as the premises and conditions affecting thc• work, the undersigned proposes to furnish all plant, labor and material --alled for by th,: dorlioents for the bid as listed below: BASIC BID . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ _ DOLLARS * Note: Where bid is not submitted on any part of the total project, write ct►e ::ords "NO BID" in the space provided. STARTING TIME AND TIME OF COMPLETION: The undersigned agrees, if awarded a contract, he will start construction within five (5) calendar days after receiving Notice to Proceed and will complete the work within the time required by Article 11 of the Instructions to Bidders. Liquidated Damages are in accord with Article 11 of Instruction to Bidders. Receipt is hereby acknowledged for Addendum Numbers_ (List all Numbers) The undersigned agrees. if awarded the Contract, he will comply with all requirements of ORS 279.350 pertaining to the Prevailing Rates of Wage. D-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - DI`IISION D - SAMPLE PROPOSAL FOPM In accordance with ORS 279.029 the undersigned is a: ( ) Resident Bidder ( ) Non-Resident Bidder Mame of Individual Business Owner, Signature of Owner, Partner, or Partnership or Corporation: Corporate Official Address• Telephone Office or Title of official Signing for Corporation: (SEAL) If Corporation Attest: (Secretary of Cirporation) (State in which Incorporated) Required attachment: Bid Security KKD OF PROPOSAL MRN P-2 TIGARD HS REMGDEL PHASE I-DIV F-SUPPLEMENTARY 3ENEF.AL :OPlDI"I:N° SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 15. GENERAL CONDITIONS The General Conditions of the Contract is the American Institute of Architect's AIA Document A201, "General Conditions of the Contract for. Construction", 14th Edition, August 1987, consisting of 14 Articles. The General Conditions are included in the Specifications by reference and are binding whether or not attached to them. 16. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Consist of changes and additions to the AIA Genera]. Condit _cns. Where any part of the AIA General Conditions is modified or voided b; the Supplementary General Conditions, the unaltered provisions shall remain in effect. 17. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Change the first sentence of Paragraph 1.1.1 to read: " The Contract Documents consist of the Bidding Requirements, Executed Official Proposal Form, Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement) , Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions) , Drawings, Specifi .ations, addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. Delete the last sentence of Paragraph 1.1.1 which begins: "Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents ." 18. EXECUTION, CORRELATION, INTENT AND INTERPRETATION Add to Paragraph 1.2.3: "Reference is Specifications to an article, device or piece of equipment in the singular number shall apply to as many such articles as are shown on Drawings or required to complete installation. Mention in Specifications or indication on Drawings of articles, materials, operations, or methods requires the Contractor to provide and install such items including all necessary plant, labor and appurtenances. Titles and headings are a part of the Specifications, the same as the text of the article or paragraph. Notes on the Drawings are considered Specifications equal in force to those in the printed text. When several materials are specified for approved for one use, select for use any of those so specified. For specified materials and brands, no substitutions are permitted other than as approved before the bid opening in accordance with Article 5 of Instruction to Bidders." 19. COPIES FURNISHED Supplement Paragraph 2.2.5. "Architect will furnish five (5) sets of Drawings and Specifications to Contractor after award of Contract. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at their cost of reproduction." F-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I-DIV F-SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 20. PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES Change Paragraph 3.7.1 to read: The Owner will pay: 1. City of Tigard - Plans Examination Fee 2. Washington County - Traffic Impact Fee 3. Unified Sewerage Agency - Sewer Connection Fee 4. Unified Sewerage Age:icy - Storm Development Fee 6. Water (duality Fee Unless otherwise provided in the Contract documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and all other permits and governmental fees, licenses ani inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract end which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations conclueed." 21. ARBITRATION DELETED Delete Article 4.5 in its entirety. It is expressly understood and agreed that no dispute arising under terms (if this Contract, Contract Documents, or performance undertaken to be performe, by either party hereto shall be subject to binding arbitration, notwithstanding any other provision, term or reference in ,ontract Documents arbitration not herein specifically deleted. Paragraph 8.3.1 - Lines 6 and 7 - delete the part that reads "or delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration." Paragraph 9.7.1 - Line 6 - delete the part that reads "or awarded by arbitration." 22. METHOD OF PAYMENT & RETAINAGE Add to Paragraph 9.3.1. Monthly Progress Payments will be made. Make application on forms apprGied by the District. Retainage will be withheld at a rate of five percent (5%) in accord with Sections 279.410, 279.420. 279.430, 279.575, 701.410 Et Seq Oregon Revised St«Lutes. Delete Paragraph 9.3.1.1 Change Paragraph 9.:,.2. to read: "Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. No payment will be made for materials or eluipment stored on any other location." 23. PROTECTION OF PERSONS & PROPERTY Paragraph 10.1.2: Delete all after the first sentence. Paragraph 10.1.4: Delete in its entirety. F-2 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I-DIV F-SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 24. CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Add to Paragraph 11.1.1: "Liability insurance must be on an "Occurrence Basis" and must include "Direct Damage" and "Consequential Loss" coverage and "Broad form Property Damage" coverage. Property Damage must include "R.C.U." coverage. Include personal injury liability coverage for false arrest, detention and imprisonment, malicious prosecution, libel, slander, or defamation of character, invasion of privacy and wrongful conviction or wrongful entry. In the event of cancellation or non-renewal of any required insurance, thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to Owner. Forms of insurance shall be Comprehensive General and Automobile Liability with the following minimum coverages: BODILY INJURY Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate $1,000,000 PROPERTY DP!tAGE (Including Completed Opetations and Broad farm Property Tiamage Liability) Each Occurrence $ 500;000 Aggregate $ 500,000 PERSONAL INJURY Each person Aggregate $i,000100O General Aggregate $1,000,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY (Owner, Non-Owner and Hired) Bodily Injury each Person $ 500,000 Bodily Injury each Occarrenc, $1,000,000 Ptoperty Damage $ 500,000 Contractc•r to report coverage on AIA Document G705, Certificate of Insurance. 25. PROPERTY INSURANCE Paragraph ' .3.1.1: In the first line, change the words "Ail Risk" to "Cptional Perils". (Note: Glass breakage is not covered.) In the fourth line, delete the word "theft". Delete Paragraph 11.3.1.4 Delete Paragraph 11.3.10 F-3 mwjLm_wWw__JLa� TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I-DIV F-SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS After Paragraph 13.4.2 Add: 26. RIGHTS AND REMEDIFS 13.4.3 "If either party institutes any suit, action or other proceeding, to enforce any covenant or agreement hereof, or to obtain any of the remedies herein provided, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover such sum of money as the court may adjudge reasonable as attorney's fees in such suit, action or other proceeding, including any appeals taken by either party in such suit, action or proceeding. 27. MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS , Apply, install, connect, erect, use, clean and condition all manufactured articles, materials and equipment as directed by manufacturer, unless specified to the contrary in the technical sections of the Specifications. , 28. STATUTORY PROVISIONS The lowing Statutory Provisions which are applicable to Public Contract: generdlly, shall be conditions of any contract awarded hereunder. Pursuant to Oregon Revised Statutes (ORS` 279.312, Contractor shall make prompt payment, as due, to .all persons supplying to Contractor, labor or materials for prosecution of work provided for herein, pay all contributions or amounts due State Industrial Accident Fund from the ContraLtor incurred in the performance of the Contract herein, not permit any lien or claims to be filed or prosecuted against the District un account of any labor or materials furnished; and to pay State Department of. Revenue all sums withheld from employees pursuant to ORS 316.167. Pursuant to ORS 279.314, if contractor fails, neglects, or refuses to make prompt payment on any claim for labor or services furnished to Contractor by any persons in connection with this agreement as such claim becomes due, the proper officer or officers representing the District may pay such claim to person furnishing labor service and charge amount of payment against Contractor. Payment of a claim in the manner authorized in this paragraph shall not relieve Contractor or his Surety from it obligations with respect to any unpaid claims. Pursuant to ORS 279.316, no person shall be employed by Contractor for more than eight (8) hrs in one day, or forty (40) hours in any one week except in case of necessity, emergency or where public policy absolutely requires it, and in such cases, the laborer shall be paid at least time and a half pay for all overtime in excess of eight (8) hours a day and for work performed on Saturdays and on legal holidays specified in ORS 279.334 except Veteran's Day. Pursuant to ORS 279.320 Contractor shall promptly, as due, make payment to any , person, co-partnership. association, or corporation furnishing medical, surgical and hospital care or other needed care and attention, incident to sickness or injury, to employees of such Contractor, of all sums which Contractor agrees to pay for such services and all monies and sums which Contractor collected or deducted from wages of his employees for such services pursuant to any law, contract or agreement for purpose of providing or paying for such service. F-4 w w wINEM TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I-DIV F-SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Pursuant to ORS 279.318, the following is a list of Federal, State and Local agencies that have enacted ordiiances or regulations relating to environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources that may affect the performance of the contract. Federal Agencies Agriculture, Dept of Forest Service Soil Cruservation Service Defense, Dept of Army Corps of Engineers Environmental Protection Agency Health, Education and Welfare, Dept of Interior, Dept of Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife Bureau of Outdoor Recreation Bureau of Land Management Bureau of Indian Affairs Bureau of Reclamation Labor, Dept of Occupational Safety and Health Administration Transportation, Dept of Coast Guard Federal Highway Administration State Agencies Agriculture, Dept of Environmental Quality, Dept of Fish and Wildlife, Dept of Forestry, Dept of Geology and Mineral Industries, Dept of. Human Resources, Dept of Land Conservation and Development Commission Sail and Water Conservation Commission State Engineer State Land Board Water Resources State Fire Marshal Local Agencies City Councils County Courts County Commissioners, Boards of Planning Commissions Fire Districts END OF STIPPUPM"ART GENERAL CONDITIONS F-5 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - DI VISIOtJ G - WAGE AG,. RATES ?AGE RATES URS 279.352 is quoted as follows: "279.352 PROVISIONS IN CONThkCT FOR MINIMUM RATE OF WAGE. The specifications for every contract for the construction, reconstruction, maintenance or repair of any public work shall r.ntain a provision stating the existing prevailing rate of wage which may be paid to workers in each trade or occupation required for such public work employed in the performance of the contract either by the contractor or subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do whole or any part of the ►pork contemplated by the contract, and the contract shall contain a provision that such workers shall be paid not less than such specified minimum hourly rate of wage." Pursuant to ORS 279.352, workers in each trade or occupation employ¢d in the performance of any contract awarded hereunder either by the Contractor or any Subcontractor or any other person doing of contracting to do the whole or any part of the work under this Cuntract, shall be paid not less than the n:nisuo hourly rate of wage, set forth in those certain documents entitled "Prevailing Wage Rate for public Works Contracts in Oregon" effective 1 JAIIUARH 1991 as issued by the Bureau of Labor and Industries, copies whereof are hereto attached, and by this reference made a part hereof. I MM OF WAGE RATES G-1 mr mra � TiCrARD HS REAODEL PHASE T - 0101r - SPF CI=.I SECTIO11 01015 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SITE INVESTIGATION & REPRESENTATION Contractor acknowledges hP has satisfied 'himself as to nature and location of work, general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon storage of materials, availatility of labor, water, e=.ectrical power, roads or similar physical conditions at the site. 1.2 CONSTRUCTION LINES & ELEVATIONS Pro Lec*_Layout• General Contractor shall be responsible for the layout of the work and to establish all job bench marks. Eaisti_rnaBench Marks & Monuments: Save and protect from dislocation all bench marks, monuments and other reference points shown on Drawings. Notify Architect at once if such datum points are, or should be, disturbed. 1.3 REFRIGERATION An earlier Contract tot the purchase of cooling coils and air cooled condensing unit has been executed. Under this Contract, Contractor will install cooling coils and condensing unit as shown on Drawings. 1.4 COORDINATION The Contractor is responsible for overall coordination of the Project. Cooperation among the various crafts, subcontracts and separate contracts is absolutely necessary for the proper execution of the Work. The Drawings and Spe,.ificati.ons are arranged for convenience only and do not determine which trades perform various portions of the Work. Coordinate the Work of all subcontractors involved in the Project and make certain that, where the Work of one trade is dependent upon the Work of another trade, the Work first installed if properly placed, installed, aligned iced finished as specified or requirc4 to properly receive subsequent materials to be applied or attached thereto. Direct subcontractors to correct defects in substrates they installed when subcontractors of subsequent materials have a reasonable and justifiable objection to such surfaces. Do not force subcontractors tj apply or install products to improperly placed or improperly finished :iubstratas that would result in an unsatisfactory or unacceptable finished product. Do all necessary Work to receive or join with Work of all trades. 1.5 EROSION CONTROL Erosion of soil onto adjacent public and private property is not allowed. Comply with Erosion Control. Plans and Technical Guidance Handbook, Nov. 1989. Erect erosion barrier to trap soil on-site if wet weather or water flows occur during earthwork. Maintain barriers until surfaces are paved or re-vegetated. Thcse requirements relating to erosion control shown n the Drawings or specified herein are minimum requirements. Remove and clean surfaces of soil that has eroded onto adjacent property immediately. Penalties that are imposed for noncompliance shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. O1C:5 •1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 01015 - SPECIAL CONT)TTIONS f 1.6 PROTECTIC' OF EXISTING WORK ! The Contractor shall take care not to damage the existing work, specifically, the existing building subgrades during execution of the work. The Contractor shall not allow operation of any heavy equipment or allow any vehicular traffic on the building subgrades without prior notification to the Engineer. All damage to the existing work shall be repaired at the %"ontractor's sole expense. J END of SECTION r 01015-2 TIGARD US REMODEL PN��-E - 01500 - TEMPORARY F-riLITTES SECTION 01500 - TEXPOR.ARY FACILITIES 1.0 GZXERAL 1.1 SITE INVESTIGATION & REPRESENTATION Contractor acknowledges he has satisfied himself as to nature and location of work, general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electrical power, roads or similar physical conditions at the site. 1.2 WORK AREA LIMITS Confine storage of materials and construction activities to area of building construction and such other areas as may be coordinated. with Owner. 1.3 UTILITIES Water and Liahts__ Available at existing school. Contractor make temporary connection. Water and power paid for by Owner. Toilet Facilities: Available in existing school building. Telephone: Limited use of school phone for outgoing calls is allowed. For incoming calls or outgoing calls exceeding (4) per day, contractor to provide own telephone. 1.4 CLEANING UP Do all cleaning of site and building areas included in work necessary to place in condition for final acceptance of work by Owner. Clean grounds and building areas free of all waste from clearing ane demolition, excess construction materials, construction equipment and debris. Remove all waste and debris from site. END OF SECTION 01500-1 Inn _0 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 01700 - PRCJECT 'LCSECUT SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED OR CORRECTED See Paragraph 9.7.1 of General Conditions. Contractor inspects work and prepares list of deficiencies for sub--.tta1 to :architect. 1.2 DRAWINGS, MANUALS & GUARANTEES Obtain and deliver to Architect at completion of work, all copies of "Record Drawings", Maintenance and Operation Manuals and Guarantees required by these Specifications, and all copies of Manufacturer's Operating and Maintenance Instructions normally furnished with any materials, device or equipment installed in the work. 1.3 CLEANING UP General: Do all cleaning of site and building areas included in work necessary to place in condition for final acceptance of work by Owner. lean grounds and building areas free of all waste from clearing and demolition, excess construction materials, construction equipment and debris. Floors and Pavements: Interior floors and pavements shall be vacuum cleaned or swept with a hair pushbroom. Resilient floor coverings clean and ready for waxing and polishing by Owner. Sweep exterior floors, pavements, decks clean with heavy fiber pusibroom or power sweeper. Finish Buildin Surfaces and lTvlirtenances: Clean, free from labels, stain-, _ soil of all kinds wherever located. Hardware polished, without paint or dirt marks and in perfect operation and adjustment. Glass and plastics clean and polished with all labels removed. Fixtures and equipment clean and in perfect operation and adjustment. END OF SECTION 1 1 01700-1 n� ow TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE. I - 0Z050 - DEM,OLITION AOD EAS Iii'; SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION AND CLEARING 1..0 GENRRAL 1.1 SCOPE Demolition, site clearing, stripping and storage of topsoil, and tree protection. See Erosion Control, Earlier Site Preparation, Required Scheduling, Section 01015, Special Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Submit time schedule of proposed operations to Architect for review and approval prior to start of work. Include a detailed sequence of site clearing, stripping and storage of topsoil in coordination with erosion contrrl. Include coordination for shut-off, capping and continuation of utility services as required. 330 EXICUTION 3.1 TREY. "' R,'TECTION Protect existing trees to remain as shown on Drawings. Protect branches and trunk above ground and root system below grade. Protect root systems from compaction and smothering. :.rorage of construction materials or debris or parking cf vehicles prohibited under the dripline of trey. Do not dump refuse, chemically injurious material or liquids near trees. Do not alter grades to allow standing water at base of tree. Protect trees to remain against unnecessary cutting, breaking or skimming of roots, branches, or bark. If trees are injured, hire a licensed arborist to perform corrective surgery to injured portion of tree. Arborist to be approved by Architect. All corrective surgery and pruning to be done to NAA Standards. The Contractor shall be responsible and pay owner, as liquidated damages, for each tree critically damaged in accord with the following schedule: Outside Bark Diameter at 4 ft. Above Grade Assessment Per Each Tree Dammed Less than 2-1/2" None 3" up to 12" $1,000 17" up to 24" $2,500 24" and over $5,000 Do not excavate within driplin.es of trees unless approved by Architect. If trenching for utilities is required within driplines and roots larger than 1 inch are encountered, hand dig trench over or under roots. Do not leave roots exposed causing the root to dry out. If trench cannot be backfilled, wrap root with peat moss and burlap and keep continually moist. At existing trees that are to remain, erect b' high chain link fence, or plastic snow fence permanently installed, around all sides of tree outside the drip line. Remove fences only as directed. 02050 - 1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - C J50 - DEMOLITION AND 'LEAp'_11G 3.2 DEMOLITION s Remove all existing structures includ:ing foundations. All Filbert Trees are to be removed. Remove all other existing trees not designated to remain on Drawings. Remove all roots 3/4 inch and larger to a minimum depth of 18 inches below grade. Haul waste material and debris to established disposal sites. Disposed of in a legal manner. 3.3 SITE CLEARING Remove all other existing vegetation and their root systems not designated to remain as shown on Drawings. Remove debris from site. Do not store near or mix with topsoil stockpile. 3.4 STRIPPING AND STORAGE OF TOPSOIL After site clearing, strip a 6 inch depth of topsoil from site and stockpile at areas away from construction. Coordinate stockpiling with other site grading. Ensure that topsoil is not mixed or contaminated with subsoil. Do not store topsoil with excessive rock, large rocks, sticks, or other debris unless it is separated prior to stockpiling. 02050 - 2 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 03030 - CONC?ETF TESTINI, SECTION 03030 - CONCRETE TESTING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING An independent testing laboratory approved by Architect will be employed and paid for by the Contractor fcr taking tests and to conduct the inspection services required below. Contractor to give Architect and testing laboratory at least 48 hours adaancq notice before starting work requiring inspections and tests. Concrete Tests and Inspections: Include foundations & floor slabs Meet the req,iirements of Section 306 (a) and (b) Uniform 3uilding Code, as adopted and modified by the State of Oregon Structural Specialty Code. Inspect condition of forms and placing and condition of reinforcing before pouring. Make strength, slump, and air content tests d•iring pouring. Compression tests in accord with ASTM C39. Make at least one test for each 100 cu. yards, or fraction thereof, of each mix design of concrete placed in any one day. Tests may not be required for minor or non-structural pours of less than 10 cu. yards in one day. Obtain Arc;iitect 's prior approval before making untested pours. Minimum of 4 cylinders is required for each test. Break 2 at 7 days aad 2 at 28 days. Make at least one slump test (ASTM C143) and one air content test (ASTM C173) for each set of cylinders taken. 'resting laboratory shall make written reports on all tests to Architect with copies to Structural Engineer, ContractGr, Ready Mix Supplier and owner. END OF SECTION 03030-1 F w TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 03100 - r-"01CRETE FCR;!W,)RK SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMYORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 WORK THIS SECTION Construct cast-in-place concrete formwork. Coordinate setting or inserts, hangers, etc. Removal of forms. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 PLYWOOD FORMS All su -faces exposed to view. Medium density overlaid APA plywood, grade marked. Ext. - DFPA - MD overlay. Minimum thickness - 3/4". surfac-s hidden from view (behind brick veneer, within furred areas, below grade, etc.) B-B plyform, Class 1, exterior. Minimum thickness 3/4". Maintain plywood forms clean, recoated, and in like-new condition for each reuse. 2.2 FORM TIES Metal snap ties with not less than 3/4" breakback or screw out rod types, with plastic removable cones at each side of wall. 2.3 INSERTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS Schedule 40 PVC or ABS plastic pipe sleeves or poly-form blocks wherever pipes or conduits pass through concrete work. 2.4 FORM COATING A Non-staining Type that will not leave residual matter on surface of concrete or adversely affect bond of subsequent applications of other material applied to concrete surfaces. B Coating containing mineral oils or other non drying ingredients will not be permitted. 3.0 LXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION Design and construct per ACI 347 and approved layout Drawings. Design strength and safety responsibility of Contractor. Construct so finish concrete conforms to shapes, lines, elevations and dimensions of finish members as indicated; sufficiently tight to prevent mortar leakage; properly braced and tied to maintain position; designed to prevent deflection under wet -nnrrete; construction loads; and vibration conditions. Provide temporary cleanout openings as required. Locate sleeves, holes, pipes, conduit and the like in formwork per ACE 318. 03100-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE. I - 03100 - CONCRETE FCRMUORK 3.2 COORDINATION - ANCHORS AND INSERTS , Notify respective trades and give opportunity to place sleeves, anchors, supports and conduit, etc. , before concrete is poured. Items provided by other trades for installation shall be al.l properly set as indicated. Locate sleeves. pipes and conduits to avoid impairing strength of construction per ACI 318. Contractor shall install and/or be responsible for installation of all sleeves, anchors, ties, dowels, miscellaneous iron, etc. , as shown and required for passage of pipes and conduit, securing framing, etc. 3.3 REMOVAL All removal and reshoring sole responsibility of Contractor. Removal. as per ACI 318. END OE SECTION 03100-2 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 03200 - REINFORCING 37FE11 SECTION 03200 - REINFORCING STEEL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work This Section: Furnish and place deformed steel reinforcement bars and accessories for concrete. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Shall include placing plans for slabs and el,-vations for walls/columns, with accompanying schedules, bar lists and details specifically indicated in ACI Manual 315. Submit five (5) sets for review prior to fabrication. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 DEFORMED BARS See Notes on Drawings. 2.2 SMOOTH DOWELS AND I/4" BARS Shall conform to ASTM A-306. 2.3 WELDED WIRE FABRIC Shall conform to ASTM A185. 2.4 TIE WIRE 16 gauge or healrier black annealed wire. 2.5 CHAIRS, SPACERS AND BOLSTERS In all locations, chairs, spacers and bolsters shall be galvanized and in accord with ACI 315. Provide dipped or all plastic items in contact with forms. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION In accord with reviewed Shop Drawings and as per ACI 315. 3.2 PLACING Place reinforcing in accord with reviewed Shop Drawings and ACI 315 and 318. Firmly secure steel in positir;n to prevent dislocation during placement. Support steel securely by means of chairs or spacers. END OF SRCTION 03200-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE 1 - 03300 - CONCRETE XIX AND FINISH SECTION ni3nn - CONCRETE NIX 4 FINISH 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 WORK THIS SECTION Crncrete materials, mixing and delivery for cast-in-place concrete. Finishing, curing and sealing of concrete. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 READY MIXED CONCRETE Use only ready-mixed concrete obtained from plant approved by Architect, mixed and delivered in conformance with approved design mix. Obtain a delivery ticket for each batch of concrete delivered to job. Maintain a file of all delivery tickets at job site, in good order, available for inspection by Architect at all times. Include the following information: Name of ready-mix batch plant, serial number of ticket, date and truck number, Contractor's name, job name and location (address) , amount of concrete in batch (cubic yards) , mix type number, location of placing on job, name of any admixtures and type. The maximum time between mixing and final placement of concrete shall be no more than 90 minutes. 2.2 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN General: Before ordering concrete, submit four (4) copies of a previously used and tested design mix using aggregates intended for use in this concrete, to Architect for his review and approval for use in this work. Shy , dry weight of cement, saturated-surface-dry weights of fine and coarse aggregate, quantities of admixtures (if any) , and quantity of water per cubic yard of concrete. Submit a separate design mix for each design mix number required in this work. Conform to ASTM C94-69 and ACI 301. with manufacturer to be fully responsible for selection of proportions for concrete mix. Submit c-pies of a laboratory test report on compressive strength of test cylinders made with mix proposed for use. Nix Designs Required: Maximum slump all concrete - 4". Admixtures: ASTM C260-66 "Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete" to produce 4-5% entrained air in concrete placed in exterior walks; curbs, walls, etc. , exposed to freeze-thaw cycles. ASTM C260-68, Type A, water-reducing admixture may be used in concrete placed in foundations, walls and floor slabs. Master Builders "Pozzolith", Crown Zel.lerbarh "Zeecon" and W.R. Grace "WRDA" are approved. Curina Paper and Sheet_Coverinq: Waterproof paper, polyethylene film and burlap-polyethylene sheet conforming to ASTM Designation: C171.-68T, Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. Acrylic Curing Coavounds: One (1) coat application at coverage rate of 300 sq. ft. per gallon to comply with ASTM C309-58, Type I. All-Crete "A-C Curing Compound", Madden Construction and Supply, "Macryseal", Grace "Clear-Seal-150", Mascocure Cure and Seal, Sonnaborn Kure-n-Seal. 03300 - 1 w w TIGAPC HS REMODEL PHASE I - 03300 - CONCRETE ;4IX AND FINISH Expansion Joints: 1/2" thick expansion joints (slabs, sidewalks, curbs and pavement) - asphalt impregnated fiber. ASTM D1751-65 for interior and self-expanding board, ASTM D1752•-67, Type 3 for exterior. Latex Bonding Adhesive: M.C.S. "Make Latex", Larson "Weld-Crete", and Dowman's Latex Bonding Compound. JEF CON-BOND, MascoBond S.B.R. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DEPOSITING CONCRETE Rapidly handle concrete form mixer to fovms and deposit as nearly as possible in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling. Thoroughly soak wood forms or coat with release compound before pouring concrete. Dampen earth bottoms to reduce moisture loss from concrete. Provide hoppers and elephant trunks to place concrete in deep forms without exceeding 4' maximum free fall. Vibrate all concrete or work by hand where vibration cannot be used to assure close ccntact with all surfaces of inrms and reinforcement, and leveled off at proper grade to receive finish. Vibrate for sufficient duration to accomplish thorough compaction and complete embedment of reinforcement but not long enough to cause separation of mix. A delay at least until concrete is no longer plastic must occur in columns or walls before concreting beams, girders, or slabs supported thereon. Joints and discontinuati,,n between pours in accord with ACI and UBC requirements and re^ommendations. Do not place concrete when weather forecast predicts temperatures below 40 degrees F. within su,.ceeding twenty-four (24) hours without approval of Architect. 'When approval is granted for placing of concrete during times when temperature is below 40 degrees F. , all concrete and cement finishes shall be placed and maintained at a temperature not lower than 70 degrees for not less than seventy-two (72) hours or less than 50 degrees F. , for not less than one hundred--twenty (120) hours. If necessary, mixing water or materials shall be heated and concrete shall be sufficiently protected so these temperatures can be maintained. The maximum temperature of concrete no to exceed 40 degrees at any time. 3.2 CON"RETE FINISHING Formed Concrete Faces: On all exposed concrete; surfaces straight, plumb and true with a variation of no more than 1/4" in 10' measured in any direction. Remove honeycomb and other defective concrete back to sound concrete but not less than 1" deep. Patch surface defects that do not impair structural strength and all surface defects and tie holes on below grade walls scheduled to receive dampproof coatings or membrane waterproofing. Cut back all form ties, nails, etc. , apply bonging agent and fill holes to true, given finished surface. For all exposed concrete surfaces, grind surfaces to remove defects which will be apparent through applied finishes and coatings. Sack finish to uniform surface texture or skim coat to uniform surface texture. r'.xterior Slabs and Curbs: Construct and locate as shown and detailed on Drawing. Cross sidewalks 1/4"/ft. unless otherwise detailed. Slabs shall be finished same as for "Plain Slabt. " 03300 - 2 TIGARD HS P.E%iODEL PHASE I - 03300 - GilCRETE ;.rX AND F'NISH After steel troweling of surface is completed, give sidewalks a directional pattern light broom finish. Finish til edges and joints in sidewalk surfa:es in a grid pattern as detailed. Wood float top surfaces of curbs. Apply curing compound t top surfaces after finishing and to formed surfaces wherever forms are removed before end of seven (7) day moist curing period. Install. expansion joint filler in curbs, sidewalks and mowing -trips at not more than 20' o.c. unless otherwise detailed. Locate expansion joints between paved areas and curbs, buildii,g walls, structural and fixed items projecting through paved slab. Place expansion joint full depth of slab 1/8" down from top finish. Air entrainment required for all exterior concrete. 3.3 PROTECTION AND CURING Protect all concrete and cement finish against injury form elements and defacements of any nature during construction operation. When ccncrete slabs have received their finish, and as soon as surface water subsides, coat entire surface with curing compound applied at a rate recommended in manufacturer's written instructions. Keep concrete continuously moist for at least seven (7) days and at a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. Keep wood forms wet during curing period and spray wood metal forms to cool when exposed to heating by sunlight or hot winds; or loosen forms and apply water directly to concrete. Moist cure formed work same as flat work when forms are removed during curing period. Cover with curing paper and she-ats in lieu of curing compounds whenever protection from rapid drying by sunlight or atmospheric temperature and low humidity is required. Cure slabs by covering with curing paper or moist cure whenever finish is to receive a sealer coat, decoration coat, or other applied finish Pot compatible with curing compound. END OF SECTION i I TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I 06100 - ROUGH �APPEMTR'i SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.0 GENbRAL 1.1 SCOPE Work Thi3 Section: Installation of all rough carpentry, including plates, studs, fire stops, solid blocking, bridging, ribbons, bracing, posts, blocks, subfloor and flooring, sheathing and rough hardware. Work Specified Elsewhere: Hanging of doors and installation of finist. hardware specified in Section 06200, Ftrish Carpentry. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS All materials shall be grade stamped equal to or better than grades hereinafter called for according to latest grading rules published by the following associations governing their various species of lumber products; West Coast Lumbermens Association; Western Pine Associatioa; California Redwood Association; American Plywood Association and the American Institute of Timer Construction. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of material shall conform to WCLIB Rules 116, General Grading Provisions, Paragraph 3, Seasoning Provisions. Lumber Grades: Douglas Fir -•Larch standard and better. Plywood Underlayment:_ 5/8" thick, Group 2, EXPOSURE 1, C-D Plugged.. Install at floors scheduled for waterproof membrane. Underlayment_Nails: Eight penny (8d) ring shank nails. Framino Anchors:_ U.B.C. approved stock framing anchors as manufactured by Simpson, Teco and Bowman, or K.C. Metals Superspeed Connectors rated according to U.B.C. recorded tests. Minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel sheet . Provide special framing anchor nails as required and other fastenings as detailed and normal to installation. Furnish five (5) sets of Shop Drawings for review prior to fabrication. Nails: American made common nails for all wood to wood framing applications unless otherwise noted. Use finish and casing nails for all face nailing of finish work and, set heads for putty stopping. Hot dip galvanized nails for nay exposed exterior nailing. Examine Drawings for special nailing 111 requirements. "aintain nailing schedule, Table 25-P, 1979 U.B.C. Increase number of nails used proportiunately when box nails are used in lieu of common nails to reduce splitting. 06100 - 1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 06100 - ROUGH CAPPEPITRY 3.0 UECUTION General: 3.1 INSTALLATION Wrap, cover and protect lumber products in shipment and while stored on site to prevert weather exposure and damage. Maintain stacks neat and in good order; level and off ground or floors; raised on pallets or dunnage to prevent contact with water. Cut and repair framing where required b; electrical, 'nechanical or other mechanics throughout job. Boring of holes for pipes and conduits no included. Where cutting is required in a structural member that is likely to weaken construction, consult with i+rchitect as to measures to he taken in order to perform work without causing any deficiencies of strength or workmanship. Stop all openings where pipes and ducts pass through framing with incombustible material. Arcurately fit all connect; -),Is as detailed, all bolt holes drilled and properly sized to bolts. Predrill lag and wood screw holes and install with wrench or screwdriver. Washers required under head and nut of all wood connections. Sills and Plates: Set pressure treated sills and plates bea ing on concrete or m&sonry on a 1/2" thick bed or mortar and draw down with anchor bolts as detailed on Structural Drawings. double top plate on all partitions with end joints lapped and staggered. Reinforce tap plates where cut for electrical aa,d s.gchanical work with 16 gauge metal splice plate. Studs, Caps and Headers: Use straight material throughout; twisted material not permitted. Set all items called fox or shown and as necessary for rigid frame. Joist BridQinQ• Block bridge over beams, trusses, on top of all partitions and/or walls. r restops and Blocking- Install as called for on Drawings and in no case more than 120" a )art vertically in exterior and irterior wood stud walls throughout. Fire block at ceiling line were wall finish does not continue abcre ceiling and provide blocking at all edges of plywood she r wall sheathing. Hood Cont acting_Concrete or Nisonry: Wherever ,foists, beams, rafter, etc. , make end or side contact against roncrete or masonry walls and sla'js, install two (2) layers of N0. 50 roofing felt jo there will be no contact between wood and concrete. Underl_ ayment: Lay building paper over subfloor, fastening in place with staples driven flush. Install underlayment over building paper with staggered panel joints no four corners of undErlayment do not meet directly over corners or joints of subfloor. Nail with eight penny (8d) ring shank nails spaced no more than 6" o.c. at panel edges and at 10" o.c. throughout body of panel . at underlayment over sound board, nail and adhesive apply according to -ound deadening board manufacturer's recommendation. Backing_ Verify that solid bloc);ing or backing is provided in framing for attachment of wall and ceiling mounted specialty iters and equi;men'. Use tem;iates and fastening devic.-s furnished with item or appropriate screws and bolts. Check hardware schedule for locations where wall door bumpers are called for. Do not fasten solely to wall and ceiling finish materials. 06100 - 2 11LIMAL TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTR•{ Cleani_Q_ General Contractor shall. be responsible for cleaning of exposed surfaces of structural wood members such as beams, columns, purlins, trusses, etc. , of dirt, water and rust stains, or other marking that will. show through transparent finishes. It is recommended surfaces be cleaned with an oxalic acid sclution, or other system as approved, prior to application of finishes by Painting Subcontractor. I m Or SECTI0w 06100 - 3 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 062CO - FINISH CARPENTRY 1 .0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work This Section: Hanging Wood Doors Installation of Building Hardware Work Specified Elsewbere: Wood Doors -Section 08200 1.2 GENERAL Ftoraae and Protection: Protect finish materials from dirt and moisture during delivery and while stored on job. Store at site ir. a protected dry area with heat and ventilation as required to keep lumber dry. Do interior work only in areas where wet work has been completed and work area is dry, heated and ventilated. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS None used. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Finish Hardware Installation: Locate and place hardware on work accurately using templates when required. Install permanently using proper nails, screws or bolts, matching finish of hardware. Protect finished from damage and staining. Remove hardware after setting to permit application of finishes and reinstall when finish application is complete. Deliver any keys and adjusting ,tools to Owner properly tagged and identified. Installation of Specialty It_ee_s_ Verify that solid blocking is provided in framing for attachment• of wall. and ceiling mounted specialty items and equipment. Use templates and fastening devices furnished with item or appropriate screws and bolts. Do not fasten solely to wall and ceiling finish materials. EP!D CF SECTION 06200 - 1 TIGAR.D HS REMODEL PHASE I - 07200 - BATT INSULATION SECTION 07200 - BATT INSULATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Mork This Section: Batt insulation for ceiling areas. Work S ecified Elsewhere: Mechanical pipe and duct insulation - Mechanical Division Acoustical Panel Insulation - Section 06200. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 BATT INSULATION Unfaced fiberglass batt insulation. "R" values are for insulation only and represent minimum acceptable values. Ceiling R-30. 2. 2 STAPLES Galvanized or bronze flattened staples with 7/15" minimum crown and 1/2" minimum shank. Staple• equivalent to Duo-Fast 19518 are approved. 3_.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Examine areas scheduled to receive insulation to ensure protection against weather and other hazards. Inspect space allocated for proper depth to receive specified material. Deliver all materials to project site in manufacturer's original packaging, indicating R-value, type of material and other pertinent data. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. Fit insulation snugly. Where insulation is unsupported by ceiling finish, install string wires at 24" o.c. across and fastening to structural, frame to retain insulation. Cut and fit around pipes, conduits and outlet boxes. END OE SECTION 07;00 - 1 TIGA"D HS REMODEL PHASE - X8100 '".ET'AL DOORS SE:TION 0810x, - METAL DOORS 4 FRAMES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE York This Section: "etal Doors and Frames complLte. Wo.t Specified Elsewhere: Woo, Doors - Section 08200 Gla s and Glazing - Section 08800 Finish Hardware - Section 08700 1.2 LABELS See Door Schedule for fire protection class where required and fabricate according :o U.L. tested design with label attached. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS Submit for review before fabrication. 1.4 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS Grand Metal Products Corp. - Portland rom Benson - Portland Curries 2..0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS All sheet steel shall be prime grade, cold rolled, stretcher leveled steel, treated at the mill to be free from scale, warp, or buckles. Steel for fabrication of all members exposed on exterior walls shall be galvanized. Sheet steel shall be of. U.S.S. gauges, minimum, unless otherwise shown or specified shall be: Interior Exterior - All Galvanized Door face sheets 18 16 Glazing beads 18 18 Frames 16 14 Bucks (when r,_yLired) 14 12 Full glass doors 14 14 3_0 EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION Fabricate accurately with all breaks, arises, angles and cures uniform, straight, sharply definee and true. Miter fit and weld all corners, miters shall be true and squar.. Weld seams and fill as necessary and grind smooth to produce an invisible joint. All fastenings concealed where possible. Removable glass stops may be butt fit at corners. All work shall be put together in a workmanlike manner, 08100-1 ''I(�AFD HS FEMODEL PHASE t - 08100 - ''.ETAL DOOP.S 4 FR.kXES 3.2 DOORS Doors shall be 1-3/4 in. thick unless detailed or specified otherwise. They shall be of type shown in schedules and details, constructed of two sheets of steel with edges formed so as to meet on door edge. Edges to be welded and properly filled to result in smooth, seamless appearance. Steel reinforcing � stiffeners shall be arranged vertically on inside of door at approximately 5 in. centers. The face plates of door shall each be welded to these vertical stiffeners at four inch centers, to produce a perfectly flat slab door of rigid construction. Steel reinforcing members shall also be welded around all louver or glass openings. Top edge of all exterior doors shall be closed, to shed water. Lock reinforcing uni shall be secured in cut-out in face edge of doors to prevent ride movement of latch and face plate. Sound deadening, fireproof, insulating material shall be packed into all interior spaces. Glazing beads, where required, shall be held in place with oval head countersunk screws. All door edges shall be beveled 1/8" in 2". A 12 gauge steel plate 3" x 14" shall be welded into top edge of all doors for closer reinforcement, whether closers arA specified or not. Provide cut-nuts and reinforcing plates for hinges, locks and all mortised hardware, do all drilling and tapping for same at factory. Tapping plates for hinges shall be 3/16" x 1-1/4" x 12" long, minimum and 3/16" x -1/4" x 4" long minimum for latches. Minimum 12 gauge reinforcing plates for surface mounted hardware shall be provided. Drilling and tapping for surface mounted hardware shall be done in field by hardware installer. Double gauge sheet metal reinforcing will not be accepted for hardware backing. Minimum 12 gauge reinforcing for all cylinder lock locations shall he provided to prevent collapsing of doors and malfunctioning of hardware. Doors shall be fitted to 1/8" clearance in frames, 1/2" over floors and 3/16" over thresholds. 3.3 FRAMES Frames for doors to be type, design and size as shown on Drawings. Provide channel reinforcing in head of door frames over 3'-0" in width. Frames shall be rabbeted to 5/8" depth. Where frames are shown to be plastered in, the imbeded edge of frame flange shall be formed slightly over square to form a plaster key. Each one-piece frame shall be provided with a formed steel spreader at bottom, to be removed after installation. Provide a minimum of four (4) anchors per jamb of a type suitable for wall construction, or as detailed. Provide 16 gauge knee anchors at floor, in addition. Where indicated or specified, provide extension anchors to sub- floor. Provide cut-outs and reinforcing plates for hinges, strikes and other mortised hardware, do all drilling and tapping for same at factory. Hinge reinforcing plates to be 3/16" x 10-1/2" full width of jamb member. See detail on Drawings. Furnish sheet metal plaster guards behind all hardware cut-outs on all frames. Provide holes for door silencers l.istad in hardware Specifications. Three ( 3) per lock jamb. Minimum 12 gauge reinforcing plates for surface mounted hardware shall be provided. Drilling and tapping for surface mounted hardware shall be done in field by hardware installer. Double gauge sheet metal r.einforci.ng will not be accepted for hardware backing. 08100-2 i Y YMLY Y G TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 08100 - METaL DOORS FR;:IES 3.4 FINISH After compl or of fcbricatlon, hollow metal work shall be thoroughly de- greased, c�eaned ind bonderized by steam chemical process. All surfaces shall then be given two (z') spray coats of rust inhibiting primer. When finished, ,11 surfaces shall bs: free of visible spots or depressions, and present a perfectly fla'_ smooth appearance. Use epoxy type body filler to fill and flush recessed screw heads on frames. 3.5 HARDWARE The door manufacturer will be furnished with lock reinforcing units and hardware templates by Finish Hardware Supplier. All mortised hardware shall be fitted at factory from templates or physical items. All hardware shall be atta^hed by machine screws, threaded into reinforced tapped holey or through-W.ted. Self-tapping si,eet metal screws or welding will not be permitted. END OF SECTION 08100-3 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 03200 - WOOD DOORS SECTION 08200 - WOOD DOORS 1.0 GENERAL Work This Section: 1.1 SCOPE Furnish solid core wood doors. See Door Schedule on Drawings. Werk S ecified Elsewhere: Finish Hardware - Section 08700 Hanging Wood Doors - Section 05200 Metal Doors & Frames - Section 08100 1.2 GUARANTEES "Life-of-the-Installation" guarantee on all doors. Any door not meeting this requirement shall be replaced without cost to the Owner. Approved - B-J Door Mfgr, 1.3 MANUFACTURERS Cenco Mfgr, Western Oregon Door Inc. Cal--Wood Doot , Inc. VTT Wood Doors. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 SOLID CORE DOORS Type II construction stayed or particleboard core flush face. Particleboard doors must comply with latest construction standard for manufacturer. Provide minimum 1-1/8", after trimming, hardwood edge strips on all doors. Premium Grade, rotary cut red birch. 2.2 FINISHES Face veneers shall be tight and smoothly cut, joints parallel to edges of door and without sharp contrasts in color and grain. 2. 3 LABEL DOORS Fire doors in accordance with standard of Underwriters' Laboratory Inc for hourly protection ratings where scheduled. Attach label permanently to hinge edge of a!ach door. Provide "Slim-Line" type metal light frames with thru bolts in accordance with U.L. requirements. 2.4 LITES AND LOUVERS See door patterns as scheduled on Drawings, provide metal glazing clips and stop beads for all openings. Wood flat or sight proof louvers unless detailed otherwise. 330 EXECUTION 3.1 INITALLATION Potect during transportation, handling and storage from surface damage, moisture and soiling. Doors shall be fit, hung and protected with applied finishes as soon ?s possible after delivery. END OF SECTION 08200-1 MIL TIGARD HS F.E14OVEL FHASE I - 08100 - FINISH Ft.pnv;,RE SECTION 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Furnish and deliver all finish hardware as specified this Section and as required by the Door Schedule and other Details on the Drawings. 1.2 REPRESENTATIVE Hardware supplier shall be, or have in his employ, a member of the American Society of Hardware Con.ultants with the technical experience and be available for consultation at all time. Fe shall make one final inspection to see that ali hardware has been properly installed according to manufacturer'z recommendAtions. Provide written report of inspection to Architect. 1.3 CODES All hardware shall comply with applicable Fire and Building Codes. Hardware applied to doors with U.L. fire rating labels shall comply with the requirements of that label. Doors installed for smoke protection shall receive hardware as recommended by the NFPA. 1.4 HARDWARE SCHEDULE Prepare a complete schedule of hardware in compliance with the Specifications and Drawings as follows: 1. List each opening, door size, door hand, door and frame material, door label, manufacturer's number and finish. 2. No deviation in hardware from that specified unless approved by addendum prior to bid opening. See Inscructions to Bidders. 3. Deliver five (5) copies of this schedule to Architect for review. 1 5 DELIVERY Deliver all finish hardware to job site, except that requested for delivery for final fitting to other subcontractors. A compl.etr hardorare schedule and installation template shall accompany the delivery. Properly box and wrap each item and label and number for the opening for which it is intended in accordance with the hardware schedule. All hardware shipped to door suppliers out of state for purposes of final fitting will be so done at the expense of the door supplier for shipping costs incurred. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE Seo Door & Hardware Schedule for requirements. Review Drayings for other finish hardware required. 2.2 FINISHES All finishes U.S. 26D, Satin Chromium, unless specifically noted otheryise. 2.3 KEYS AND KEYING Provide for Construction Keying. Furnish permanent cylinders and key blanks to Owner for Owner keying to existing Schlage grandmaster system. 08700-1 TIr',�PJ HS RE !ODEL PHASE I - 0?'O0 - FINISH HAP'-VIRE 2.4 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS General - See Door & Hardware Schedule Legend for additional information. Size in accord with Manufacturers recommendations. Binges - Lawrence Contract Grade, Stanley, Hager or McKinney. At Exterior Doors - US 32D with Nan-removablO pins. Locks & Latches - Schlage D Series. Match existing design. Closers - 10 year warranty LCN At parallel arm provide spacer block for 5th screw. Stops - Ives. Builders Brass Works. Door Silencers - Glynn Johnson 2.5 NOTES See Door and Hardware Schedules following this Section. Smokeseal = Pemko #114PFPS Rem Mullion - Removable Mullion = Von Durpin #4954 at non rated doors Von Durpin 19954 at rated doors Dutch Door Bolts - Ives 256 Maq Holders - Gall Rixon 998 Floor - Rixon 980 Dust Proof Strike - (DPS) - Ices 489 x 487 plate Flush Bolts - (FB) - Ives 258 2.6 FASTENINGS & SILENCERS Furnish hardware with all necessary screws, bolts, or other fastenings of suitable size and type to securely anchor in position and harmonize with the hardware material and finish. Furnish where necessary with sex bolts, toggle bolts, expansion shields or other approved anchors according to the material to which it is applied and as recommended by manufacturer. . Install Door Silencers at each Hollow metal door frame, four at each pair of doors, three at Pach single door. 2 7 TEMPLATES Furnish templates to metal door and frame suppliers wiLhin one week form receipt of reviewed hardware schedule. Furnish lock reinforcing units to meta: door subcontractor unless otherwise directed. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION General Contractor receive, take charge of, and distribute hardware at the building site. General contractor install all finish hardware furnished. Lockset and latchset hardware shall be fitbd, then removed and placed in original packages until painting is completed. Properly wrap all hardware subjected to hand usage during construction for protection. Hardware finish damaged shall be replaced. 3.2 HARDWARE LOCATION Top Hinges 5" from head of frame or door to top of hinge. Bottom hinge 10" from finish floor to bottom of hinge. Center intermediate hinges between top and bottom hinges. 38" to center line of locks and latches knobs. 52" to center line of deadlock cylinders, 42" to center of grip for door pulls and push-pull bars. 48" to center line of push plates. Locate hardware on new doors to match existing frames where existing frames are to remain. END OF SECTION 08700-2 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 08800 - GLASS & ,LAZ:TTG SECTION 08800 - GLASS i GLAZING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work This Section: Glass and Glazing such as for doors, windows, relights and skylight; ,glazing hardware and appplication of sea'-ant at miter glass joints. 1.2 CODE REQUIREMENTS Examine glass requirements of this job and furnish and install all glass in accordance with raquirements of Chapter 54 of Uniform Building Cade. 1.3 MARKINGS Maintain original labels cn each piece of glass, naming manufacturer, quantity and thickness, except whero cutting makes this impossible. Deiiver other glazing materials in origir,al containers, manufacturer's labels thereon. Do riot remove labels until inspected and approved. 1.4 APPROVED GLASS MANUFACTURERS American St. Gobain Glass Co. (A.S.G.) : Libby-Owens Ford Glass Co. (L.O.F. ) : Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. (P.P.G.) : Ford Glass Co. (F.G.C.) : and Mississippi Glass Co. (M.G.C. ) . 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS Tgnpered Glasa T.G.) 1/4" minimum thickness clear polished plate and float glass, tempered after cutting. Tempered glass required in entry doors and sidelights and as scheduled. 1/2" and 3/8" thick where indicated on Drawings for miter glass Joints. Wire Glass W.G. _ 1/4" thick, polished "Georgian" square pattern welded wire plate. Cut with wirer parallel to frame edges 2.2 OTHER MATERIAGS Glazing TaDe and Sealants: "3M" E.C. 1202, or Tremco 440 - black tape. Butyl type seal,.nts FSTT-S- 001657, "Pecora BC-158", Tremco Butyl or "Presstite" No. 432, Sonneborn- Contech "Butakauk", black color. Elastic Glazing Compound "Perri-Seal", DAP, Pecora, and A. C. Horn "Vulkatex: , metal sash types. Dow 795 or GE 4000 for miter glass joints. 08800-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 088i0 - GLASS & GLAZING 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL Furnish all clips, glazier's paints, blocks, felt, and other items required to set all glass throughout building. Sealant and glazing compound colors as selected. Set glass with equal bearing along edges. Leave all glazing clean and smooth with exterior glazing watertight. Surrounds and glazing rabbets shall be clean and dry. Remove or correct any defects, screw heads, nails, etc. , in glazing rabbets which interfere with proper setting of glass. Wipe frame and glass with Xylol soaked, oil-free rag. 3.2 INTERIOR GLAZING SF�t glass using elastic glazing compound. Apply ample compound to rabbet to b,ed entire perimeter of glass and place necessary setting blocks; press glass, centered, into rabbet. For lights held i; Diace by stop beads all around, set beads against glass and bottom of rabbet wits compound. Secure bead with naiie or screws furnished and countersink. Strip surplus compount from both sides of glass at angle, not undercut. 3. 3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING Protect all gla::ing from breakage. ReglazE wherever work or material are defective. Replace all glazing damaged prior to final acceptance of work. Clean and remove all stains and excess glazing compound and sealants from glass, sash, and adjoining surfaces. Washing of glass is specified in Division 1. END Or SECTION 08800-2 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 092.5 - VENEER PLASTER SECTION 09215 - VENEER PLASTER 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work Included This Section: Veneer Plaster, Gypsum Base and Suspension System. 1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Acoustical Ceilings -• Section 09510. 1.3 STANDARDS "Application of Gypsum Base for Gypsum Veneer Plasters and Application of Gypsum Veneer Plaster" as published by the Gypsum Association, Chicago and Hollywood; and the ICBG Report No. 2410. 1.4 SAMPLE WALL Prior to the start of work prepare sample wall of approximately 100 sq ft. Include inside and outside corners and typical opening trim. Receive approval prior to commencing work. Finish s>>rfaces not comparable to the sample wall will be subject to rejection and shall be replaced at Contractor's expense. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Obtain gypsum boards, veneer plaster products, trim accessories, adhesives, and joint treatment products from a Single manufacturer unless otherwise specified and or detailed. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING Delivery: Deliver materials to project site in manufacturer's unopened bundles and containers with manufacturer's name, brand, type and grade clearly indicated thereon. Material Protection: Avoid exposure of materials to weather by using protective covers. Handle materials to avoid damage. Storage: Store materials above grade in a dry, ventilated space, under cover and in accordance with manufac'urer's instructions. Protect from spoiling of. damage. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION° Maintain a temperature of not less than 55-60 degrees F and not more than 80F. Avoid high temperatures at least 48 hours prior to, during and 48 hours after plastering. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Acceptable Manufacturers: Georgia-Pacific Corporation Gold Bond Building Products. U.S. Gypsum Co. Angeles Metal Systems (Steel. Studs) Knorr Steel (Steel Studs) 09215-1 i TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 09315 - VENEER PLASTER G sus---a-Bord: -- 5/8", Type X, 1/2", Type X. Veneer Plaster: ASTM C587 - One Coat System. Plaster Base: ASTM C588 1/2" thick. Type X, for installation behind Veneer Plaster - 4 ft widths. 5/8" thick, Type X, for installation without Veneer Plaster - 4 ft widths. Use Moisture Resistant base in Toilet and Shower Rooms. Fasteners: All plaster base applied with screws using screw types as recommended by manufacturer of plaster base. Joint Reinforcing: High :.trength, non-corrosive meeting requi -ements of ASTM C587. Accessories: The following numbers are U.S. Gypsum's numbers. Provide accessories produced by U.S. Gypsum or equivalent accessories produced by other manufacturer. Install in one piece when manufactured in length required. Corner Beads Metal Trim, Control Joints: No. 093 roll formed zinc alloy. Metal Studs: In widths and dimensions as required, fabricated from 33,000 psi het dipped galvanized steel., listed by I.C.B.O. for structural design properties. 25 gauge - Openings in web for services maximum 24-inches on center. Runner minimum 1-1/4--inch legs with rigidized beads in web. Substitution accepted - Steeler, Inc. Fasteners Type "G" and Type "S" in required length and to suit requirement of application to 25-gauge studs. Type 5-12 in required length for attachment to heavier gauge metal framing. Bugle or Pan Head as required. Annular ringed nails for gypsum board. Type GWB-54", 1-1/8-inch to 1-3/8-inch lengths. Dri-Tite or six penny (6d) cooler type nails approved. Where plywood is installed between base and studs, increase fastener length by an amount equal to the thicKness of the plywood. (Per UL listing requirements 1939. ) Aftesive U.S.G. Durabond or Perf-A-Tape joint compound taping. Skin Coat Plaster Over Concrete: 3/32" Smooth Finish Veneer plaster over concrete treated with bonding agent . 3.0 El(ECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION In accordance with standards referred to earlier and with manufacturer's recommendations. Install and fasten as required by U.L. Number shown on Wall Types. 3.2 TYPE AND LOCATION V;►ere scheduled vene r plaster - 1/2", Type X base with 3/32" smooth finish coat (UL Design No. 307) . Where scheduled gyp board fire tapes'_ 5/8" gyp board fire taped (UL Design No. 305) . See Wall Sections. Behind tackboard and other finish materials and above suspended ceilings use 5/8" gyp board fire taped. Install double layers of 1/2" or 5/8" gyp board as required by Drawings. Install bonding agent and skim coat per manufacturers printed reoommendat ons. In walls of hall and passageways where a recessed box ex_-eeds 16 sq. in. (speakers, fire extinguisher cabinets) line recess with fire taped 5/8" Typr X Gypsum Board. END OF SECTION 04215-2 TIGARD 4Sc RFMODEL PHASE I - 09510 - ACOUSTICAL ;E�LI;IGS SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAI, CEILINGS 1.0_ GENERAL_ 1.1 SCOPE Work this Section: Acoustical the on Veneer Plaster Backing. Suspended Acoustical Ceilings. Wood ceiling, diffusers and duct liner insulation above wood ceilings. Work Specified Elsewhere: Backing for glued or. Acoustical Tile - Section 09215 Batt insulation above Suspended Ceilings - Section 07200 1.2 SPARE MATERIALS Furnish three (3) full cartons of acoustical tile or board from same production run as that used ir. thi.s installation to owner for future maintenance and repairs. 2.0 PRODUCTS_ 2 1 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS General: All elements of suspended ceilings shall be of incombustible materials. Exposed Lay In Grid: Suspension System -- 2 ft. x 4 ft. Exposed Tee System. 1 1/2" rir.imum web hei7ht. Cclor White. As manufactured by Chicago Metallic, Flangeklamp, Donn or National. Suspensi.on wire and frequency as required by manufzcturer. Acoustical Board_ Ar+rPtronq, Correga - 5/8" thick - 2 ft. x 4 ft. 3.0 FIECUTION 3.1 ?NSTALLATION In strict accord with manufactures recommendations. Provide & install seismic bracing as required by code. END OF SECTION 09510-1 TIGARD HS REI:ODEL PHASE I - 09660 - RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 09660 - RESILIENT FLOORING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on drawings and in schedules. Provide and install rubber base at lockers and cabinets as required by Drawings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories as produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of resilient flooring and accessory. Samples_ Submit samples of each type, color, and pattern of resilient flooring, including accessories, required, indicating full range of color and pattern variation. Maintenance Instructions: Sibmit 2 copies of manufacturer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of resilient flooring and accessory required. Replacement Materia_ After completion of work, deliver to project site replacement materials from same manufactured lot as materials installed, and as follows: Tile flooring, not less than two (2) boxes for each type, size, and color installed. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS Maintain minimum temperature of 65 degrees (18 degrees Celsius) in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, dUring installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55 degrees (13 degrees Celsius) in areas where work is completed. Install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. do not install resilient flooring over concrete slabs until the latter have been cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Colors and Patterns: as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. Vinyl con osition Tile: Armstrong Kentile Tarkett Azrock 12" x 12", gauge 1/8" 09660 - 1 TIGARD HS REN'GOEL PHASE I - 09660 - RES-,IL-LEN-1 FLOOF.ING Hall Base: Provide rubber base complying with FS SS-W-40, Type I, with matching end stops and preformed corner units, and as follows: 4" height, 0.080 ; ige, standard top sc.t with coved toe, 120 ft. lengths. Adhee,ives {Cement!Q Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. Leveling Compound: Latex type as recommended by flooring manu�.acturer. 3.0 EXECLreION 3.1 PREPARATION Broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered, and inspect subfloor conditions and full responsibility for completed work. Use leveling compound is recommended by flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks and depressions in subfloors. 3.2 INSTALLATION Install floor.:% using method indicated in strict compliance with manvfacturPr's recommendations. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by transferring marks to flooring. Use chalk or other non-permanent marking device. Tightly cement flooring to substrate without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegrapning of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface i7uperfectic-n' . hand roll flooring at perimeter of each covered area to assure adhesion. Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor off sets, so that tile at nppnnitP edges of room is area of equal width. Adjust as necessary to ivoid use of cut widths less than '/ 2 the at room perimeters. lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwis,� shown. Match tiles for color and pastern by using tile from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. Cut tile neatly around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles are not acceptable. Lay tile in check board pat'*ern. Adhere tile flooring to ^ubstrates using full spread of adhesive applied in compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner. units. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece with continuous contact at horizrntal and vertical surfaces. On masonry surfaces, or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 09660 - 2 W-M R .r TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 09660 RESILIENT FLOCRT`IG Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with adhesive. Install edging strips at edges of flooring which would otherwise be exposed. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using neutral type cleaners as recommender by flooring manufacturer. Protect, installed flooring with heavy Kraft paper or other covering. Finishing_ After completion of project and just prior to final inspection of work, thoroughly clean floors and accessories. END OF SECTION 09660 'BARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 09630 SECTION 09680 - CARPETING 11.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE All labor, materials and equipment for installation or carpeting. 1. 2 COORDINATION Make provision-, for, ani do all necessary work to receive or adjoin other work, install carpet accessories, and provide holes and openings, necessary to fit work of other trades. Examine adjoining work on which this work is in any way dependent for workmansh_p and fit and give written notice to Architect of any deficiencies detrimental proper installation. Notify General Contractor of door undercuts required. 1.3 LAYOUT DRAWINGS Areas to be carpeted are indicated on the Drawings. Submit layout drawing of each area to Architect for review. Show carpet color, trim strips and any pertinent installation detailn, including location of seams and direction changes. Carpeting shall not be installed prior to layout approval. 1.4 DELIVERY Deliver all carpeting to job - to in original mill wrappings, gac_h roll having register number tags attached or register number stenciled on bale. Do not deliver material to job site until notification and arranaPments are made to properly handle, store and protect materials in areas designated by Contractor. Store under cover in well ventilated spaces as soon as delivered: protect from damage, dirt, staining and moisture during transit and storage. 1.5 MAINTENANCE STOCK This subcontractor is responsible for accuracy of measurements and fit . Furnish 5% of total yardage minimum maintenance stock for future repairs and replacement . Wrapped, packaged and labeled at the factory. Same dye lot and run as carpet installed. Save and package usable remnants, label and delivEr to Owner. Verify stock following installation. 1.6 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Furnish Owner two (2) hard rover copies of detailed printed maintenance procedure instructions, as recommended by carpet manufacture for maximum life an,' appearance of carpet . Instruct Owner in proper care and maintenance of the r_—pet it a mutually satisfactory time. 1 .7 WARRANTY Contract requires a ten (10) year warranty starting from date of substantial completion covering all repairs and/or full replacement including labor, due to defective materials or their installation; including edge ravel, tuft bind failure, delamination and static protection. Any manufacturer's warranty that extends beyond that time or coverage shall remain in full effect . Warrant the carpet ccnforms to the Specifications established herein. 1.8 TESTING Provide samples of the carpet furnished to the job, when requested by the Architect , for testing for compliance to these Specifications. Testing costs paid for by the Owner. 1.9 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE Schedule carpet conference in advance of commencement of carpet installation at the Job Site; to review Specifications, Drawings, materials delivered on Site, layout, manufacturer's written installation instructions and to resolve any discrepancies. Attending shall be Contractor's Superintendent, carpet Subcontractor and carpet manufacturer's representative. 09680-1 a s� ►w � sss iw � .� s ..t TIG;RD HS REMODEL PHASF I - 0"630 - -ARPETii(C 0 PRODUCTS General- 2.1. CARPET All material shall be new and of domestic manufacture. Carpet ct "first ' quality and from the same dye lot for each color to be installed. Materials, construction and appearance are based on the following minimum specifications: Weave - Tufted BCF. Minimum Tuft Bind - 20 pounds. Surface Texture - Textured Level Loop. Gauge - 1/10" or 1/8" Stitches per inch - 7.5 minimum. Pile Height - .175" minimum. Face Yarn - Three or Four Ply Comingled Type 6.6 Nylon, yarn dyeA in the singles. Yarn Weight - 26 ozs per sq. yd. minimum. ' Static Parameters - 3.0 KV's - 70 deg F 20% RH Approved Manufacturers: Karastan Bigelow Lees Mohawk Wellco Colors: Selected from Manufacturer's standard colors. Flexco 079. 2. 2 CARPET EDGE TRIM Size and thickness as required. Colot selected from manufacturer's standard col,)rs. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1. APPROVED CREWS Installation by crews approved by manufacturer's representative. 3.2 CLEANING General Contractor shall supply broom clean floors in areas to receive carpeting. Any additional cleat,tng required shall be provided by this sutcontractor. 3.3 INSPECTION Inspect floor construction and surfaces. Promptly notify Contr�ictnr before start of installation of any and all defectis which affect this cork. Proceeding with work shall be deemed as acceptance of floor areas by this subcontractor and he shall be held responsible thereafter for installation. Inspect carpeting before laying for "streaking" shading spots and soil., tears, pulled tufts, or other defects. Do not lay defective carpet, but remove from premises and replace with undamaged carpet. 3.4 METHODS Conform to manufacturer's direct glue down specifications for methods of adhesive installation. Cement all seams. Use continuous lengths and as broad widths as possible to minimize the placement of seams in traffic lanes. Cut edge shal be trued and properly treated and cemented to form invisible, non- raveling seams. Run carpeting continuous under metal stud walls where indicated .,n t' e Drawings. Install carpet in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for seaming technique and proper amount of stretch in width and lengths. 09680-2 p. TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 01680 - CAPPETi11G, Install metal binder bars at all edges where floor covering material changes, or at carpet edges that do not abut a vertical surface. Install carpet prior to metal stud partition installat=ion where indicated. 3.5 PROTECTION Protection of carpet after completion of installation is specified as general work and is made a part of the work of all trades during work in areas after carpet installation. 3.6 EXCESS CARPET Re.ain and identify trim pieces of usable size. Package and store same as specified for "maintenance stock". 3.7 DEBRIS Remove debris from completed installation and clean carpet of all spots with approved spot remover Remove all threads with sharp scissors and thoroughly vacuum clean. SND OF SECTION 09680-] TI;APD HS ?EMo :FL PHASE I - 19900 - PAINTING SECTION 09900 - PAINTING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work this Se^_tion: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary for and incidental to executing and completing painting work. Paint all surfaces as scneduled and those which normally require a paint finish for proper appearance and best serviceability such as wood, drywall, plaster, metal work, structural steel flashing, exposed conduit, pipes and ducts, block, concrete, louvers and grilles, unless excepted. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE All work, including delivery and storage, surface preparation and matetiai application shall be in strict accord with manufacturer's written recommendations. 1.3 LIST OF MATERIALS Submit complete list to architect for review and approval. Show all materials proposed for use with manufacturer's name, type of material, brand name and ingredients where applicable. 1.4 INSPECTION OF SURFACES Carefully examine all surfaces over which finish is to be applied. Any surface not suitable for proper finish and cannot be rectified by light sanding, cleaning, etc. , notify Archi`ect of this fact before any materials are applied, and do not proceed with work until ;uch conditions have been rectified. All surfaces shall be thoroughly dry before any finish is applied and application shall not be done in severely cold weather except under instructions from Architect . 1.5 CULoks Architect will select all calors. Submit samples of mixed paint applied to surfaces approximating job conditions with test areas painted on Job if -,�quired. 12" x 12" minimum size of samples. Obtain approval of samp', s before doing any work on .lob. Job mixing and tinting only %:ith t chit.ect 's approval. Interior, predominantly light to medium colors and with approximately twenty five percent (25%) deep tone accent color. Include dark and bright accent colors for miscellaneous trim, panels, doors, frames, relights and exposed ducts, pipe and conduits. Protection of Surfaces and Cleaning: Protect floors and other adjoining surfaces from paint droppings by use of drop cloths and be responsible to protect all surfaces from drippings and spillage of materials. Should such occur, immediately clean surfaces and leave in a neat condition satisfactory to Architect Fire Protection: Provide sufficient fire extinguishers of a type suitable for control of fire originating in paint materials. Remove and dispose of, or safely store, all waste, empty containers and oily cloths off premises daily. 09900-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 09900 - PA:i1TII1G 2.3 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS All materials shall be manufactured by Rodda, Fuller O'Brien, Hiller, Ameritone, Pratt & Lambert, or Sherwin Williams. Where Federal Specifications numbers are called for, such number designations shall appear on labels intact and seals unbroken. when paint mixing is required on job, it shall be done on premises immediately before applying, and all materials shall be thoroughly stirred and strained. No material shall be changed or reduced in any way except as specified. Fire retardant treatment shall be Fl.amort W.C. Furnish four (9) 1 quart , 1 gallon total, manufacturer sealed cans of each color and type of paint used on job to Owner for his maintenance. Colors to be mixed same time as job supply. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY AND STORAGE q This subcontractor shall have one location designed for storage and mixing of materials and kept in a neat and clean conditions at all times. Deliver materials only when building is closed in and completed sufficiently to prevent freezing and other damage to paint products. All materials in new and unopened containers when delivered to job; name of manufacturer, brand name, batch number, color, directions for tinting, mixing and application on pointed label an every container. Thin only as recommended by manufacturer. 3.2 PREPARATION OF SURFACES Wood• Prime and backprime all woodwork immediately upon receipt on job. Required for all. wood finish and trim unless material has been pressure preservative or dip treated and sealed. One coat primer or undercoat as used for finishing unpainted work, or one coat clear sealer compatible with finish coats on transparent stain finished work. Properly sand wood surfaces before any paint is applied. Knots or sappy places shall be given one coat of shellac at least twelve (12) hours before being painted. Shellac is not to be used on any other surfaces Use putty or wood filler of same shade as finish coat in filling nail holes checks, and other blemished, then lightly sand smooth as soon as filler ha, hardened. Metal: All metal installation shall be made complete and ready for painting. Miscellaneous iron and sheet metal to be primed in shop by these suppliers. Touch up shop or prime coats that have been damaged with material of same type and quality as originally used on shop coat. Thoroughly remove all rust previous to this priming operation. Dryall i Plaster Unless otherwise specified, paint shall not be ay.,�ied to any surface until it is thoroughly dry and cured. Prime surfaces oat show hot spots or alkali in order to prevent such blemishes from showing throl,gh paint . Brush off all loose particles or crystals which may have formed. 3.3 APPLICATION Coverage and Workmanship. Tint undercoats slightly darker than finish coat to aid Inspector in verifying coverage of each coat . Assume all responsibility for paint coats applied over surfaces and undercoats which have not been inspected and approved by Architect. 09900-2 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 09900 - ?AiitTIilG Apply any additional coats of paint, as directed by Architect, where surface preparation and undercoats have not been approved before painting. Make finished work match approved samples. The visible parts of structure behind grilles and louver!, are to be painted with black enamel_ Drying: Apply paints to surfaces at atmospheric temperatures of not less than 50 degrees F. and maintain this minimun temperature throughout drying time. Insure adequate ventilation in all painted spaces. Allow sufficient time to elapse as recommended by manufacturer, between successive coasts, to permit proper drying- Nouify as necessary to suit adverse weather conditions. 3.4 EXTERIOR FINISHES Traffic Lines and Arrows: (1 Coat Miller No. 260/261, Rodda "Traffic Lacquer", Pratt & Lambert Traffic Paint Minimum width 4". Verify color with Architect. 3.5 INTERIOR FINISHES Wood Door and H.W. or V.G. Trim - Natural Oil_ (2 coats) Stain - Olympic, Pratt & Lambert, Cabots, Rodda or Miller. Color to match existing. Watco or Pratt and Lambert Danish Type Oil Finish. Apply first coat fraely, wipe into surface, wipe of excess and allow to dry. Hand sand with extra fine wet or dry sandpaper. Apply finish coat. Interior Plaster or Concrete: (3 Coats 1 coat primer 2 coats alkyd enamel - finish with eggshell stippling roller. Interior Metal:—J! Coats 1 coat primer (Omit where primed by others. ) 2 coats alkyd enamel. Verify gloss requirement. SND OF SECTION 09900--3 � iae ■s � s s: m. TTGARD HS REXODEL PHASE - 09965 - TACYBOARD SECTION 09965 • TACRBOARD 1.0 GENERAL 1 .1 SCOPE All materials, labor and equipment for installation of vinyl tackboard. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2. 1 TACKFOARD (VTB) 15 ounce fabric backed vinyl o r 1/2" wood fiber board. 48" widths. Feil]. length panelF. No horizontal joints allowed unless specifically detailed. Approved Manufacturers and vinyl pattern: Johnson Acoustical - Borden Films, LF series, Gunny pattern. Greensteel Type 1 Vinyl Tac-T - Burlap rattern. 2. 2 TRIM Metal molding at exposed edges of tackboard; tops, bottoms and outside corners. Paint t-im to match tackboard color. . Backcut and wrap edges at inside corners. 2. 3 ADHESIVES Miracle No. 30 drywall and stud adhesives for trowel application. Fuller's White Stuff No BC684 or Miracle No 20 panel adhesive for gun application. 2.4 NAILS Colored head nails to match finish. Submit samples and receive approval before starting work. Receive Architects approval before using nails in any portion of tackboard installation. 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1. INSTALLATION In accord with manufacturer's recommendations. Verify surface over which board is to be applied and have unsatisfactory conditions corrected prior to installation. Do not cut holes in tackboard without Architects approval for any electrical or mechanical device unless this device is specifically shown on interior wall elevations. Back-cut and wrap edges of board when panels are cut in field, using approved adhesives to fasten vinyl to board edges and beck. Do not install. damaged tackboarG . Replace a y panels that are damaged prior to acceptance. Select panels for proper color sequencing. END OF SECTION 09965-1 =WILAL-m-au TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I-10100-CHALKBOARD & DRY '4ARKEP BOARD SECTION 10100 - CHALKBOARD i DRY !BARKER BOARD 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 WORK THIS SECTION Prefabricated aluminum framed chalkboards. 1.2 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Vinyl Covered Wood Fiber Tackboard - 09965 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 CHALKBOARD & DRY MARKER BOARD Dry Marker Board - (MB) Chalkboard - (CB) See Interior Elevations. Greensteel Inc "A-Z" approved. Porcelain Enameled steel chalkboards shall meet PEI-S-104 and ASTM C-146-5qT. Porcelain coatings min. .005" thickness on writing surface. Base metal. 24 gauge min. steel or enameling iron, ASTM A424-73. Core shall be 40 lb. density min. Particle board 1/2" thickness min. Backing sheet shall be .014" aluminum or 28 gauge galvanized steel min. thickness. Trim to be bronze anodized extruded aluminu,�. No. 6063-T5 thin profile concealed mounting min. thickness .064 (14 gauge) . Continuous display rail with cork insert at toll of board and continuous single extruded chalk tray at bottom, with no end caps, Mounting of boards shall be with a concealed con:inuous hanging rail, hanging clips at top wall, angles at bottom. Four (4) non-removable map hooks and paperholders per each 10' of hoard to be provided at display rail. One (1) flag holder each hoard - 1/2" round. color to be selected from standard colors. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION All chalkboards shall be completely installed with all hardware necessary under supervision of manufacturer. Chaikrail Height - verify for each room before installing. 3.2 GUARANTEE A written guarantee shall be provided that all chalkboards, which under normal classroom usage, will retain original writing quality, original visual acuity for 50 years after date of installation or shall be replaced and installed without charge to Owner. END OF SECTION 10100 - 1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE 1-10520-FIRE EXTINGUISHERS & CABINETS SECTION 10520 - FIRE Fe?INGUISHERS LABINETS 1,0 GENERAL 1.1 SCO; E Furnish and install fire extinguisher cabinets and fire extinguishers as indicated on Drawings. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Provide for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION CABINETS WITH EXTINGUISHERS FE-1• J.L. Indestries "Ambassador" Series Model No. 1817. Exterior Prime Coated. Continuous Hinges G10. J.F. Model No. 5 "Cosmic E" Ena,aeled Steel Fire Extinguishers. UL Rating 2A- 10BC. FE-2: J.L.�Irdustries Mark II Wall Mounted Bracket and J.F. Model "Cosmic SE" Enameled Steel Fire Extinguishers. U.L. Rating 2A-10BC. All extinguishers to be fire class U.L. rated "A.B.C." or "B.C." dry chemical, rating as noted above. Supplier shall be responsible for filling and servicing fire extinguishers ready for use. 2.2 KEYS All Extinguisher Cabinets shall be keyed alike. Furnish six (6) keys. 3_0 MOTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Items furnished above shall he installed by General Contractor, according to manufacturer's instructions. Mounting height to top of all cabinets 5'-•0". EIfD Of SECTION 10520-1 J TIGA.RD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 11610 - Fi,;IE HOOC3 SECTION 11610 - FUME HOODS 1..0 GENERAL, 1.1 SCOPE Work This Section: Two (2) Fume Huods. Work Specified Elsewhere: Water and Gas Supply and Connection - Division 15. Drainage Connection - Division 15. Electric Supply and Connection - Division li; . 1.2 SUBMITTALS Ptovide for review prior to fabrication. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 FUME HOODS As manufactured by American Desk-Taylor, Taylor, Texas. Model 88T2 Peninsular Hood with two 52" wide, 35" High openings With doors, fixed glass at end. Taylorith Top with 12" diameter, 7" deep epoxy resin sink. One cold water gooseneck faucet. Two gas cocks. One 115 volt AC duplex electrical receptacle. One vapor proof light with switch. Exhaust outlet 9 7/8" O.D. . One air cock. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION In accord with manufacty-ers recommendations and all applicable codes. END OF SECTION I I fi 11610._1 -wig EVER EM RUK TIGARD HS REAODEL PHASE I - 12300 - '':.BINETS SECTION 12300 - CABINETS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Provide and install all. cabinets as required by Drawings. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Provide for review prior to beginning fabrication. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 CABINETS Plastic laminate over particle board core. Fl• sh door and hardware construction. Approved manufacturers: Monitor-Tacoma, WA Lemons-Albany, OR Sullivan-Vancouver, WA Westmark-Tacoma, WA Ly-Line-Enumclaw, WA 2.2 KEYS & KEYING Provide pin tumbler locks in locations required by the Drawings. Key alike in groups and master key. Provide two (2) change keys for each lock and four (4) master keys. 2.3 BASE Provide separate plastic laminate base for all. freestanding cabinets. Provide wcod base for all other cabinets. 2.4 TOPS Provide common top on cabinets as indicated on Drayings. 2.5 FINISH ENDS AND BACKS All exposed backs and ends and all cabinets with plastic laminate bases shall have finished ends and backs. 2.6 fILLERS Provide fillers as necessary to make closure from cabinet to finish wall. :..7 ACID RESISTANT TOPS Acid resistant tops shall be Durcon: epoxy resin 3/4" thick. Color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. All edges shall be finished in strict accordance with manufacturers written instructions. 2.8 CASTERS Provide swiveling casters with 4" min. wheels and footbrakes at mobile cabinets. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS Unless specifically shown otherwise, all shelves covered with plastic laminate top and bottom with and molding edge. e.11 shelving fully adjustable with retaining brackets. Steel tube .legs and frames at TBL 1 and TBL 2: 1 -1/4" square chrome legs with levelers. 2.10 ACID RESIST'MT SINKS Durcon rectangular sinks with steel strap supports for below counter mounting. See Drawings for size. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY & INSTALLATION Installation by manufacturer of cabinets. Deliver only when building is closed in and fully {seated and ventilated. Protect at all times from moisture and other damage. Any damage resulting shill be repaired or replaced. Contractor provide constant and competent super inion to oversee work and coordinate work with other trades. SND OF 5SCTION 12300-1 ;IGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I 15010 - BASIC MECHAVI!.AL REO(:iREME`::S SECTION 1501^ - BASIC MECHANICAL REOUIREMENTS 1 .0 GENERAL 1. 1 WORK INCLUDED Work to be in accordance with these Specifications and Drawings. Provide material, labor and equipment together with all incidental items not specifically shown or specified, which are required by good practice, to provide the complete systems as described. 1.2 RELATED WORK general:.. 'lne Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements of these Specifications apply to Divtsiorn 15. See Conditions of the Contrast and Division 1 - GeneralReguirement .—to—r requirements concernin& this Division including but not limitto: Permits, Fees and Notices, Division F. Alternates, Division C. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, Division E. Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, Section 01500. Material and Equipment, Division E. Substitutions and Product Options, Di ,iston B. Final Cleaning, Section 01700. General Construction Sgecif-JId i ivisioT_Z through 14: Pipe chases and formed concrete work except as specified hereunder . Framed openings in wood construction, masonry, concrete and other architectural and structural elements. Wood grounds and nailing strips in masonry and concrete. Installation only of access doors in architectural elements; furnish access doors as parr_ of Division 15 except as otherwise showii or specified. Painting except as specified hereunder Curbs and roof flashings for openings through roofs, except for vent pipe flashings and roof drain flashings. Wall louvers. Exterior downspouts. Electrical Specified in Division 16: Motor disconnect switches and installation. Mounting and wiring of motor starters. Power wiring. 1. 3 COORDTNATION Project Coordination: Examine and refer to Architectural, Structural, Utility and Electrical Drawings and Specifications for construction conditions and contract requirements which may affect mechanical work. Inspect building site and existing facil.it:es for v �rificati.on of present conditions, and make proper provisions for these conditions in performing the work. Coordinate mechanical work with work specified under other Divisions, Sections or contracts toward rapid completion of entire project. 15010 - 1 TIGARD HS REMODE:. PHASE I - 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Mechanical Coordination_ Refer to Sections under Division 15 for items relating to and to be coordinated with entire mechanical work necessary to provide complete systems as described. Include materials, labor and equipment required to install complete mechanical work. Cooperate with other subcontractors in furnishing material and information for correct location and in proper sequence for sleeves, bucks, chases, mountings, backing, foundations and wiring required for installation of mechanical items. Set sleeves, inserts, anchor bolts, cast-in-place iron work, etc. Cutting and Patching: Patch sidewalks, pavements, etc. , cut for installation of work in this Division to match existing. Provide suitable means to prevent settlement of backfilled trenches. ' Upon failure to properly direct, locate and size such work at correct time, additional required cutting and patching to be done by Mechanical Subcontractor as directed and approved by Architect or General Contractor. 1.4 SUBMITTALS Egu_j.pment: Drawings in general are based upon one of specific manufacturers listed for particular equipment item. Other specific: manufacturers and additional approved manufacturers of equipment may require deviations from Drawings to properly ' ir.-r.all particular equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and to provide system results required. Provide work necessary to install this equipment and provide Shop Drawings for review showing deviations required for specific equipment item installation. Dista Reuuired; Where Shop Drawings or other data are requested for particular item of equipment, provide five copies to Architect. Manufacturer's Instructions; Make available copy of manufacturer's installation procedures for consultation a. job site during installation period of specific equipment. Follow manufacturer's instructions explicitly. 1.5 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP Materials: Materials furnished and employed in permanent construction to be suitable for space provided, new and free of defects; size, make, type and quality sp .Jfied. Capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified are minimum unless otherwise indicated. Use equipment of single manufacturer when two or more units of the same class of equipment are furntshed. Component parts of entire system need not be product of carne manufacturer. Equipment shall comply with applicable nationally recognized standards as evidenced by listtng and label of established and recognized agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or furnishing inspection service. Prvtect materials against loss, damage or accumulation of debris before installation. workmanship: Proceed with work in an orderly fashion so progress on job is not delayed. Accomplish work to satisfaction of the Architect. Remove and reinstall. to satisfaction of Architect any unsatisfactory work. Verify measurements and dimensions at building site. VatLations apparently necessary due to existing conditions made o:ty upon approval of Architect. 15010 - a we ar a XIr TICARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIRE.4L;TS product Options and Substitutions; Manufacturer's trade names and catalog numbers stated herein are intended to indicate quality of eyulpment or materials desired. Manufacturers not listed require prior approval. Make written requests for approval to Architect, in accordance with Division B. 1.6 SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION Systems Demonstration; When installation is complete, cleaned and all adjustments have been made, demonstrate mechanical cooling installation to Architect as being complete and operating in conformance to these Specifications and Drawings. Turn over entire installation to Owner in finished and satisfactory working condition. Instructions to Owners; Review maintenance of equipment with Owner in accordance with manufacturer's literature and maintenance instructions. Demonstrate operation of system to Owner. 1 .7 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT Final Adjua ung. Cleaning and Lubrication: Piping; Flush sediment out of piping after installation and clean and flush as specified under specific section of work, paying particular attention to coils and strainers. Ductwork; Do not operate air supply units unless primary air filters are in place. Egu iRment: Adjust and clean devices. Remove tags and shipping labels. Immediately prior to final inspection, clean visible parts of equipment as required to original factory condition. Clean name and data plates. Provide initial lubrication of equipment items in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide new air filters immediately prior to air balancing. Per,formance,L Should any pipe, coil or duct be ntopped up after system has been accepted, piping or ductwork shall be disconnected, cleaned and reconnected without additional expense to Owner. Clean-Up; Correct any discoloration or damage to systems or building finish or furnishings resulting from failure to properly clean systems without additional expense to Owner. Project Rocord DocuM¢nL#_L Show apprcved changes from original drawings as actually installed on a ser_ of blackline building prints. Locate and identify buried piping and _ccur.ately dimension respective locations from column centerlines or permanent building walls; show depth of buried piping below floor , street or walk. Transfer changes to set of reproducible transparencies and deliver to Architect. . 1 `Olp - 3 �. IWALMNzljf��M�i TIGARD NS REMODEL P1-LASE I - 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS gperatina and Maintenance Data: General Provide to Architect three copies of following data at completion of project for review prior to application for final payment. Any items not available must be forwarded for later insertion in Operating and Maintenance Manual. Sun Iisr Directory: Alphabetical list of p-incipal subcontractors and suppliers of equipment giving name, address and telephone numoer. Equipment Directory: List of equipment installed including fans, air supply units, pumps, heating and cooling equipment, etc. , giving Drawing reference numbers, location, ar.en served, manufacturer, model nwnber and supplier. Valve Tait Directory, Manufac urer's LIteralure: Manufacturer's instructions for operation and maintenance of mechanical equipment and specialties, including replacement parts list and record wiring diagrams, on 8-1./2x1l-inch sheets or catalogs, suitable for side binding. Maintenance Instruction Where instructions for maintenance are not included in manufacturer's literature, provide supplemental data to enable proper maintenance of equipment installed. Include specific lubrication methods and. recommended frequencies along with r cedures and precautions for inspection and routine service. �_XjCem Balance Lona:_ BFl. tnce logs and equipment data sheet3. Tg� perature Control Adlustment Lo¢. Warranty Letter. Ems. SY_ratinim-v.-refriz r 4Il�9uivment. Assemble data into three sets with each set consisting of one copy each of above data. Bind each set in 8-1/2x11-inch three-ring plastic covered binder with tab index. Warranty: Guarantee,L Furnish warranty effective for period of one year from date of completion and accepta.rce. Correct, repair or replace defective materials or equipment. or the results of defective workmanship, without aJditional expense to Owner. i:eliver warranty to Architect prior to application for final payment. -ts If any eq - pment is thought to be short of capacity, a test shall be conducted by Contractor and. .Yitnessed by Architect or his representative. If equipment is found to to d.eJicient, cost of such test and necessary modifications, as are required to bring it up to specified conditions, shall be borne by Contractor. If equipment is found to perform per Specifications, cost of test will be paid by Owne r. 2.0 -$ODUCTS None 3.0 EXECUTION None END OF SECTION 15010 4 it TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS A_`�D METHODS SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS, Section 15010, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Access Doors: Marked-up drawings indicating access door type and proposed location for architectural review prior to purchase. Valve Identification: Two copies of valve chart prior to installation of identification tags, indicating valve tag number, location of valve, service and normal position. 2.0 FRODUCTS 2.1 ACCESS DOORS Comply with the requirements for access doors in Division 8. Size of doors not less than 24x24-inch, unless shown otherwise, except that smaller size will be permitted for valves , traps, err , h1ir size must be adequate for puncuse Iutended. Access doors in ductwork are specified under AIR DISTRIBUTION, Section 15880. 2.2 MACHINERY GUARDS Provide guards for rotating machinery in accordance with Oregon State Safety Codes. Provide 1-inch mesh protective screens at automatic dampers exposed in mechanical equipment spaces and plenum rooms. Install screens on the room side of the damper using wing nuts for easy removal. 2. 3 BEARINGS Furnish self-aligning, permanently lubricated ball or roller bearings unless otherwise noted or approved. 2.4 INSERTS AND SLEEVES Insert Malleable iron or steel inserts with space for reinforcing rod to support load applied. Grinnell. Figure 281;282; similar Michigan, Elcen. Expansion Piugg: Simtlar and equal to Phillips self-drilling flush shell. Plugs selected for at least four gimes load applied. Pipe Sleeve!_ Cast iron or galvanized steel. W ter:Tig t goals Synthetic rubber links interlocked with bolts and nuts; Link-Seal Model. LS. Acc.:gtable Manufacturer; As indicated, similar as approved. 15050-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 13030 - BASIC yECHANICAL MATERIALS AND :•tETE{ODS 2.5 FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES Plates: Floor plates cast brass, chromium plated. Wall and ceiling plates, spun aluminum. Size sufficient to completely cover pipe sleeve. 2.6 MOTORS AND STARTERS Motors: Nominal nameplate horsepower not less than 115 percent of equipment horsepower required for specified performance. Motors rated 1/3 hp and less wound for 120 V, single phase current. Motors rated 1/2 hp and over wound for three phase power. For specific voltage, see Division 16. Single Phase Motors: NEMA Design "N" and "0" for fractional horsepower motors, capacitor start, open enclosure, continuous duty. Direct connected motors less than 1/3 hp on fans or pumps may be split phase, shaded pole or permanent split capacitor. ThKee Phase Motors. NEMA Design "B" , continuous duty, open enclosure. Energy Efficient Motors: For standard foot-mount motors, 5 hp and larger, provide energy efficient motors similar and approved equal to Century Gould E-Plus. Two-SReed Motors:- Two winding type. Starters: Provide thermal overload protection on each phase. Three required for 3 phase motors. Verify characteristics of each motor installed and provide thermal elements for proper protection in accordance with motor .ainufacturer's recommendations. Responsibility for such coordination is work of this Division. Provide manual overload reset button. Manual. motor starters for single phase motors quick-make, quick-break, with thermal overload protection, NEMA 1 enclosure unless located outside; then NEMA 3. Magnetic motor starters for 3 phase motors full voltage type, quick-make, quick- break, hp rated for size of motor. Provide 120 V control transformers for each motor starter. 120 V coils. NEMA 1 enclosures. Provide one auxiliary Lintact in each starter. Provide maintained-contact H-O-A switches, where indicated. Where duplex units are specified, provide circuitry to maintain function of second unit and its control in event of failure or service interruption of first unit. This applies to both Lead/Lag and Operation/Standby system. Eau ent; Equipment furnished hereunder with control and/or power cabinet furnished with suitable terminal lugs for connection of electrical service. Provide overcurrent protection for each branch feeder where several power sources are fed from these terminal lugs. Furnish special electrical devices such as fuses and fused disconnects where required as part of UL listing when those special devices are not pro,ided as part of the electrical system. 2. 7 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION IdeCeentify valves, piping and equipment components of the mechanical systems to indicate their function and system served. Valves: Equip each valve with ,cumbered brass disc attached to valve by brass chain. Provide charts indicating valve tag number, service, location and normal position of valve. Prov!de a separate chart for each mechanical room. Mount on wall in 15050-2 E TIGARD HS REMODEI. PhASE I - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL `4ATERIALS AND `1ETHODS appropriate areas, in suitably framed and glazed cover, and provide one copy of each in each set of Operating and Maintenance Data. Identify valve tag numbers on the projoct record drawings. Pivina:. Identify exposed piping and piping located above accessible ceilings, with properly identified adhesive pipe marker; width of bands, size of letters and background colors conforming to ANSI A13.1. Utilize standard pipe marker identification and directional arrows to indicate direction of flow. Provide one copy of list of pipe identification markers and directional arrows list in each set of Operating and Maintenance Data. Equipment; Tag mechanical equipment with engraved nameplates. Nameplates to be 1/16-inch thick, laminated 3-ply plastic, center ply white, outer ply black, "Lamicoid" or equal. 3/4-inch high letters formed by exposing center ply. :a general, mec.hantcal items identified by code number shown on Drawings. Provide one copy of equipment nametag list in each set of Operating and Maintenance Data. Acceptable MAnufactureri Brady, Zeston, Seton. 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 1,.�;C3SS DOORS Provide access doors where indicated and where required for access to valves, dampers, rough-in plumbing and other equipment requiring periodic attention. Access doors furnished hereunder, but installed under general construction work. Provide reasonable means of access for equipment requiring periodic observation, adjustment, cleaning or maintenance. 3.2 ELECTRICAL WORK Comply with Division 16. Protect control wiring in metal conduit, or otherwise as approved. Conceal wiring and conduit in finished paces unless otherwise approved by Architect. Install exposed conduit parallei to building walls. 3.3 PAINTING General; Painting of mechanical equipment, piping, inst,l�*ion, ductwork, etc. , exposed in finished areas, storage rooms and other locatiins except mechanical equipment rooms is specified under Division 9. Mechanica. equipment spaces where painting is required hereunder incl.vde spaces such as mechanical rooms, fan rooms, boiler rooms, meter vaults, etc. Mechanical EqUJpmenLJg29pa_ kine Insulation; One coat of scaler and one coat of latex paint before installation of identifying bands. Colors to match background color of identifying band. Hangers; Hangers, uninsulated ferrous piping, miscellaneous iron work, structural steel stands, equipment bases. One coat of rust inhibiting paint and one coat of black enamel . Steel Valve Bodies and eonn4t8: One coat of aluminum paint. Galvanized Ductvork; Unpainted. 5050- 3 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Equipment:_ Unpainted, except retouch factory finish as required. Congealed Spaces: Painting not required. Ductwork: Inside or ducts behind all grilles and registers. One coat of flat black paint. Rustproofing: Miscella-eous iron and steel exlosed to weather. . One coat rust inhibiting primer and one coat black enamel. , 3.4 INSERTS AND SLEEVES Setting_ Layout work in advance of pouring of slabs or construction of walls. Furnish and set inserts and sleeves necessary to complete work. Installation: Pipe Sleeves: Install sleeves as detailed for piping penetrations through footings, floors, concrete walls, masonry walls, fire rated walls, mechanical equipment room walls and where shown. Secure sleeves to prevent displacement. Fire Barrer Caulk., 3M brand CP-25 fire barrier caulk; 3M brand fire barrier Putty 303. Other as approved. Damming material, thickness and installation for UL classified firest-op system. Watertight Seals: Install between sleeve and Iipes entering building below grade, through slab on grade floors and where shown. Adjust to provide hydrostatic seal. 3. 5 FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES Installation: Install on exposed piping passing throu&h finished walls, floors and ceilings. Secure wall and, ceiling plates to pipe. Plates not required in mechanical equipment spaces. 3.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Description: Rough-in and make final connection as shown on Mechanical and Architectural to equipment furnished under another division, in separate contract or by Owner. . Unless shown otherwise, equipment will be supplied complete with trim, required accessories and sink tailpieces. Provide drainage traps and connect to drain tailpieces furnished with sinks provide stops and connect to water supply fittings furnished with sinks, and provide isolating valves and connect to other equipment items as required for specific equipment operation and as recommended by equipment: manufacturer. Details of piping connections to equipment are not shown; coordinate piping connections with equipment supplier. Conceal piping where possible and locate so as riot to hinder accessibility of equipment or storage spaces. 3. 7 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION InstallAtiorLL Valve and Eguipmen+ IW L Apply tags using brass chains for valve tags and screws or permanent adhesive for ° equipment tags. Pike Markers_ 15050-4 i WOMEN= TICARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS &Rplf give markers to_piping as follows: Where pipe passes through wall. On each riser. On each leg of tee. Every 50 feet along continuous lines. Within 12-inches of valves. To the lower quarters of the pipe on horizontal runs and where view is riot obstructed. Point arrow markers away from pipe markers to indicate direction of flow. END OF SECTION 15Q`i0-5 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15060 PIPE A:iD PIPE FITTING SECTION 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTING 1:0CENEP L i1 RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 1.5050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Install piping to meet requirements of ASME Boiler. and Pressure Vessel "ode, ASME B31 .9 Building Services Piping, local plumbing code, mechanical code and building code, as applicable. Install fuel gas pi.p'.ng to meet requirements of NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code and local gas utit.j :, company. Polyethylene pipe fusioilers shall be qualified by Northwest Natural Gas Company. 1. 3 SUBMITTALS &neral: Submit certificates of inspections, pipe tests and pipe cleaning to Architect. Certification. When rPgiic-QtPr1 by Archirerr, provide cnpies of current: ASME and/or Oregon State certifications for welders. Minimum qualifications shall be Oregon State Pipe Welding Certification. Catalog data on "No-Hub" shield and clamp assembly and mechanical couplings. 2.0 PRODUCTS .. i GAL"ANIZED STEEL PIPE PiDe: Standard weight galvanized steel, Schedule 40, ASTM A53. Fittinu, SanWry Waste: Coated cast iron threaded, recess type drainage fittings, Fed. Spec. M1W-P-491B. F,Lt_�J.ngs. Vent:_ Cast iron, screwed, Fed. Spec. WW-P-501d. Fittings. Other: Galvanized, malleable, screwed, 150 psi, Fed. Spec WW-P-521f; or mechanical couplings. 2.2 BLACK STEEL PIPE Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40 or 80 as required, ASTM A53. Fittin", Screved, MalleebleIron: Screwed pattern, 150 psi, Fed. Spec. W-P-521, Fittings. ScreveA, Cast I r Qn: Screwed pattern, 1.50 psi, Fed. Spec.. WW-P-501. El tinge. Welding_ Seamless fittings, ASTM A234, Grade A. a s� TIGARD HS REMCDFL PHASE I - 170,5,) - PIPE A;D PIPE FITTING i 2. 3 COPPER PIPE P e; Hard drawn, seamless copper tubing, ASTM 388. Fittings• Wrought copper, ANSI B16.22 or cast brcnze, ANSI B16. 18, solder joint type, of same class as piping. Manufacturer: Nibco, Mueller or as approved. 2 .4 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE W e: Service weight cast iron, Fed. Spec. WW-P-401e. Fittings: Compatible with pipe, code approved for applicatirn, marked with Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute insignia, Fed. Spec. WW-P-401e. Hub and spigot cast iron or "No- Hub" cast iron. Manufacturer: Tyler or as approved pipe: 2. 5 POLYPROPYLENE PIPE ['lame retardant Schedule 40 polypropylene. Fittings: Drainage PArtnrn, heat-fused or mechanical type fittiiips Lu match pipe. 4 Manufacturer: R.G. Sloan GSR Fuseal, Orion, Enfield Industrial Corporation or as approved. :F 2.6 G1QSS PIPE WR WCL Borosilicate glass, KLmax acid-drain line, Federal Specifization DD-G-541-B. Polyester resin, factory-applied glass fiber r_lo!:, impregnated with polyester resin armor on pipe in exposed location subject to damage. 6502 Series pipe with expanded polystyrene covering and polyvinyl film wrapped joints on underground ;q pipe. Fittings: Kimax, compatible with pipe, for use with compression couplings. Manufacturer: O-I/Schott or as approved. 2.7 HIGH SILICONE CAST IRON PIPE High silicon cast iron, hub and spigot or for use with mechanical joints. F_Lttings. High silicon cast iron, compatible with piping. �laufacturer: Duriron Co. or as approved. I� 2.8 PIPE JOINTS Screw American National taper thread with teflon tape or approved commercial pipe paste. F1anud: See UNIONS AND FW'GES, Section 15060. gImlked. Cast Iron: Oak m gasket and lead. 15060-2 :i TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I . 15U60 - PIPE AND PIPE FIT1`I`1"C Caulked, High Silicon Cast Iron: Sealite 312 acid resistant packing and lead. Rubber Ring, Cast Iron: Tyler elastomer.ic compression type rings. Rubber Ring. PVC; Rubber ring joints. "No-Hub" Cast Irgn: Above Grade Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel shields and clamps. Below Grade Neoprene gaskets and cast iron "M.G. " couplings with stainless steel bolts and nuts or 0.016-inch thick type 304 stainless steel "ANACO" Husky SD4000 or clamp-all couplings. Soldered. Copp!r: 95-5 solder above ground, silver brazed below ground and at mechanically formed tee connections. 50-50 solder joints not. permitted. Solder and fluxes approved by authority having jurisdiction. Mechanical Compression Couolinas. Glass: Kimax series 6650 through 6665. Mec a ii _al Joints: Class 200 cement- lined; "Boltite" joint, complete with gaskets, bolts and nuts. Welded. Steel; With rods of same material as piping. Mechanically Formed Tee Conrtions. Couper; At Contractor's option and if approved by local governing authutities, mechanically formed tee connections may be used. MA"u acturer; As indicated or as arproved. 2.9 UNIONS kND FLANGES G e_uLL Equal to or greater than pressure of adjoining piping. Unions in steel piping systems black or galvanized, to match adjacent piping. Contractor's option: 2.1/2-inch size may be screwed or flanged. Cooper Piving 2 inches and Sma'.i^r_ Cast-brass ground-joint unions . ANST B16.13, 1973; except dielectric unions between ferrous and nonferrous piping similar to Epco. Copper Piping 2-1/2 inches and Larger; Cast brass companion flanges, ASTM 125-4B. Provide insulating flanges where required. Steel Piping 2-1/2 inchbs and Smaller_ Malleable iron, ground joint unions, except dielectric unions between ferrous and nonferrous piping similar to Epco Model FX. Steel Piping 2-1/2 inches and LarggXL Welding neck steel flanges, ASTM A181, Class I, on black steel piping; cast iron companion flanges, ASTM A126, Class B, on screwed 'black steel, galvanized or cast iron piping; with Garlock 7021, 1/16-inch gaskets; flange bolts ASTM A193, Grade BB with Class 0 nuts; galvanized bolts and nuts on cold water service; provide insulating flanges where required Dielectric Unions_ Similar to Epco. 210 F rating at 250 psi for water. Dielectric Couplings; Similar to Pescor. tMn factA er; As indicated or as approved. 15060-3 TIGARD HS RF-MODE. PHASE I - 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTING i� 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 PIPE AND FITTINGS Screwed Joints: Join with teflon tape or approved commercial pipe paste applied to male threadsa only. Unions and Flanges: Install to facilitate removal of equipment where shown or where required. Install dielectric unions, couplings or insulating flanges between ferrous and nonferrous piping. Use dielectric couplings in concealed spaces. Caulked Joints: Pack ,joint with oakum and run full with molten lead to a minimum depth of 1-inch; caulk flush with hub. Rubber R1nsts; Use Lubri/Fast lubricant on rubber ring compression type pipe joints; install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. "No-Hub" Cast Iron;- ' Installation to conform with Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. Install stainless steel shields, clamps and neoprene gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's Instructions. Solder Joints Make joints in copper pipe with bronze or copper fittings. Clean surface bright by manual or mechanical means. Joints properly fluxed using minimum amount of approved non- corrosive type flux and made up with approved solder. Mechanical Joilits: Torque bolts in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Welded Joint By certified wclders in accordance with practices of American Welding Society and ASME Codes. Use factory made welded fittings only, except as approved otherwise for each specific instance. Mechanictlly-Formed lee Joints; Mechanically extracted collars formed in continuous operation consisting of drilling pilot hole and drawing out tube surface to form collar having height of not less than three times thickness of tube wall. Collaring device fully adjustable to ensure proper tolerance and complete uniformity of. joint. Branch notched to conform with inner curve of run tube and dimpled to ensure penetration of branch tube into collar is of sufficient depth for brazing and does not obstruct flow in wain lith t+1be. Joints brazed in accordance with coppzv Development AssociRtion Copper Tube Handbook using B-cup series filler metal. Soft soldered joints not permitted. Extruded outlet and butt weld connection in accordance with IAPMO, ANSI X31 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. ARPlied Locations; Above Ground Sanitary Vent - Cast iron soil pipe. Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe may be used for 2-1/2-inch and smaller vents. Above Ground Sanitary Soil. and Waste Cast iron soil pipe. Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe may be used for 2-inch and smaller waste. Underground Sanitary Soil. and Waste Within Building to 5 feet Outside - Cast, iron soil pipe. Above Ground Acid Resisting Waste and Vent - Polypropylene pipe with mechanical fittings or glass pipe or high silicon cast iron pipe. Glass pipe in exposed iF locations subject to damage shall be armored. Use glass or high silicon cast iron pipe in fire-rated walls and partitions and vents through roof. 1',,060-4 e, ULMew TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTING Underground Acid Resisting 4asce and Vent - Polypropylene pipe with haat-fused fittings or EPS covered glass pipe or nigh silicon cast iron pipe. Condensate Drain - Copper pipe or Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. Above Ground Domestic, Hot and Cold Water -Type L copper pipe. Above Ground Natural Gas - Schedule 40 black or galvanized steel pipe with malleable iron fittings. Compressed Air - Schadule 40 galvanized steel pipe or Type L copper pipe; use selected material throughout. Refrigerant Type L hard temper copper pipe, silver lead solder. Installat'on: D:uvide followi� minimum vjpe slaves unless otherwise noted on Drawings. Slope soil and waste piping within building, 1/4-inch per foot (2 percent) unless ucnerwise noted. Slope vent piping 1/4-inch per 10 feet to drain at fi. ture. Slope cold and hot water piping to drain at fixtures. Provide low points with accessible 1/2-inch drain valves. Provide 2-inch minimum vents through roof to preclude frost closure. Increasers minimum o_ 1.2 inches below roof. Flash -gents through roof with four peuni lead flashing sheit turned down into vents or fi: with double threaded flashing fitting. Install piping to provide natural flexibility for expansion, Double-wrap domestic water piping under building floor slab w:.th 10-mil Minnesota Mining Scotchwrap corrosion resistant tape. Install underground piping below building on crushed rock bed within 4 to 6-inches below floor slab. See MECHANICAL INSULATION, Section 15250, for pipe insulation. Natural Gas Piping - Where possible, install in full lengths of 20-feet. S.:ale pockets at risers, consisting of 12-inch dirt leg with capped end. Provide cathodic protection where shown or required. Regulator vent piping through roof with gooseneck down and terminate with screened cap. Install polyethylene gas piping in compliance with DOT Title 49, GFR Parts 191 and 192 Minimimn Federal Safety Standards For Gas Line Installation. Cap or plug ends of and openings in pipe and fittings immediately to exclude dirt until fixtures are installed and/or final connections are made. Pipe and fittings view, straight and true, and installed parallel to framing; Install to permit expansion, contraction, strain on equipment and/or piping. Joints smooth and unobstructed inside. Thnrnuiglhl:y ream cut pipe ends to remove burrs. Conceal. piping in finished portion of building except where o*terwise indicated or directed at time work is done. Install piping to clear beams, etc. Check work of other tradei to prevent interference Install unions on one side screwed shut-off valves; at both sides of screwe('. automatic va'_-.—,._ e%na on bypasses; at equipment connections and elsewhere as indicated or uequired for ease of installation and/or dismantling unless flanges are indicated. Unions not permitted in concealed spaces. Pittingy Use eccentric reducers for change in size for horizontal lines. Use fittings for change in direction, except pipinP 9-inches and larger may be drilled and tapped for 1/4-inch pressure gauge tappi,. and threadolets may be welded on pipe 2 inches and larger for ,thermometer, thermostat and instrument connections, Lending, mitering, bushings ana close nipples not permitted. Below Ground: Comply with TRENCH, EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL, Section 15050. 15060-5 TIGARD HS REMODEL. PHASE I - 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTING Install with minimum 30-inch cover and minimum clearance between sFwer, storm drain and conduit as r,3quired by local codes, but in no case less than as described in Section 1108 of the Uniform Plumbing Code. Provide accessible shutoff valve for hot or cold water piping, runs. General: 3.2 PIPE TESTS Perform test and arrange for required inspection of installed system as required by Uniform Building Code. Test piping prior to insulating, concealment, and connection to equipment or specialties. Provide pumps, gauges, connections and similar items required to perform tests. Duration of tests not less than four hours, unless otherwise noted. t Notify Architect 24 hours in advance of each test. °* Repair leaks and renew tests until perfectly tight system is achievad. Should leaks develop within one year dating from time of acceptance, make necessary repairs without caulking at no additional expense to Owner. -Xaterior Building Sanitary_ oil. Waste Systems: Pipe test to comply with Chapter 3, Section 318 of Oregon hate Plumbing Specialty Code. Building Hot and Cold Water Systems: Test hydrostatically at I-1/2 times normal working pressure, but not less than 125 psig, for four hours without loss of pressure. Mural Gas SyZtepls �y Test pipe and equipment at 1-1/2 times proposed maximum operating pressure, but not less than 60 psig, for 30 minutes without loss of pressure in accordance with regulations of local gas utility company. Compressed Air Systems: Test under air pressure at 125 psig or 1-1/2 times working pressure, whichever is greater, for four hours withour loss of pressure. P 3. 3 CLEANING PIPING General: Clean interior of piping before installation. Thoroughly flush sediment and deposits out of piping systems. Should any evidence of solder pipe f1r , residue appear at fixtures during warranty period, related piping systems shall be thoroughly cleaned by methods recommended by Copper Development Association and as approved by Architect. Flush out cleaning solution and disinfect piping as specified. DomesLic: Disinfect domestic hot and cold water piping at time arranged with the Architect. Work performed by approved firm specializing in this type of work. Provide certificate upon completion. Fill system with a solution containing 50 paLts per million of available chlorine for period of 24 hours. During this time, open and close all valves at least twice. Flush system with water until residual chlorine content is not more than one pare per million. END OF SECTION 15060-6 am � TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I 15100 - VALVES "SECTION 15100_- VALVES 1i0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2. 1 GENERAL Pressure rating applies to saturated steam service unless indicated otherwise. Provide disc material suitable for service. Valves used in fire service shall be listed and approved for use in fire protection system. 2.2 GATE VALVES Bronze Cate 2-1/21 nch and _klcr: Bronze body, bronze trim, scre,,ed, non-rising stem, union bonnet; solid wedge, 125 psi rating, Milwaukee 1142.. Iran Gata 2-1/2-inch and LarAtr. Genera] Duty: Iron body, bronze trim, f'.ang, A. OS&Y pattern, solid wedge, 125 psi rating, Milwaukee F2885M Iron Cr.t��ieh pressure: Iron body, bronze trim, flanged, OS&Y pattern, solid wedge, 250 psi rating; Milwaukee F-2894, 2. 3 GLOBE VALVES bonze Glob -1( -inc�nd Smaller: Bronze body, bronze mounted, screwed, 150 psi rating; Buna-N disc for WOG, Milwaukee 590. Iru Qbe 2-1/2-ir�c h and Lazaer: Tron body, bronze mounted, flanged OS&Y pattern, .solid disc, 125 psi rating; Milwaukee F-2981M. 2.4 CHECK VALVES Brom, �Strina Check 2-inch and RMA..ler� Bronze body, bronze mounted, screwed, teflon disc, 150 psi rating; Milwaukee 510. Iron Swim Check 2-1/2-inch and Larscer: Iron body, bronze mounted, flanged, bronze disc and seat r ng, 125 psi rating; Milwaukee F-2974M. Fire Service Swine _gbSVk Iron body, UL listed, FM approved; Central 75. Vertical and Silent Check Valves: ASA Class 125, semi-steel body, bronze mounted, stainless steel spring. With free area approximately equal to pipe cross section. Metra-Flex 700 series, Mission Duo Check II , Milwaukee 1400 series. 2.5 DRAIN VALVES 3/4-inch, except 1/2-inch in 1/2-inch piping, bronze body, bronze counted, angle type where required, hose-end adapter; Buna-N disc for WOG. Milwaukee 590 and 595. 15100-1 T1GP.RD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15100 - VALVES 2.6 INSTRUMENT GAUGE COCKS Bronze body, bronze mounted 'ball valve; 1/4-inch size. Apollo 70-100, Milwaukee BAl00A. 2.7 BALL VALVES Bronze body, 150 psi working pressure. Screwed or solder connections, glass reinforced teflon seats. Milwaukee BA-1COA/150A or Apollo 70-100/200 series. Provide memory .stop device when used for balancing purposes. 2.8 GAS COCKS Bronze body, stainless steel disc, viton seal, teflon packing, 175 psi, UL/FM/AGA approved. 2-inch and smallrr, screwed; Milwaukee BB2-100, with tee or oval handle. 2.9 MANUFACTURER Milwaukee as indicated, equivalent products by Grinnell, Powell, Stockham, Nibco or as approved. All such valves of one manufacturer, except as otherwise approved. 1.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION Provide valves at connections to equipment where shown or required. Install valves easily accessible and same size as connected piping; ' 3d with handles in the vertical position. Provide separate support for valves where necessary. "A 3.2 APPLIED LOCATIONS General.: Provide gate or ball valves for shutoff service. Globe or ball valves for throttling or bypass service unless otherwise notes. Butterfly valves may be used in lieu of gate valves where shown. Domestic Water $ystelns:: Use bronze valves for sizes 2-inch and smaller. Natural Gas System: Use ball valves or gas cocks in piping 2-inches and smaller. Pressure Gauges; Instrument gauge cocks. Where SQA or Required: Vertical and silent check valves. END OF SECTION r 15100-2 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15130 THERXGMETERS SECTION 15130 THEPMOMETERS 1.0 QENERAL 1. 1 RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIAL AND METHODS, Section 15050, for i.ems pertaining to this Section. 1 2 WORT: INCLUDED Thermometers. 2.0 PROQUCTS 2. 1 THERMOMETERS, WATER Descr on: Red reading mercury type, 6-inch minimum extruded brass case with nickel finish, magnified lens, separable sockets. Ranste• 30-240 F for domestic hot water; 2 F divisions. Manufacturer: Palmer 6AA, 6011 or 6013; Weiss 1VS, 7SS or 7AS; as required by location. 2.2 THERMOMETERS, AIR Res cWptj9_ Red reading mercury type, 6-inch minimum extruded brass case with nickel finish, magnified lens, 12-inch perforated brass or aluminum stem, and duct flange, angle style. Ranste L 0-160 F. Manufacturer: Palmer 432; Weiss 7AD12. 3.0 _���UTZON 3.1 THERMOMETERS Arrange devices to facilitate use and observation. Tns:all. instruments minimum 6-1./2-feet above floor at 30 degree angle above horizonr_al. Y_rQvWi_tLr tbsrmom9tars at folding lsocat j.gD_j Cold supply air duct. END OF SECTION 15130-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15140 - PIPE SUPPORTS AND A:;CH,-P.S SECTION 15140 - PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 1.0 GENERAL 1. 1 RFIATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL. MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Hangers and supports for piping systems. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE SUPPORTS Hangers: Grinnell 269 adjustable ring hanger. Application - Bare steel pipe, 1/2 to 1-1/2-inch. - Bare cast iron pipe, 1-1/2-inch. Grinnell 260 adjustable clevis hanger. Application - Bare steel pipe, 2-inch and larger. - Bare cast iron pipe, 2 to 3-inch. Grinnell 590 adjustable clevis hanger. Application - Bare cast iron pipe, 4-inch and larger. Grinnell CT-269 copper finish adjustable ring hanger. Application Bare copper pipe, 1/2 to 4-inch. Grinnell 260 clevis hanger w'th 167 shield. Application Steel, cast iron and copper pipe with continuous insulation except where roller type hangers are required. Plastic type piping, 1/2-inch and larger. All piping with continuous insulation. Kimax 7290 padded adjustable ring hanger. Application - Glass pipe. Riser Clamps: Grinnell 261 riser clamp. Application - Bare steel and cast iron pipe and all pipe with continuous insulation, 1/2-inch and larger. Grinnell CT-121 copper finish riser clamp. Application - Bare copper pipe, 1/2 to 4-inch. Wall Supports; U-clamps to hold piping away from wall. Mlscellaneousi Special hangers, supports, guides, trapeze, clamps, etc. , as detailed on Drawings or approved. Manufac turg;. Grinnell and as indicated; equivalent products by Superstrut or Michigan or as approved. TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15140 - PIPE SUPPORTS AND A-`ICHORS 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 PIPE SUPPORTS General; Provide adjustable hangers, except where specified otherwise, For all. pipes. Hangers complete with adjusters, swivels, all-thread rods, etc Size sufficient to clear insulation on cold water piping. Provide all additional structural steel angles, channels, or other members required to support piping where building members do not occur as required for proper support. Secure hangers to structural members with attachments or channels or angles at approved locations. See INSERTS AND SLEEVES, Section 15050. install pipe hangers to provide hanger rods not less than 9-inches long; otherwise use pipe rolls. Bolt through supporting member in l.ocatioL. and manner approved by Architect. VertIcal Piuina; Support with U-clamps fastened to wall to hold piping away from wall. unless otherwise approved. Support piping through floors at each floor with riser clamps. Horizontal Piping: Support within two feet of each change in dire^r{on except sunp-rt moil pipe 'at Joint of each section. Install pipe hangers with maximum hanger. spacing and minimum diameter rods as recommended in Chepter 33, Table 9 of 1.988 ASHRAE Handbook - Equipment and in N accordance with Uniform Plumbing Code. Buried Piling: Support in accord with manufacturer's recommendations complete with concrete thrust blocks of size and locatio:is recommended, or as shown on the Drawings . fipi 12 and Eaui�ment: Arrange supports to preclude overloading the structure. Restore fireproofing on stt_-.tural mambers disturbed try installation of pipe, duet and equipment supports. Piping: Provide 16 gauge galvanized steel saddles, 12-inches long under plastic pipe and tinder rigid foamed glass or calcium silicate pipe insulation at all points of suspension for plastic acid cold water piping. Band saddles firmly to insulation to prevent slippage. Saddles under insulation are not required at supports where pipe isolators are used; see Se_tion 1,240. At the Contractor's opt:^n, see Insulation 15250 for insulation on domestic hot water piping, heating water piping may be cut and butted up to hangers. E uq iyment Setting: :'Anchor floor mounted equipment to structure to prevent horizontal movement. END OF SECTION I TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15240 • MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL SECTION 15240 MECHANIGALSOUND• VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL, 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Isolation of mechanical equipment as indicated on Drawings by use of products specified herein. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Data; Shop drawings and product data for each �.solator and base to be provided, showing weight distribution of equipment, size, :ype, load and deflection of each isolator and percent of vibration transmitted, bated on lowest disturbing frequency of equipment. Drawings of bases showing equipment mounting holes, dimensions, individual isolation selected for each support point and details of mounting brackets for the isolator. Weight distribution shall be shown for each isolator and isolator properly coded to location on Drawings, Code number marked or isolators and bases to assure Contractor installs in proper. location. Shop drawings indicating location and method of attachment of ep.rthquake snubbers to equipment and structure. Installation Renort: Submit in accordance with requirements specified under PART 3. 2.0 PRODUC tg 2. 1 GENERAL A9ceptable Manufacturer; Mason as indicated; similar as approved for Amber-Booth, Peabody Noise Control, Inc. DDescrIZion; Single manufacturer shall. select and furnish isolation required, except where isolation is specified as an integral part of packaged equipment. Isolation performance requirements are indicated on Drawings. Isolator Stability; Size .springs of sufficient diameter to maintain stability of e(. .ipment being supported with minimum horizontal to vertical stiffness ratio not less than 1. 1, minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection. Rust oo ina; Treat isolators, including springs, brackets and housing with rustproof metal primer. Items exposed to weather coated with cadmium plating, galvanizing or plastic coating. i 15240-1 TTGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15240 MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 2.2 ISOLATION TYPES ' Floor Pads TYRO W: 3/8-inch continuous ribbed-neoprene isolation pad for low hardness of approximately 30 durometers. Mason W. MountinsType Freestanding springs without housings. With 1/4-inch neoprene acoustical friction pads between base plate and support. Mountings shall have leveling bolts. Springs mounted outboard of. channels. Mason SLF, Amber-Booth SW; outdoor units with limit stops to restrain wind loads of 30-1b/sq.ft. in arty direction; similar to Mason SLR. Base Tne C: Integral structural steel base, rectangular or tee shaped as -luired. Perimeter members WF beams with minimum depth equal to 1/10th of longest ,iimensions of bas Mason WFSL, with external mounting brackets. 2.3 EARTHQUAKE RESTRAIIT SNUBBEPS Provide resilient earthq,.iake restraint snubbers with suitable support brackets, where shown, for piping and equipment supported on isolating spr`ngs or hangers. Snubbers adjustable to allow 1/4-inch maximum motion in horizonta, planes and 0. 1- inch maximum motion in vertical planes. Provide holes in snubber cradle fot ' bolting to support structure. Snubbers capable of lin? ting earthquake accelerations to 2G without distortion under motion oc l.G earthqu.akE force. Mason Z-1011. 3.Q F.RECUTION 3. 1 PREPARATION Treat isolators, including springs, brackets and housing, with rustproof metal primer. Items exposed to weather with cadmium plating, galvanizing or plastic coating. 3.2 INSTALLATION general; Isolation installed where indicated on Drawings by type and location; and where indicated below. Secure isolators and earthquake restraint snubbers to equipment base or scructur.e with anchor bolts, without reducing i_solatton efficiency. Under no circumstances shall isolation efficiency be minimized by bolting Isolators to floor. If bolting is necessary, rubber grommets and washers shall. be 1 1 provided to isolate bolt from base plate. Install isolators so they can be easily ' removed for replacement. Provide 2-inch clearance between bottom of Base Type G and top of housekeeping pad on floor. 3. 3 FIIiLD QUALITY CONTROL Proper r Installation-: It shall be r,,sponsibiiity of isolation manufacturer's representative to verify isolation is installed correctly by making personal inspection at site. END OF SECTION 15240 WRIMMA TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I 1520 MECHAINICAL INSULATION SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Furnish equipment, labor and materials required to install insulation on all piping, ductwork and equipment, as shown or otherwise specified. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Duct and pipe insulation material hazard ratings, as rested by procedures NFPA 255 and UL 723, not to exceed flame spread index of 25 and smoke developed index of 50. Accessories such as adhesives, cement, etc. , provided with component rating as listed above. Products or their .shipping ' cartons provided with identification of flame spread index and smoke r,eveloped index. Internal ductwork insulation shall meet Erosion Test method of UL 181. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2 1 PIPING INSULATION Fiber&lass: 3 . 5 pcf density, one piece, multipurpose preformed pipe insulation with factory applied AP vapor barrier jacket. Insulation shall have a minimum thermal resistance of 4.0 per inch of thickness on a flat surface at a mean temperature of 75" F. Manville Micro-Lok 050. Calcium Silicate: Hydrous calcium silicate pipe insulation, with thermal resistance of not less than 2 . 5 per inch of thickness on a flat surface at a mean temperature of 1000F. Manville Thermo-12 . Flexibleastomeric Ittsu�a_ion:_ Armstrong AP Armaflex with Armstrong 520 adhesive; or Armstrong self-seal Armaf.lex 2000, ImcoLock. Rheformed Pipe Coverings; Zeston, Proto, Ceel Co, Speediine, Knauf. Acceptable Manufacturej;- Manville as indicated; similar as approved. Owens-Corning, CertainTeed, Armstrong, Knauf. 2..2 DUCTWORK INSULATION Ma t±_LLOJA3_ Egto nal I0sula11-52lL:- 1.1i2-inch thick, 1 pcf densit,f glass fiber blanket with vapor barrier jacket, Manville Microlite with FSKL jacket. i'�15O-1 oa iw a s s TIGARD HS REMODEL. PHASE I - 15250 - MECHANICAL INSULATION Interna Insu at ons Insulation - 1.5 pcf minimum density, black coated matt faced acoustical board with thermal conductivity not to exceed 0.25 at 75 F mean temperature, and minimum sound absorption coefficient of 0.50 at frequency of 250 and 0.75 at frequency of 1000. 1-inch thick, unless noted otherwise. Manville Linacoustic. Adhesive - Benjamin Foster 85-20. Weld Pins Duro Dyne pin fasteners with NC-1 nylon stop clips or Duro Dyne CP -lip pins. Acr.eDtabla Manacturer: Manville as indicated; similar as approved, Owens-Corning, CertainTeed, Knauf. 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 GENERAL ;,rttallat:ion: Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical damage before, during and after installation. Damage prior to acceptance of 4ork shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost. Install insulation in a neat, workmanlike fashion. Vapor barrier shall not be pierced to ensure complete protection against condensation. Where otherwise not specified, manufacturer's installation ~ecommendations and guidelines shall be consulted and followed. In^t+tAtion on All Cold Su aces: Insulation shall be appiled with a continuous, unbroken vapor seal to prevent condensation. Install inserts between the pipe and pipe hanger, using a piece of calcium silicate rigid insulation of equal thickness to the adjoining insulation, insert inside the vapor barrier jacketing. Insects shall be 12 inches long. Provide saddle for hangers per Sec :ion 15140. Insulation Thiou- Oveninss: Such as wall, ceiling and sleeve openings shall be continuous. ASME stamps, UL labels and similar stamps and labels shall not be c m,ered. Unsatisfactory installations shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost. 3.2 PIPE INSULATION Ap��d Locatlona: Fiberglass pipe insulation shall be used on all piping above ground unless otherwise noted. Floxi.ble elastomer-c ins-3lation shall be used on refrigerant piping. 15250-2 ea � TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15250 - MECHANICAL I.NS,LA:1 ::; Ein insulation minimum thickness schedule• 12 Ft. 1" 1-1/4 2-1/2" Vapor Pipe Runouts and to and Barrier System 2" & Less lgss 211 Larger Jacket_ Domestic Cold Water 1/2" 1/2" 1./2" 1/2" Yes Domestic Hot Water 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1" No 100-130 F Domestic Return 1/2" 1/2" 1" 1-1/2" No Hot Water Refrigerant Suction 1" 1" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" Yes Hot Gas Bypass 1" 1" 1-1/2" 1. 1/2." Yes Fiber¢1as Longitudinal seams of jacket shall be recurel-y sealed. Butt joints shall be wrapped with a 3-inch minimum wide strip of the jacketing material and securely sealed in place. Calcium Silicate: Install according to manufacturer's recommendations. Cover fittings and valves securely with molded or miter cut pieces. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: After installation, seal with Armstrong 520 adhesive on all seams and joints per manufacturer's recommendations. For outdoor locations, apply two coats of weather-resistant finish. Pre._F�rgpd Pive Coverings: 'Rick insulation snugly into the throat and edges adjacent to the pipe covering, to fully insulate the pipe fitting. Secure by tack fastening, banding or taping the ends of the adjacent pipe covering. The fitting insulation shall be a thickness equal to the adjacent pipe insulation. 15250-3 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15250 - MECHA-VICAL INSULATION 3. 3 DUCTWORK INSULATION &polied Locations: M all ductLjnsulation utilizing materia _gLs follows: Supply Air DuctAQrk: External insulation except as otherwise shown or specified. Return Air Ductwork: Not insulated, except where shown or specified to have internal insulation. exhaust Dugtwo : (� Not insulated, except ;here shown or specified to have internal insulation. Instal ation: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Seams lapped and joints sealed, using tapes, adhesives and fasteners as recommended by manufacturer, Internal insulation shall be cut to assure snug closing corner joints, the black surface of the liner shall face the air stream, transverse joints shall be neatly butted. Install with continuous coverage of adhesive. Also use weld pins and clips at 15 inches on center at not more than 2 inches from any cut or exposed edge. Any damaged areas shall be heavily coated with an approved fire resistant: adhesive. Contractor shall be governed by SMACNA and manufacturer's recommendations concerning application of the duct liner according to velocity ranges. END OF SECTION F 15250-4 N TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE 1540, - PLI:MBIN0, �LCTI.2N15409_- 1L0BING 1.0 GENERAL IA RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Furnish equipment, labor and matet_als required to install building plumbing systems and site utilities, complete as shown. 1.3 SUBMITTALS P r 2AUR I&W P-1umbina Fixtures; Illustrated catalog data and model number for each fixture complete with entire trim package. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIXTURE TRIM Acceptable Manufacturer;, Manufacturers stated for listed trim and following manufacturers are approved for bidding, with final approval for installation based upon review of submittal data. Supplies and Stops - Chicago 1006MM or McGuire "H" Series. Traps - Frost, fixture manufacturer. Geer eXal; Provide plumbing fixture trim where applicable on fixtures specifie. hereinafter. Supply Stops; Provide polished chrome plated, heavy cast brass, I.P.S. inlet., louse key stops for all. plumbing fixtures and equipment installed. Separate stops not required where integral stops are provided. Supplies; Flexible non-corrugated supplies (continuous one piece-from stop to faucet) . Polished chrome-plate finish. CODDer To Female Iron Fiee .3_ g- DroREar_F_ittinYa. Shall be installed on all. concealed pipe outlets and recessed trim connections and secured to rigid backing att.ched to at least two studs. All water connection nipples shall be 85 percent red brass. a s: 17-gauge, chrome-plated tubing f-traps; Acid resisting traps where indicated. 2 .2 PLUMBING FIXTURES AcA cevtabl:.e Manufacturer; Manufacturers stated for listed fixt.ires and following manufacturers are approved for bidding, with final. approval for installation based upon review of submittal data: Faucet and Outlet Fittings - ChicaFo. Stainless Steel Sinks - Just, Elkay. Emergency Equipment - Haws, Western, Bradley, Speakman. Neutralizing Tanks Orion, T & Enfield. 15400-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I �i kW Description: Fixtures and special items of equipment are indicated by code number shown on Drawings. S� Sink: Just SLX-2222-A-GR "Stylist" 22x22x10-1/2-inch, 18 gauge, self-rimming, 302 or 304 stainless steel single compartment counter top sink with back ledge. Punch one hole. Chicago 930-E3-2-VPC rigid vacuum breaker type gooseneck spout faucet with cross handles, and softflow outlet. J35F5, 'lat grid strainer and tailpiece. S=2—Sink; Resin sink furnished by others. Provide Chi ago 930-E3-2-VPC rigid vacuum breaker type gooseneck spout faucet with cross handles and softflow outlet. Acid resisting trap waste and vent. S-3 Sink, Just SL1613-A-GR "Stylist" 16x].3x74-inch 18 gauge, self-rimming, 302 or 304 stainless steel single compartment counter top sink with back ledge. Punch one hole. Chicago 930-E3-2-VPC rigid vacuum breaker type gooseneck spout faucet with cross handles, and softflow outlet. J35, crumb cup strainer and tailpiece. EEW-1 Emerg,encv Eve hash; Haws 7612 deck mounted, swing-away type unit with twin chrome plated brass heads. Ball valve, that stays open until manually closed, with push-plate operator and sign. GO-1 Gas Outlet; Chicago No. 980-907 for counter top mounting. Turret with one opening, 3/8-ir..:h female bottom inlet and one No. 907 hose cock with serrated nozzle. NT-1 Neutralizing Tank: Orion Model No. 555B, 55 gallon high density polyethylene neutralizing tank with round bolted and flanged lid. 3-inch inlet and outlet and 2-inch vent connection. Fill tank with marble or limestone chips. NT-2 Neutralizing T&nk� Same as NT-1 except Model N•). 4058, 5 gallon size with 2- inch inlet and outlet and 14-inch vent connection. 3.0 EXECUTION 3. 1 PLUMBING FIXTURES InLta11 r ort_ Set fixtures, supplies, trap, and trap outlet square with the wall, in line with fixture outlets without any offsets, angles, or bends. Align fixture connections tc prevent strain on equipment or fixtures. Caulk ,joints between fixtures and walls, floors or counter top with silicon caulking finished smooth, even and watertight. Make ,joints for drainage conn%ctiu z to fixtures watertight in accordance with local plumbing codes. Assemble exposed, plated, polished or enameled connections from fixtures with special care to show no tool marks or threads. END OF SECTION 15400-? TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 1365:0 REFRIGERATION SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION 1.0 GENERAL 1. 1 RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Sece_ion 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Air Cooled Condensing Unit. Direct Expansion Cooling Coii , Refrigeration System. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Refrigeration SY;:teM Shop drawing of refrtgeration piping diagram. 2.0 PRODN 2.1 AIR-COOLED CONDENSING UNIT .I Description: Owner furnished to site. 2.2 DiR.ECT EXPANSION COOLING COIL Qescription: :rwonr furnished to site. 2. 3 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Refrigerant System: Pr.ev+.de a complete syst-m of refrigerant piping and specialties required to connect air-cooled condensing unit with direct expansion cooling coil.; including liquid line solenoid valves, hot gas bypass solenoid valve, isolation valves, driers and refrigerant piping and accessories. Make: suitable provisions for oil return to compressors, including double suction risers, where required. Refer to PIPE A%; PIPE FITTINGS, Section 15060, for refrigerant piping. 3.0 3.1 AIR-COOLED CONDENSING UNIT Insta atiani Install on concrete slab with vibration isolators in place. 3.2 DIRECT EXPANSION COOLING COIL Instillation Remove existing plenum baffle and damper to install coil. Provide steel frame and baffles to prevent air bypass. Provide galvanized steel condensate drain pan and lk" condensate drain with a 2" water seal. Pipe to nearest floor drain. 15650-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15650 - REFRIGERATION 3.3 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM Installation: All work to be done by qualified refrigeration mechanics; piping subjected to vibration from condensing unit supported with spring isolators; all piping purged with dry carbon dioxide, leak tested and dehydrated before connection to units and charging; provide initial operating charge of refrigerant and complete start-up service ori all systems. Seal pipe penetrations at wall. While soldering, provide a dry nitrogen purge. END OF SECTION 15650- 2 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - X585 SECTION 15850 AIR HANDLING Lo GENUAL 1. 1 RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Utility Fan Roof Exhaust Fan 1.3 SUBMITTALS Manufacturer's catalog data and literature. Shop Drawings showing dimensions and details of construction. Performance data for fans. 2.0 TjkODUCTS 2.1 UTILITY FANS Description; Utility type, AMCA rated, steel construction, standard factory finish. Provide •:oathercovers, scroll drain connection and shaft seals where shown on plans to be installed outdoors. Refer to schedule for other specialized requirement. Fans; Forward curved blades, welded steel or aluminum construction as noted. Statically and dynamically balanced within its own bearings. See Section 15050. Moto Integrally mounted, 1800 rpm maximum. £ Section 15050. Drive Sized for 150 percent of motor horsepower, cast iron sheaves, V-belt type, sheaves statically and dynamically balanced. Adjustable sheave on motor, 5 hp and Less. Metal guard over drive. C8D tgUy: See Schedule on Drawings. &c e t . J9_Jkniafa,.turer: Trane, Pace, harry, Greenheck, Twin City Fan & Blower, Loren Cook FCB, EngwalC, UFC, Peerless-Winsmith. 2.2 ROOF EXHAUST FAN Description; Roof mounted, centrifugal, belt driven, exhauster arranged for curb mountinE with weatherproof cover; steel or aluminum construction; forward curved or baricwar,- inclined fan blades mounted in housing; backdraft damper at inlet unless nosed otherwise; curb bases with sound insulating under.seal; wheel statically and dynamically balanced; V-belt drive with adjustable drive pulley; vibr:ltion isolators for entire rotating assembly; motor suitable for vertica:. operation, 1800 rpm maximum; with integrally mounted disconnect_ switch; removable aluminum or laminated fiberglass weather cover. See Schedule on Drawings. 15850-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15850 - AIR HANDLING Acceptable Manufacturer: Pace CRE with Skycap, Breidert Lo-Set, Carnes, Loren Cook Ace-B, JennFan NBCR, ILC, Penn Ventilator Domex. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 UTILITY FANS rstallation: Provide flexible connection between fan and ductwork. See Section 15050, MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION, AND SEISMIC CONTROL. 5.2 ROOF EXHAUST FANS �a1 Irovide solid attachment of fan basa to roof curb with weatherproof seal where curb flange turns down over flashing. r END OF SECTION 15850-2 A TIGARD HS REMODEL PliAS I - 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRI U$ TION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Terminal Units. Low Pressure Ductwork. Air Outlets. 1. 3 SUBMITTALS Shop drawings showing details of construction and performance data for terminal units and air outlets. 2.0 - PRODUCTS 2. 1 TERMINAL UNIT General; ral; Low pressure terminal unit with DUAL inlet duct connection and one or more outl.Pt duct connections as shown on Drawings. Pressure independent constant volume control. Deperintlon: Galvanized steel casing with interior surfaces acoustically and thermally insulated with 1/2-inch thick glass fiber 1.5-pound density attenuation material; surface coated to prevent erosion. UL 181 erosion test certification. Dhnper blade to seal against gasketed stops. Damper rod to rotate in nylon bushings extenu outside the casing for externally mounted operator. CoTjt.:LQkj! Pneumatic damper actuator provided hereunder. Capacity: See Schedule on Drawings. Acceptable Ma-aufacturer: Barber Colman Model HDPE, similar Tempmaster, Trane, Anemostat, Titus, Environmental Technologies, Metal-Aire, Carnes. 2.2 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK Scope: Includes all ductwork and plenums. Ducts sized as shown, otherwise sized for friction rate not to exceed 0. 12-inch water per 109 feet of run, with maximum velocity of 1500 fpm. At Contractor's option, round ducts sized at same friction rate may be used in lieu of rectangular ducts shown. Construction; General: Work performed by qualified, experienced mechanics in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards and these Specifications. Duct pressure classification is +2-inch STV for the supply duct system and -1 inch STD for the re`urn and exhaust duct systems. All duct widths 1:e inches and over and 15880- 1 w w TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I 15880 AIR DISTRIBUT13N horizontal ductwork cross-broken with additional bracing as required to prevent ballooning or breathing. All ductwork transverse joints sealed in accordance with SM.ACNA Seal Class C using Atlas Multi-Purpose Sealant, Hardcasc, or other approved flameproof sealant. Galvanized Steel_ Fabricate ductwork from galvanized steel, unless noted or specified otherwise. Stainless Steel lits: Fabricate fume hood exhaust ductwork from 304 stainless steel. Fabricate dampers from 304 stainless steel. Flexible Connectors: At Contractor's option, flexible connectors may be used in lieu of sheet metal. in branch ducts to ceiling outlets. Connectors constructed and labeled in accordance with UL 181 Class I air duct for 2-inches static pressure. Factory applied f- inch, 1 pound density insulation with vapor barrier. Manufacturer: Thermaflex MKE, GFC Glass-Flex G-181 or ABL-181, Flexmaster Type 5; others approved only ugon review of sample of product. Sound AIS1n14_L1I1_ Provide sound attenuated ducts where shown and as specified under Section 15250; duct dimensions shown are the inside dimensions of thn attenuating material . a er„a and ubdrants: Fabricate volume dampers of same material as duct, not less than 2 gauges heavier than duct. Install where shown and where required; 3/8-irich dial regulators and Ventlok 607 end bearings. Concealed ductwork with extended operating rod and 3/8- inch concealed regulator with plain cover. Damper blade must be aligned with handle and index pointer. Regulators to be Ventlok, as listed below or similar Duro Dyne Specline. Exposed, insulated duct, 20-inch max shaft length - 639. Exposed, insulated duct, 21-inch and longer shaft Length - 644. Exposed uninsulated duct, 20-inch max shaft, length - 635. Exposed, uninsulated duct. 21- inch and longer shaft length - 641. Concealed duct - 677. t ter_9ow : Fitted with Duro Dyne or Elgen All-Tight airfoil double blade turning vanes. Single-bladed, shop-fabricated turning varies are not acceptable. Fire Dampers: Fire dampers UL labeled as manufactured b) Safe-Air, Inc. , Ruskin, National Control Air. , Creenheck, Air Balance Inc. , Nailor-Hart, Prefco, Venco, or as approved. Single or multi-blade type dampers may b- used where required at grilles and diffusers. Type B low resistance foldi:eg-blade type in other locations, with blades out �;f air stream. Reinforced with steel angles. Hinged and latched with machined handle, unless otherwise arproved. Corners and edges rounded. With 1-inch sponge rubber gasket to provide airtight seal. Provide one for each exhaust and outside air plenum. Suitably size for cleaning of plenum. Mount ina-ElAM11, For grilles and di.f.tusers in plaster walls and ceilings. 18 gauge steel fr.aiw?s to serve as plaster stop. Shop Drawings required for each variation. entah„1gAanufacturepi As indicated, or approved. 2.3 AIR OUTLETS pescriQt�sP.� Geneial; Supply, return, and exhaust outlets as follows, with size and distribution characteristics as noted on the Drawings. Steel o+xtlets with off-white baked 1.5880-2 wn a � �► TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15880 - A1R DISTRIBCTI_-'4- enamel finish, unless noted otherwise. Frame types suitable for ceiling construction in which outlet is 4nstall.ed, as approved. Ceiling Supply (GS-1) : Rectangular, steel or aiuminum cors ruction, perforated removable flush face, adjustable curved blades in dif:user .ace, frame fo• lay-in T-bar ceiling panel. Sr3ndard white finish. 24x24 morale size. Titus PAS. Ceiling Supply (CS-2) . Similar to CS-1, except 12x24 module s -ze. Hi2h Supply (HS-1): Rectangular. , steel frame, aluminum or steel adjustable double deflection blades with hortzoni7al face bars, 3/4-inch centers, 1-1/4-inch margins. Prime coat. finish. Titus 30ORL. Ceiling Return (CR-1) : Rectangular, steel or aluminum construction, perforated flush face. Standard white finish. 24x24 module size. Titus PAR. Ceiling RetM (CR-2) : Similar to CR-1, except 12x24 module size. High Return (HR-1) : Rectangular, steel construction, fixed face bars parallel to long dimension, 3/4- inch .;pacing, zero degree deflection, 1-1/4-inch margins. Titus 350ZRL. Low Rcturn (LR-1) : Rectangular, steel construction, heavy duty, fixed face bars parallel to horizontal dimension, 38 degree deflection, 1/2-1,tch spacing. 1-1/4-inch margins. Titus 31RS. Tamperproof screws. Ce i Iing Eahaust�_AGE-1)_ Same as CR-1, except used for exhaust air. Ceiling Exhaust (CE-2) : Same as CR-2, except used for exhaust air. High Exhaust (HE-1) : Similar to HR-1, except used for exhaust air. Acceot Wj MAnuf cturer:. As indicated above. Equivalent products by Agitair, Carnes, Barber-Coleman, Anemostat, Krueger, Tempmaster, J&J, Metal Aire. 3.0_ - EX9_ UTION 3.1 TERMINAL UNIT Installation: Support_ units rigidly from structure. Make sheet metal duct connections as shown on Drawings. Locate approximately where shown with units easily accessible. 3.2 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK Installation: gAlvanized Steel Support with hanger straps or trapeze supports; supports, minimum gauge, and duct construction in accordance faith Chapter. 10 of Uniform Mechanical Code and SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Entire ductwork system, including materials and Installation, in accordance with NFPA 90A. All ducts shall be restrained for lateral loads in earthquake Zone 2B. Stainless Steel Ducts: Seal joints and seams with Hardcast tape and fire-resistant adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 15880-3 TIGi.RD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 1:880 - AIR DISTRIBU-111- Flexibly Connectors: Install in accordance with SMACNA standards, with 6 foot maximum length and maximum bend of 90 degrees. Fire Dampers; Install where shown in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, NFPA 90A and SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiatior. Damper Installation Guide for HVAC Systems. Provide .suitably sized, labeled access door in ductwork, located for easy access, and access doors in ceiling where required for accessibility. ccest_pocrs; Provide at inlet to each duct coil, each louver plenum, motorized damper, smoke dampers, fire damper, combination smoke and fire damper, and where shown. Coordination with Balance Aaengy: Provide sheet metal mechanic familiar with system ductwork to assist balancing agency during initial phases of air balancing in locating sheet metal dampers and associated quadrants. Install missing dampers. 3.3 AIR OUTLETS Installation: Install tight on respective mounting surfaces plumb and true with room dimensions and accurately centered on projections or recessed as approved by the Architect. Install low returns with bottom approximately 6-inches above floor. END OF SECTION 15830-4 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15950 CONTROL SYSTEM SECTION 15950 _CONTROL SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1. 1 RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for basic items pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED: Genera Provide equipment, control wiring, 'Labor, materials and documentation required to install and test the control system for fan system B, complete as shown or otherwise specified. Computer BAssd Svstgms: Provide an operational stand alone system complete with specified control loops, data bases, point parameters, point names, acronyms, actions, alarms, limits and other necessary data. 1.3 MANUFACTURER: Subcontract control work to an office of one of the following temperature control contractors: Barber Colman/Control Contractors, Inc. , Carrier CCN, 1 .4 SUBMITTALS: Dat$_;g-avired: Submit shop drawings of entire control system before starting work, including termination points, equipment locations, and wiring diagrams, programming data (flow charts) and system arch'tecture layout. Show wiring terminations to equipment furnished under other Sections. Identify wires and voltages. Installation and panel wiring diagrams are not acceptable for shop drawings without support data. Submit catalog data on each control device type. Any work installed before review of shop drawings will be done at Contractor's risk, and will be subject to removal or revision at no cost to Owner. Oaerating and Maintenance Data: Provide complete updated as-built control drawings, including written sequences of operation, wiring diagrams, current setpoints after system adjustment and control adjustment test records. Include complete updated software system program information, consisting of flow charts, line-by-line programs, etc. , specific for project. Provide complete step by step keyboard or other manual commands for operator entry into system, alarm acknowledgement, reboot or restart procedures, etc. Provide copies of manufacturers' instructions for operation and maintenance of individual control devices, including maintenance intervals, service to be performed, procedures and tools required. Provide one set in each of mechanical contractor's Operating and Maintenance Data with index sheet and tab dividers. Divide into following categories: Shop Drawings, Hardware Data, Software Data, Operator's Instructions, Maintenance Instructirrs and Test Records. Owner Instruction: Provide complete verbal and ::ritten instructions to designated Owner representative. Approximately 8 hours shall be allowed for Instruction, at a time arranged in advance with Architect. 15950-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15950 - CONTROL S'iSTE?t Submit documentation of training, including dates and times, initialled by trainees. PART 2.0 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 TYPE OF CONTROL SYSTEM: General: Provide modular, solid state Direct Digital Control (DDC) System with distributed pc,,eessing, using independent stand alone units (DDCUs) , CRT, keyboard and printer. Provide all equipment, installation, and accessories required but not necessarily specified to accomplish operations as described. All hardware provided shall have industry standard data formats, voltages, currents and transmission rates, and shall not need customization to meet specifications or future expansion. Panels and equipment rated for continuous operation at minimum ambient environmental conditions of 35 to 120 F dry bulb and 10 to 95 percent relative humidity. Analog output signals transduced to pneumatic for connection to existing pneumatic damper and valve motors. 2.2 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL ARCHITECTURE: Direct Digital Cont of Vnit (DDCU) ; DDCUs shall include individual microcomputer controllers, power supply, input and output terminals and Eelf-charging battery backup support, minimitm of 8 hours, of all memory. Each DDCU with sufficient processor and memory for performing all specified control functions independently (stand alone control) including real- time clock functions. Each unit shall perform continuous self-diagnostics, with malfunctions visually alarmed at operator's console. Provide RS232 port for operator interface at each DDCU for monitoring control variables or changing control strategies. DDCUs UL or ETL listed. DDCUs shall monitor specific analog and digital inputs, process data received, and produce analog or digital outputs to control systems specified. Each control loop fully user definable in terms of inputs, outputs, control mode, gain, and control action. Provide load/save/verify ^apability of program software. Provide two-position, digital output (DO) for fan or pump start/stop, lighting control, alarms, special damper control and other on-off controls. Control decisions based on external digital inputs (DI) or internally set adjustable limits of measured analog inputs. Provide variable, analog output (AO) fcr temperature control loops shown. Control decisions based on analog inputs (AI) of single variables for modulating control. Provide internal high and/or low signal select or averaging from several analog inputs for resetting proportional control of controlled variable. Provide proportional (P) , proportional plus integral (PI) and derivative (PID) control where shown or where required for precise control. Analog Sensors: „ Direct interface with DDCU, industry_ standard with linear output, accurate to within one percent of true value of measured variable. Sensor ranges selected for smallest span possible yet cover high and low points of medium being meastired. ' Room sensors with plain cover, no thermometer. + Provide averaging elements of adequate length for sensors located in mixed air or discharge air plenums. 25-foot sensor probe length. Transducers: Current to pneumatic or pneumatic to current. Converts 4-20MA or 1-5 VDC analog .o 3-15 psi or vice versa. 1.5 percent span linearity, 0.75 percent span hysteresis, ±3 percent span tr.ackin,, accuracy. 15950-2 asrMEIERw TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15950 - CONTROL SYSTEM i Printer: Hard copy printer, fully compatible with system, 9x9 dot matrix, full. page type. Digital Equipment Corp. (DEC) LA75, IBM Proprinter II, Epson, Panasonic or Toshiba. Provide software to allow printout of all information displayed on CRT, immediate ' printout of alarms. ORerator Interface Software: Provide monitoring capabilities of all inputs, outputs, equipment scatu:,, and setpoints of control loops with ability to set or change alarm limits, control setpoints, or cunt-ol strategies from keyboard. Include ability to set trend reports. Provide priority password security system to prevent unauthorized use or system changes. All system titles, prompts, and instructions in English language and easily understandable. All entries in naturai engineering units, such as degrees Fahrenheit, pounds per square inch, etc. Provide Owner with any software upgrades durir6 the warranty period at no additional cost. 2..3 CONTROL DEVICES: Smokg,Detectors: Approved for duct installation per NFPA 72E. Detector with two sets of alarm contacts and one set of trouble contacts. Smoke detectors suitable for 24 VDC poker. freeze rotection Therniostat. Low temperature cutout control , snap acting, normally closed contacts. 20-foot sensing element; any 16-i.nch portion of element sensing at or lower than setpoint, shall open contacts . Manual reset . Differential Pressure Switches:. 5 amp ratted, snap acting, single pole double throw switch with screw terminals in electric box and conduit connections. Various ranges, 0.05 to 8.0-inches water column with adjustable setpoint as required for application, UL listed. Static pressure probes with angled tip and minimum of 4-inches insertion. Bulkhead-type fitting. Cleveland Type AFS-A or equal. Emergency Ventilatior, StoR-Switch: Provide SPDT toggle switch for emergency shutdown of each air handling unit. Surface ounted Steel Panels Unless otherwise specified, with hinged door and key lock front access. Panel to house iristraments and controls mounted on perforated subpanel. Baked enamel finish. S e ties: All additional equipment required to effect control sequences, including transformers, protective devices, solenoid air valves (EP valves) , relays, etc. 2.4 CONTROL SIGNAL TRANSMISSION: Pneumatic Piping: Air piping of hard drawn copper tubing with soldered fittings, except compression fittings only at control instruments and control devices. At ccntrol supplier's option, soft drawn copper or polyethylene plastic tubing may be used in accessible areas. Plastic pi?ing shall have appropriate fire ratings to meet code requirements. Cable and W1re_- Provide 18 AWG copper , twisted pairs shielded or unshielded as required for connection between sensors and DDCUs, between DDCUs and operator interface. 15950-3 TICARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15950 :ONTROL SYSTEM Rated for use under 30 volts, 300 volt insulation, single or multiple pairs per cable as recommended by controls manufacturer. Overall vinyl sheath. Sensor wire UL Class 2 listed and labelled for specific use. Wire or cable installed in return air plenums, without conduit, listed for such use and locally approved. For wiring above 30 volts, see Division 16. PART 3,0 EXECiJT10 3. 1 INSTALLATION: General: Drawings and Specifications indicate approximate locations of devices, panels and equipment. Control contractor is responsible for proper location of sensors, wells, etc. , to ensure accuracy and optimum system performance. Field verify and coordinate with other trades before installing control devices. Roan Thermostats: Tee into existing thermostat branch line on existing dual duct terminal units as listed on schedule. Signal brought back to panel for individual. transducer input. Room Sensor (NLL) : Install beside existing room thermostat where shown. Insertion5ensor3: Averaging type temperature sensing elements supported to sense all portions of duct or. plenum. Sensing elements passing through duct insulation shall use smallest drilling practical and be properly sealed. Outside Sensors: Locate outside air temperature sensor so true temperatures are contlnuuucly reported, unaffected by solar, exhaust air or other transient conditions. Shield temperature bulb. Freeze rotection Thermostats: Secure capillary to entering air side of heating coils, serpentined across entire coil area. Mount capillary full length across top, bottom or side closest to min'-mum outside air damper. Provide separate thermostat for each multiple coil section. SMoka Detectors: Install in common return air duct and supply air duct. Install per NFPA 72E and manufacturer's instruction. Sensing tubes installed parallel to longest side of rectangular ducts. Power wiring in Phase II. Control c LQn: Provide engraved nameplate identifying DDCUs, control panels, panel face switches, and control devices where control function is not readily apparent. Nameplates to comply with BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, except emergency ventilation stop switches red with white lettering. Label gauges on pneumatic branch lines for normal ranges, heating, cooling, etc. Label pressure gauges with round Avery-type stick on labels In center of gauge. Panel Power and ContL41 Voltage Wirina; See BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050. Control voltage including motor control circuits is limited to maximum of 120 jolts. Obtaining proper voltage sources is the responsibility of the control subcontractor and shall be coordinated with Division 16. Provide conduit and wire as necessary between system panels, DDCUs and any related equipment. Where relay coil, pilot light or solenoid air valve is connected to load side of motor starter to energize with motor operation, external control circuit shall be properly fused with fuse block located in respective starter -nclosure. 15950-r4 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15950 - CONTROL S'iS'iEM Where wall switches or relays are used to control single phase motors directly, contacts of these relays shall be motor rated for not less than horsepower rating of largest motor switched. Where control circuits are brought into starters separately from power circuits, suitable disconnecting device, properly identified, shall be furnished to disconnect control. circuit In accordance with code requirements. Provide fuse block with extra fuse for control voltage entering each control panel. Provide surge transient protection for electronic equipment.. Provide proper grounding of electronic equipment. Lgy Voltage Si&nal Wiring: Wiring in mechanical rooms shall be installed in thin wall conduit to conform with Division lb, Electrical Specifications and applicable cedes. Low voltage signal wire and AC power wiring shall not share same conduit. Wires and cables shall be continuous, from terminal to terminil, without splices. �}r eumatic PipJn&-L Provide supply air mains of 3/8-inch OD minimum. Branch 1'ne-- 1/1-inch. Exposed pipinz in mechanical rooms run parallel to established building lines, installed in ri,aat and workmanlike manner. Do not strap control piping to other piping. Support plastic piping in enclosed gutter, tray, or EMT in fan rooms, mechani'r_al equipment areas, and all other exposed locations. EMT crimp connections are acceptable. Maximum of 12-inches exposed poly tubing between EMT and controlled device. Provide bushing at end of EMT. Verify installed pneumatic piping is free from leaks. Correct leaks dur ag warranty period. DDCU and Other Control—Panels: Provide 3/4-inch fire-retardant plywood mounting board as needed for mounting panels on walls not suitable for direct mounting. Seal and paint with two coats of gray enamel. Where wall space is not available, construct unist_rut free standing frame with plywood mounting board. Mount all transducers and miscellaneous control devices inside DDCU or inside adjacent control panel_. Mount emergency stop switches on panel face unless specified otherwise. Control devices wired without splices to numbered screw-connector terminal strip and identified by color coding or -.sire markers. Provide and identify air gauges at each outgoing or incoming pneumatic branch line to panels. Route pneumatic tubing and electrical wiring inside panels in neat and workmanlike manner. Use gutter or tiewrap In neat bundles. 3. 2 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROL OPERATIONS: General: , The following includes general control sequences of systems. Refer to Control Diagrams on Drawings for specific control requirements for individual systems. Control diagrams are diagrammatic only and indicate required primary control functions and relationships. Setpoints indicated are initial settings and are expected to change according to building and Owner requirements. Unless otherwise specified, two position temperature control functions shall. have maximum diff.erentiaJ of I degrees F. Other control methods providing equal results may he substi.tuted. 15950-5 erq tv w � TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15950 - CONTROL S'iSTE:4 Damper ContFol: Outside and exhaust dampers are closed when fan is off and during night low limit or morning warmup operation. At the occupied hour, the ventilation cycle begins. Outsids air dampers open to minimum position and exhaust fans start. Dampers modulate per reset schedule in sequence with stages of DX cooling. Damper control set to 10 F during unoccupied hours, with ramp to control point at occupied hour. Low Limit Control overrides control signal proportionally to prevent temperatures lower than setpoint. Dampers close to minimum when outside temperature exceeds return air temperature Cold Duct Control: Stages of DX cooling sequence on per reset schedule only after terminal unit (TU) is 100% open and outsi-la air cannot provide required cooling. As T11 cold duct of hottest room modulates closad, cold duct temperature is reset upware. Hot_1»rt Control: One Third/Two Third heating valves sequence on per reset schedule only after demand is establish,d from terminal unit. As TU hot duct of coldest room modulates closed, hot duct temperature is rerit downward. Smo q Alarm Control(Future) : Duct smoke detector alarm to stop respective supply fan, return fan, and interlocked exhaust fans. All dampers to close per normal shutdown sequence. Retai •i exi.;ting fire protection for this phase. Freeze_fn Control:_ Freeze p_otect_ion thermostat to stop supply fan, return fan, and interlocked exhaust fans. Dampers clase per normal shutdown sequence. Heating coil valve to open 100 percent. Freeze protection cycle to continue until freeze protection thereto! tat is manually reset. Emerttencv Stop hl. Shutdown supply fan and all interlocl.ed return and exhaust fans. 3.3 ENERGY MANAGEMENT l,ND RONITORING PROGRAMS: Energy Mana�en� _ Provide an overa`tng software package wVtich includes, but is not limited to, the following: Time of day "occupied hour" scheduling with seven-day calendar plus holidays. Programmable year In advance for each ASU. Che occupied hour is the .specific tine people arrive at the building each day througcA the hour they depart. Coordinate times with Owner Optimized start program based cn outside conditions, in comparison with building and system characteristics to select shortest warmup period required by system to restore normal space temperature by occunied hour. During morning warmup, dampers are closei and interlocked exhaust fans off. Provide setback ccntrol. (night low limit) to limit building temperature from falling below pre-set level during unoccupied hours. Provide 4 degree F di.ffereutial temperature rise. Dampers closed and exhaust fans off during night low limit operation. Provide night high limit program override to start respective ASU and exhaust fans to pre-cool building atspecified temperature. Outside and exhaust air dampers to open for 100 percent flow and DY cooAng to be locked out. High limit operation subject to outside air temperature below 60 F. Signal comparison program to compare various control Fignals and select warmest or coldest signal, or average as shown. Provide alarm poir.ts and other interlocks as required. Reset program to control ASL' hot duct and cold duct aischarge air tenupprature tt 15950-6 TIGARD HS REMODEI. PHASE I - 1.5950 - CONTROL SYS:EM satisfy system loads. Reset parameters as shown on the control diagrams. Where limits are indicated, hold variable to not exceed limit setpoint. Dead band control to allow temperature to float without using heating or cooling energy. Monitoring Programs: Provide alarm program with audible alarm and automatic printout of alarm desc.riptien. Include time delays as required, horn silence control, remote alarm software, acknowledge at keyboard and storage of alarm histo-y. Separate alarms for smoke, freeze and unit off (failure) . Alarm any controlled variable if more than 25 percent deviation occurs. Alarm if any room thermostat select signal is at 0 or 20 psi continuously for onE operational day. Trend Log capabilities with adjustable sampling rates and preview of data on CRT. Provide current status of all systems specified, date and time alarm indications, and current operator ID. Run time totalization of all systems specified with maintenance message generation based on time of year or run time. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: General. Installation, operation, --nd adjustment of control system is resp 'nsi'�ility of control supplier. Adjustment: Adjust each air supply system and miscellaneous control system to maintain temperatures indicated in Contract Documents or as modified by building or Owner requirements. Adjustments made during occupied hours with building at or near normal capacity. Notify Architect in writing of date and times of final ad'ustment. Calibrate each continuous temperature indication loop for accurate readings. Adjust and calibrate all existing dual duct thermostats. Durii,g first year of operation, make any adjustments in settings deemed necessary by Engineer. Tests. At completion of job, thoroughly inspect anti test entire control system by simulating each control function. Dccument that system performs in accordance with Control Specifications, by submitting copies of trend Logs for each system, tracking analog inputs, outputs and setpoints for minimum of 36 hours on representative load days. END OF SECTION 1,5950- 7 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCI:iG SECTION 15990 —TESTI NG. A.DJUSTIN9-AUL.h6 CING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS Refer to BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, Section 15050, for iteris pertaining to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED Testing, adju::=ing, and balancing of air systems, water systems, and mechanical equipment. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE General; Air and water systems shall be adjusted under the supervision of a registered professional engineer, in accordance 14th standard procedures and recognized practices of Associated Air Balance Council ; and as approved by Architect. Acceptahl_q Adjusting and Balancipa Firms_ Northwest. Engineering Service, Inc. , Professional Air Balance Service, Air Balancing Specialty, Inc. , Air Masters, Inc. 1.4 SUBMITTALS Provide one copy of balancing logs directly to Architect's consulting engineer for approval and one copy in each Operating and Maintenance Manual. Provide reduced floor plans with ducts highl.i5hted in -various colors to show zones and fan systems; label outlets with numbers corresponding to balance report. 2.00 PRS CTS Not applicable. 3.0 __F,�,ECUTI�N 3. 1 AIR SYSTEMS Adjust supply, return, and exhaust air volumes to amounts shown, within 10 percent variation. Adjust fan speeds and motor drives for required air volumes, and to provide proper relationship between supply fans dnd return or exhaust fans for a slight positive pressure in the buil6ing. Set speed to provide required air volume at farthest run without excess stat^. pressure. Check capacity at 100 percent outside air, and at minimum outside air. Replacement of drives and/or sheaves included hereunder. Adjust minimum outside air dampers. Provide static pressi..re readings at inlet, coils, and fan discharge on air supply units. Adjust grilles and diffusers for proper deflection and blow. Check for noise and drafts and eliminate if possiblo. Mark all balancing dampers and cocks. 3.2 EQUIPMENT Provide equipment data for ail fan:{, etc. , with equipment identification, motor data, drive data, and operation data on motor. 15990-1 � s TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 1.5990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BA:.%NCISG 3. 3 FIELD QUALI'T'Y CONTROL Provide list of any items observed on the ,job, relating to the systems balanced, that need to be corrected by the Contractor. END OF SECTION a 15990-2 EiMffiwmm TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHOUS JECTION 16050 - BASIS ELEC1,RICAL_MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1. WORK INCLUDED Provide all items, articles, materials, equipment, operations and/or methods listed, mer :x. ned, shown and/or scheduled on the drawings and/or in these specifications, .-cluding all labor, services, permits, fees, utility chargee, and incidentals nec ssary and required to perform and complete the electrical work described in the Division. Sae the contract conditions (general and supplementary) and Division 1 for requirements concerning this Division including, but not limited to, submittals, shop drawings, substitution requests, change orders, coordination, permits, record documents and guarantees. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Mechanical equipment motors to be furnished and mour,.ed under another Division but connected under this Division. Starters to be mounted and connected by this Division, but furnished by another Division unless otherwise noted on the electrical drawings. Motor control centers furnished and installed under this Division of the work. contrc:l wiring for mechanical equipment beyond provisions shown on the Electrical. Drawings shale. ba performed under another Division of the work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Do all work in accordance with regulations of serving electric utility, telephone ut. ty, cable TV utility, National Electrical Code, National Fire Codes, and a_� other applicable codes. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS The Contractor shall inspect the job site prior to bidding and familiarize himself with existing conditions which will affect the work. Prior to start of work, obtain "As built", "Record", or other Drawings showing existing underground utilities. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic indicating approximate location of outlets, lighting fixtures, elbctrical equipment, etc. Consult the Architectural, Structural, and Mechanical Drawings to avoid conflicts with equipment, structural members, etc. When required make all deviations from Drawings to make the work conform to the building as constructed, and to related work of others. Minor relocations ordered prior to installation may be made without added cost to Owner. Call to the attention of the Architect any error, omission, conflict or discrepancy in Drawings and/or Specifications. Do not proceed with any questionable items of work until clarification of same has been made. Under no conditions are beams, girders, footings or columns to be cut for electrical items unless so shown on Drawings or written approval obtained from the Architect. 16050-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Verify the physical dimenei.ons of each item of electrical equipment to fit the available space and prompt1v notify the Architect prior to roughing-in if conflicts appear. CoordinaLion of equipment to the available space and to the access routes through the construction shall be the Contractor's responsibility. 2.0 PP.00_QUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS All materials shall. be new and bear manufacturer's na.,ne, mode' number, electrical characteristics and other identification. All equipment to be U.L. approved if applicable. Material and equipment ehall he standard produc.:. of manufacturer regularly engaged in production of similar material for at least five years (unless specifically exempted) and shall be manufacturer's latest design. 2.2 DISCONNECTS Safety and disconnect switches to be General duty quick-make, quick-break, dual rated, lockable, and of such electrical characteristics as required for the load served. Switches to have defeatable cover interlock. Fuse clips shall accept Class R or Class L fuses if required,. Motor rated toggle switches equal to Hubbell 01221 may bo used an motor disconnects in dry locations. Disconnect switches required by coue to be installed whether cr not specifically shown on the Drawings. Disconnect switches for refrigeration equipment and multiple motor HVAC equipment shall be fusible type. 2.3 FUSES Fuses for motor loads shall be dual element type equal to Bussman FUSETRONS. All other fused power circuits shall be protected by Class L or Class RK1 current limiting fuses with time delay equal to I?ussman HI-CAP or LOW PEAK. Provide three spare fuses of each size used (control fuses included) . Provide "pane-fuse cabinet. 2.4 BOXES outle and junction boxes shall be sized in accordance with code requir'-ments or as noted on the drawings. Unle4e otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, all. outlet boxes for new work shall be galvanized steel knockout, outlet boxes. Gangable boxes are not acceptable. Outlet boxes shall not be smaller than 4" square and 1-1/2 inche3 in depth, unless otherwise noted. All outlet box covers, rings, or other fittings shall be galvanized. Boxes which are exposed to the weather shall be cast metal. Outlet boxes shall be designed for the intended use, and shall. be installed flush with finish surface lines or not more than 1/8 inch back and shall be level and plumb. Long screws with spaces or shims Ear mounting devices are not acceptable. No combustible materials shall be exposed t,o wiring at outlets. outlet boxce on opposite "ides of fire or sound .isolating partitions shall have a minimum horizontal separation of 24". Back to back boxes are not permitted in any walls. Floor boxes, unless otherwise shown, to be Hubbell B-2529/8-2527 box with 5-3925 duplex flap cover for power, or S-2525 cover for communications, and where carpeted with S-3079 polycarbonate carpet flange. 160SC-1 �I � s, es► � TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.Ql EXEgUTIQN 3. 1 GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS Cutting or notching shall be kept to �n absolute minimum and done when, and in a metnod approved by the Architect. Patch and correct finished surfaces damaged by electri^al work. Relays, panels, cabinets and equipment shall be level. and plumb and installed parallel with structural building lines. All yquiprnent and enclosures shall fit neatly without gaps, opcnings, or distortions. Provide approved devices for closing all unused openings. Arrange circuit wiring as shown on the ^rawinge and do not alter or combine rune or homeruns without the epeci`.ic approval of the Architect. Feeder rung shall not be recombined or altered. Contactcre, transformers, starters and similar noie; producing devi.ceu shall not be placed on walls whi,_ti are common to occupied space. Ballasts, contactors, starters, transformers and like equipment which are found to be noticeably noisier ,.han other similar equipment on the project will be deeded defective and shall be replaced. In general, the mounting heights shall be as noted on the Drawings, or an listed below, the drawing notes taking precedence. Where no heights are indicated, request clarification from the Architect. Consult the Architectural., Mechanical and Structural drawings to avoid conflict. prier to roughing-in. All dimensions are to the center of the device unless otherwise noted. Lighting dimensione are to the bottom of suspended fixtures and center of wall mounted fixt,:res unless otherwise noted. Light Switches 48 inches Conven,ence Receptacles 12 inches Panelboard top 72 inches Fire Alarm Signals 96 inches Fire Call Stations 42 irches Telephone outlets 12 inches Receptacle and Outlets 8 inches above counter or 3" Over Counter above backspl.ash, whichever ' s greater. All electrical. wall plates, thermostats, or other similar wall mounted items, if measured within 18 inches horizontally from each other, shall. be vertically stacked and aligned unless otherwise indicated. Where raceways penetrate floors, ceilings, ducts, chases, and Eire walls, provide fire stopping to maintain integrity of the fire assembly. Firebtopping method sl►all be approved by the Cod© Authority having jurisdiction. All materials and equipment installed under this work shall be properly and adequately supported from the building structure except where ceiling construction or other provisions ars specifically deigned to support them. Support systems shall provide a safety factor .,f four.. This shall. apply to chains, hangers, anchors, clamps, screws, structural iron, and all other hardware and appurtenances associated with the support system. w w w w w TIGARC HS REMODEL PHASE I - 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.2 LABELING Clearly and properly label the complete electrical system to indicate the loads served or the function of each item of equipment provided under this work. Nameplates shall be 1/16 inch thick, laminated three-ply plastic, center-ply white, outer-ply black "Lamicoid" or equal. Letters shall be farmed by engraving outer black ply, exposing white center-ply. Nameplates shall be secured with screws or pop rivets. Provide a master nameplate at the main distribution to identify the project, the Engineer and the date. Clearly label switchboardu with engraved nameplates to identify each load served. Label all electrical contactors, relays, time switches, transformers, etc. with an engraved namepl•rte corresponding to the labeling in the main, subdistribution, or bralich panel serving the device or apparatus. Provide typewritten branch panel schedules with protective clear, transparent covers accounting for every breaker installed. Use actual room designations assigned by name or number near completion of the work, and not the designations shown on drawings. Identify brancn panels with engraved nameplate corresponding with distribution panel labeling. Mount labels inside door for flush panels, and on the face of the door for surface panels. No brand labels or other marking shall be on the outside of the panels. Where changes are made in existing panels, distribution boards, Atc. , provide nei, labeling and schedules to accurately reflect the changes. 3.3 SAFETY The Engineer has not been retained or compensated to provide design and construction review serv+cee relating to the Contractor's safety precautions or to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required for the contractor to perform the work. 3.4 DEMOLITION It is the intent of these specifications to require the contractor to make all necessary adjustments to the electrical eystwm, required to meet code, and accommodate installation of the ne, work. Remove all exists g fixtures, ciocks, Wwitches, receptacles, and other electrical equipment and devices and assuciated wiring from walls, ceilings, floors, and other surfaces scheduled for remodeling, relocation, or demolition unless specifically shown as retained or relocated on the drawings. Disconnect all exis*ing mechanical equipment scheduled for removal or relocation. See mechanical drawirys for scope of work. Remove abandoned raceways and cables. Relabel panels and motor control centers to reflect changem. If existing junction boxes will be mr.de inaccessible, or if abandoned outlets serve as feed through boxes for other existing electrical equipment which is being retained, new conduit and wire shall be provided to bypass the abandoned outlets. If existing conduits pass through partitions or ceilings which are being removed or remodeled, new conduit and wire shall be provided to route around the ceiling or wall and maintain service to the existing load. Extend circuiting and devices in all existing walls to be furred out. 166.(1-4 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Locations of items shown on the drawings as existing are partially based on as-built and other drawings which may contain errors. The Contractor shall verify the correctness of the information shown prier to bidding and provide such labor and material as is necessary to accomplish the intent of the contract documents. All materials accumulated during the demolition process are the Owners property and shall be removed from the job site as directed by the owner. 3 .5 POWER INTERRUPTIONS Keep outages to occupied areas to a minimum and prearrange all outages with the Owner's representative and utilities involved, Requests for outages shall state the specific dates and hours and *he maximum durations, with the outages kept to these specified times. When power interruptions will last longer than 5 minutes and cover more than 10• of the building, or affect public areas, they shall be performed on the weekends between 1 and 5 AM. This contractor will be liable for any damages resulting from unscheduled outages or for those not confined to the preapproved times. Include all costs for overtime labor as necessary to maintain electrical services in the initial bid proposal. Temporary wiring and facilities, if used, shall be removed and the site left clean before final acceptance. Requests for outages must bo submitted at least (5) days prior to intended shutdown time. No circuits shall be turned off without prior approval from owner. Coordinate with the Owner any interruptions which affect the operation of the remaining portions of the facility. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner so that work can be scheduled not to interrupt operations, normal activities, building access, etc. Coordinate work with other crafts for proper scheduling. 3.6 GROUNDING Ground all electric equipment, raceways and enclosures in accordance with code rules and established safety practices. Provide a single main grounding point where grounding conductors from the Grounding Electrode System ground rods, ground grid%, water pipes, main switchgear, etc. may be terminated. Grounds shall be installed where accessible for futi.ire inspection and servicing. Where ground connections are made underground or in inaccessible locations, they shall be made using an exothermic weld process, Cadweld or equivalent, or Ampact pressure connectors. Install grounding conductors in approved metallic raceways unless specifically shown or specified otherwise. No. 12 grounding conductors shall have green insulation. All isolated ground buses shall be used only for conductors from isolated ground receptacles. Do not bond conduit or enclosures to isolated ground buses. All isolated ground feeders shall be run back to the main building ground and shall not terminate on any ground buses in subdistribution boards. 3.7 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS The location and method for connecting to eac'.t item of equipment shall be verifiod prior to roughing-in. The voltage and phase of each item of equipment shall be checked before connecting. Motor rotations shall be made in the proper direction. Pump motors are not to be test run until liquid is in the system and pro-,,'r lubrication to all bearings in unit is checked. 15050-5 sw sr TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Conduit, wire and circuit breaker size■ for mechanical, elevator and similar j equipment are based on the equipment ratings of one manufacturer. The equipment actually furnished may have entirely different electrical ' characteristics. Conduit, wire, circuit breakers, disconnects, etc. shall not be ordered or installed until exact electrical requirements are obtained. Responsibility for this coordination rests with the Contractor. 3.8 COMPLETION Complrte each system as shown or specified herein and place in operation except ,+here only roughing-in or partial systems are called for. Each system shall be tested and left in proper operation free of faults, shorts or unintentional grounds. Demonstrate system in the presence of the Architect, the Owner or their representative when requested. END OF SECTION 16050-6 w Sao ■a � +� TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 16110 - RACEWAYS SECTION .16110 - RACEWAYS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED Provide all raceways, wireways an!' associated fittings as herein spocif.ied and shown on the associated drawings. 1.2 APPLICATION LMT, rigid galvanized, intermediate metal, and PVC conduit may be used. Schedule 40 PVC conduit may only be used below grade and in slabs on gr&de provided it doesn't penetrate more than 20% of the thickness of the slab. PVC may not be used above grade. Conduits larger than 1 inch shall be run below the slab. Galvanized rigid conduit (GAC) scall be used in locations subject to mechanical injury and for service conduit under buildings or concrete slabs. Electric metallic tubing may be used in all dry and protectec, locations. Flexible metal conduit will be permitted -)nly where flexibility is necessary. Exceptions are connections to recessed light fixtures and work fished into existing concealed dry locations, and wood frame construction. Flexible metal conduit shall be used for connection to all equipment subject to movement or vibration such as motors and transformers. Drawing notes requiring a specific type of raceway shall take precedence over the specifications. surface metal racea;ays equal to Wiremold may be used only where specifically called for on the drawings or in the specifications. Such installation shall be directed by Architect. Electrical wiring shall be in U.L. approved racewayr and enclosures throughout. 0 PRODUCE$ 2. 1 FITTINGS Rigid and intermediate metal conduit shall be coupled and terminated with threaded fittinge. Ends shall ba bushed with insulating bushirge equal to T&B 200 series. Connectors and couplings for EMT shall be concrete tight uet screw type with i_ns,ilated throats on connectors. Connectors larger than 1-1/4 inc.i shall be T&B 200 series insulating bushing. 110 EXACUTiON 3.1 INSTALLATION Provide pull boxes where shown or required to limit the number of tends .in airy run to not more than three 90 degree bends. Use code gauge galvanized sheet steel boxes of code required size with removable covers, installed so that cover■ will be accessitle after work is completed. Verify with the Architect. any locations in finished areas. Conceal all wiring in finished spacee. Expoaud raceways shall be parallel to structural lines. Support suspended feeder conduits by metal ring or trapeze hangers with threaded steel rods. If a large number of suspended feeders are grouped together_, the contractor shall review the Layout with the structural enqinee and obtain approvAl for the proposed layout. 16110-1 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 16110 - RACEWAYS All conduits crossing expansion or seismic joints where cast in concrete shall be provided with appropriate fittings which permit movement, equal to O-Z/Gedney, Type EX or DX. Conduits piercing a building waterproof membrane shall be provided with flanges, using two neoprene washers, one washer on each side of membrane, between each flange and membrane. END OF SFCTION 16110-2 TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 16120 - WIRES AND CABLES SECTION X20 --WIRES AND CABLES 1.0 GENLRAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED Provide all wires and cables as herein specified and shown on the associated drawings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE All wire and cable shall conform to Code and shall meet all ASTM specifications. _PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS No. 10 and 12 AWG conductors shall be Type "THHN" insulated, stranded or soft drawn solid copper. No. 8 AF'G and larger conductors shall be Type "THW" or "THHN" insulated, soft drawn, Class B stranded copper. Minimum conductor size shall, be No. 12 AWG unless otherwise noted. Where adverse conductor exp3:4ure exists, code approved insulation suitable for the conditions encountered shell be used unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. Wire and cable shall be new, shall have grade of insulation, voltage and manufacturer's name permanently marked on outer covering at regular intervals and shall L)e delivered in complete coils or reelu with identifying size and insulation tags. 2.2 ALUMINUM OPTIONS Wire sizes are based ov copper wire unless otherwise noted. Stranded aluminum wire may be used in dry locations it No. 1 or larger. Aluminum conductors shall be increased in size so that they will have equal or greater ampacity than the copper conductors indicated on the drawings. 2.3 LOW VOLTAGE WIRING METHODS Unless stated otherwise in these specifications, or on the drawings, raceways for wiring Paging, Intercom, computer, T.V. , and Telephone systems utilizing N C. c?ass II current limitation methode will ba required only in walls, air plenums, inaccessible ceilings, and areae where conductors might hA exposed to physical damage. Cables approved for use in air plenums will be accepted in lieu of conduit in plennme. Conductors shall be concealed in all finished spaces. Conductors shall always be .run parallel to structural lires and supported at minimum 5' intervals. Provide a box, plaster ring, and conduit with insulated bashing from each wall or floor outlet to an accessible ceiling or crawl space. Conduit shall be minimum 3/4" for telephone and sized as needed for other systems. Drawings notes shall take precedence. Furnish and install all necessary sleeves and raceways to hermit the installation of signal cables to the appropriate equipment termination point. Nc outlets of any type shall be left without a raceway system or accessible ceiling pat,: to their termination point. Verify that raceway sizes are Appropriate and will have at least 50% mpare capacity after all cables are initially installed. 16120- 1 I TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 15120 - WIRES AND CABLES r 3.01 EXECUTION 3.1 SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS Splices are to be made up complete promptly after wire installation. Single wire pigtails shall be provided for fixture and device connections. Wirenuts may be used for fixture wiry connections to single wire circuit conductor pigtails. Splices shall utilize Scotch "Hyflex" or "Ideal" wing nut connector installed properly. Splices for No. 8 and larger wires may be made with approved pressure type connectors equal to T&B series 54000. All taped joints ■hall be with "Scotch 33+" or equal, applied in half-lap layers without stretching to deform. Aluminum wire splices and terminations shall utilize tool applied compression type copper-aluminu.;. lugs containing "Penetrox" or other approved oxidation inhibitor. Aluminum terminations on etude shall have properly sized Belville washers to each lug. Aluminum terminations in molded case circuit breaker met screw lugs shall utilize Burndy type AYP "Hyplug" terminators or Square D type VC compression l ,gs. Insulation shall be removed with a stripping tool designed specifically for that purrjse. A pocket knife is not an acceptable tool. All conductors shall be left nick-free. END OF SECTION 16120-2 e ars No s ear a TiGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 16122 - METAL CLAD CABLE SEC 122 16122 - METAL CLAD CABLE 1. 1 WORK INCLUDED Metal Clad cable may be used for all concealed branch ci.rct�it wiring where permitted by local codes, the National Electrical Code, except where otherwise noted. Metal clad cable shall only be used for concealed interior wiring and may be exposed only in unfinished crawl spaces or attics. 2.0_ YRPDUCTS 2.1 MATEPIALS Cable shall be steel jacketed interlocking armor with internal fully insulated green grounding conductor, or continuous sheath corrugated smooth tubing. Cable shall contain multi-conductor thermoplastic insulated color coded solid or stranded copper conductors. Connections, terminations and fasteners shall. be U.L. approved for the application, and uesigned specifically for use with the cable used, and shall have ineuiated throats to protect the wire. 2.2 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS MC Cable: AFC/A Nortek Company, Inte•cflex. Type MC, HFC-90 Tools: Cable manufacturer approved type with controlled depth rotary , nutter. 3.0 _ZjACj2TjQV 3.1 INSTALLATION Support horizontal. and vertical cable 6 feet on center (maximum) and within 6 inches of boxes with Approved cable clamps. Support cable above accessible ceilings; do not nest cables on ceiling tiles. Attach cables with metal clips or plastic cable ties to support wires from structure on 6 foot centers maximum. Cable shall be cut with manufacturer approved devices. Splice conductors only in accessible junction boxes. Cable shall not be supported from, or come in contact with, mechanical ducts, water, sprinkler or gas piping; maintain 6 inch separation minimum. Provide j,jnction box at all cable penetrations of wall, ceiling or floor surfaces for equipment connections; cable shall not oe run directly through finished surfaces. Voltage drop: ( ictors over 75 fee`: for 120 volt, and over 200 feet for 277 volt, for branch individual circuit home runs from equipment connection, receptacle or lig ing fixture shall to No. i) AWG minimum. Provide juncLion box at transition from concealed to exposed wiring. Exposed wiring shall conform to Section 16110 - Paceways. Where cable penetrates fire-rated wells or flaors, provide mechanical fire atop fitting with UL listad fire rating equal to wall or floor rating. rovide junction box at transition from interior to exterior wiring. Exterior wiring shall conform to Section 161.10 - Raceways. END OF SECTION 16122-1 WNMLI� TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I •- 161.40 - SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES SECTION 16140 - SWITCHE$ AND RECEPTACLES _Std. 4ML 1.i WORK INCLUDED Provide all switches, receptacles, and other devices as herein specified and shown on the associated drawings. 2,1 P R 2 CU 2.1 ACCEPTABLE 1vi.ANUFACTURERS Bryant, Arrow-Hart, Sierra, Pass & Seymour, General Electric, Leviton; Slater, Hubbell are acceptabie. 2.2 MA':ERIALS The following list of wiring devices covers the most commonly specified items and establishes the grade of device. Should the Drawings indicate a. dsv�ce other than "pose listed herein without reference to catalog number, such device shall be of the same grade and manufacturer as like devices. Single Pole Switches Hubbell #1221 Duplex Receptacles Hubbell 05362 Duplex Receptacles - Isolated Ground Hubbell. 05362-IG Switch with Pilot Sierra #5729R Dimmers Lightolier Neptune Momentum Series All wiring devices and plates to be specification grade. Receptacles Ahall he mounted vertically unless otherwise noted. Devices in finish areas to be ivory with 430 stainless steel plates. 'flood paneled walls shall have brown devir_es and plates. Restroome, and food preparation areas to have 302 stainless steel plates. Flush floor receptacles to be duplex and to have braes, hinged flap lids. 3.0 3.1 LABELING Where switches control remote lighting or power outlets, or where switches in the iaame outlet (two or more) serve different purposes, such rs light, power, Intercom, etc. or different areas, such as corridor and outside, f'irnish enSraysd plates with 1/8 inuh black letters indica�.ing function of each sc, ltch or outlet. END OF SECTION 16140-1 w ►� w wALM w w TIGA.RD HF REMODEL PHASE I - 16500 LIGHTING SECTION 165 _- LIGHTING 1.0 ��e��r RA . 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED Provide light fixtures with lamps as herein specified and shown on the drawings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE If the catalog number of a specified fixture should conflict with the fixture description or the genera lighting specifications, such conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect prior to bidding. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Submit complete and descriptive shop drawings in accordance with Section O'300. Verify that fixturi description matches that which is indicated by the specified catalog number. All feattires mentioned in the fixture list shall be shown or mentioned on the submitted items. ?.0 PAOpUCTS 2. 1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS See Fixture Schedule List for acceptable manufacturers. Requests for substitution of other products will be considered. Substitution requests for fixtures equal to those specified shall include COMplete construction and photometric data including, if applicable, :ardlepouer distribution curve, spacing to mounting height ratio, table of coefficients of utilixaticn, isofootcandle curve, ANSI beam spread classiftr_ation, efficiency, etc. Shop diaiwings and substitution requests for fluorescent fixtures shall include the sheet metal gauge of the housing and the lone thickness, material, and pattern. 2.2 MATER'ALS No sockets having fiber insulating liners will be permitted. Polystyrene lenses and leness lose than .125 inches nominal thickness shall not be permitted unless iitherwise noted. Provide fixtures with ACL, damp or wet label if required for the application indicated. All recessed fixtures shall be fres of light leaks. 2.3 BALLASTS All ballasts shall be capable of providing reliable operr..tion of the lamps at the lowest temperature normally encountered. The contractor shall confirm that the ballasts are appropriate for the ambient conditions. Ballasts deemed excessively noisy shall be replaced without cost to the owner. Fluorescent ballasts shall be Claes P, premium grade, high power factor, with CBM/ETL and U.L. labels. 16500-1 TIGARD HS REMGOEL PHASE I - 16500 - LIGPTING Rapid start ballasts shall be electronic type and provide full light output. The two lamp input wattage shall not exceed 61 watts with 34 watt rapid start energy saving lamps. Third harmonic currents shall not exceed 25 percent. Ballast noise levels shall be at least 70 percent below permissible levels for an 'A' rated ballast. Acceptable manufacturers are Advance, Triad, and Valmont. Three or four lamp fli ,rescent fixtures arranged for 2 or 3 level lighting !i shall have ballasts wired in such a manner that a single switch shall not operate the outor lamps in some fixtures, and the inner lamps in others. One ballast shall serve outer lamps and the other shall serve inner lamp(@) . All rooms with more than one nwitch per door shall be so arranged unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Ballasts shall provide reliable operation at all voltages within ten percent of the nominal 120 or 277 volts. All ballasts shall be High Power Factor (HPF) type, unless otherwise noted. 2.4 LAMPS ' Fluorescent lamps shall be energy saving type, unless otherwise noted. Color to match existing. Fiigh intensity discharge lamps shall be either coated or clear as recommended by thr, fixture manufacturer. All incandescent lamps shall be 130 volt, inside frosted unless otherwise noted (except Halogen) . Acceptable lamp manufacturers are Sylvania, Philips, and General Electric. All lamps and fixtures sihall be in proper operation at the time of acceptanca. Provide ten percent spare lamps, with a minimum of two, for each size a,nd type used. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Fixtures installed under this work shall be properly and adequately supported from the building structure except where ceiling construction or other provisions are specifically designed to support the fixture units. Fixture support systems shall provide a safety factor of four. This shall apply to chains, hangers, anchors, clamps, screws, and all other hardware and appurtenances associated with the support system. Fixture supports shall provide proper alignment and leveling of fixtures, and shall be arranged to maintain the alignment at all times. The final decision as to adequacy of alignment shall be given by the Architect. All light outlets shall be supplied with a fixture. Outlet Rymb,.)l.r on the drawings without a type designation shall have a fixLuro the same as those used in similar or like locations. Fixture stem or chain lengths for industrial reflector or bare lamp strip fixtures shall be appropriate for the Rpace and for coordination wit'I other work such as ducts and piping. Provide swivel. hangers for stem-hung fixtures. Fiutures shall be left clean at the time of acceptance of the work an'i every lamp shall be in operation. The responsibility for cleaning or prota:ting fixtures from dirt, dust, paint, debris, etc. shall rest with the Contractor performing this division of work. Prior to the purchase of any fixture, the finish shall be -verified with the Architect. 16500-1. �► w �[ w w w aw TIGARD HS REMODEL PHASE I - 16500 - LIGHTING Fixtures recessed into fire rated ceilings shall have an enclosure built around them which will not violate the fire rating of the ceiling. The contractor shall confirm that the specified fixtures are compatible with the ceiling system prior to bidding and ordering fixtures. Fixtures of a given description may be used in more than one type of ceiii.nq. The fixture list and electrical drawings do not indicate what type of ceiling a recessed fixture is intended for. Consult the Architgctural Reflected Ceiling plan to obtain this information. Where fixtures are mounted under cabinets, in soffits, coves, or other physically restricting spares, the contractor shall verify that the fixtures will fit the space prior tu ordering. Undercabinet and similar fixtures are to be hard wired. Flexible cords similar to SO cord are not acceptable. END OF SECTION I 16500-3 MAY-15-91 WED 15:21 SELIG LEE RUEDA FAX NO, 5032244836 P, 02 SELIG / LEE / RUEDA Architects and Pla!,iners 113 su Ash Street, Porttan�i, Oregon 97 204 Telephone:(503)224-0173 15 May 1991. MEMO To: Brad Roast By: Xavier Rueda RE: TTGARD RIGA SCHOOL REMODEL Per our telephone conversation: When replacing existing Classroom and Storage Room doors that, require labels, existing wood door frames are permitted to remain. New doors will have labels, closers and gasketing. END of MEMO cc: Gene Birchil.l .Y a II rl! �3 C114 Q X 1 CL ,•r \ c U.! a z01 114 �•• —7,,, lK r,;;6Ba c'0 'd 968WMg 'ON M KEN 331 0113S 01 :8 I83 16-01-AVW 70REGON OF TIGARD t,iay 8, 1991 � 4avier Rueda >elig, Lee, Rueda Architects -- ?..13 SW Ash St Portland, Or 97204 Re: Portable classrooms at the Durham Elementary, Tigard oi.gh, and Mary Woodward Elementary Schools. Dear Xavier, As per our meeting today with Gene Birchi-11 and Jim Jaqua regarding the proposed portable classrooms for the above schools, the following was discussed: Durham Elementary The building code requires a minimum of 50 feet between the portables (E-2) and the multi-purpose room (A-3) . If the multi- purpose room has a one-hour firewall separating it from the portables, the buildings need only to be separated by a minimum of. 20 feet. Since the wall of the multi-purpose room does not fully comply for. ' one hour fire resistive construction, there are three options available: o Move the portables to a minimum of 50 feet from the multi.-purpose room. n Tnstall curtain spri:uklf_l heads on the exterior wall of the multi-purpose room adjacent to the portables. In my opinionthis ;Jrovide the same degree of protection as a one-hour fire wall. This s based on the 'fact that the interior of the wall of the andmulti- purpose room is covered with 5/8 inch gypsum wallboard he room is protected with a fire sprinkler system. o Install a smoke detection system in all portables that are less than 50 feet from the multi-purpose room. The smoke detection system must be connected to an approved central station monitoring system. It is my opinion that early notification and response by the fire district will allow adequate exposure protection to either building. In no case can the buildings be separated by less than 20 feet. ..,.._..4 r,..,,,,.. oro?,i rr)n Ai h.,"�-4171 Tigard High The proposed .location as originally submitted to the planning division (at the rear of the building by the vocational shops) is acceptable, with the following provisions: o There must be a minimum 20 foot wide fire vehicle access road along the rear of the school. rhis is a requirement of the fire district as discussed with Gene Birchil.l. o The portable.; must be separated from the existing buildings by a minimum of 20 feet, and the adjacent buildings mast qualify as E occupancies. Mary Woodward Elementary The proposed location is acceptable with the following provisions: o rhe portables shall be a minimum of 20 feet from the existing _,chool. o The adjacent music and storage rooms mitat be separated from the multi-purpose room by a one-hour occupancy separation. The discussion dues not constitute a complete review of the buildings. Other regulations may apply, and will be addressed with the formal plan review. If you have any questions, please call me at 639-4171. Sincer ly Brad Roast Building official cc: Planning Div. Gene Birchill SELIG / LEE / RUEDA Architects and 11Iamicrs 213 SU,Ash Street, Nrfland, Urtson 97204 Plepknne:(.503)224-0173 2 May 1991 Mr. Brad Roast Building Divisia,. Tigard City Hall Post Office Box 23397 Tigard, Oregon 97223 RE: DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PORTABLE Dear Brad: We have received the Conditional Use - CUP 31-0001 (8) - Review and the following is submitted as requested. Item 1 The existing Multi-Purpose Room identified as Gymnasium in the CUP Review is of one huur construction. The north and east exterior walls were constructed with only building paper and T- 1-1.1 .siding on the eAterior since they are temporary walls for future expansion. However, since the Multi-Purpose Room is sprinkled. I submit this condition would meet the intent of the Code. Item 2 Will Comply. Item 3 Bud Hillman has indicated a Ruilding Permit Npplication was filed but the fee waived by Brad Roast . application should be on file. Item 4 Portables are sited so that rain water is taken •►i.a downspout to a splash block on grade. The water is then filtered by `he grass play field. I submit that this satisfies the intent of phosphorous filtration during the summer and fall months. Please feel free to call with .any questions. Sincer7ly, Xavier Rueda Bnd Hillman - Tiaard-Tualatin School District Vi 400dwin - Cily of Tigard CITY OF TIGARD NOTICE OF DECISION CONDITIONAL USE - CUP 91-0001;B) DURHAM ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TIGARD SCHOOL DISTRICT 23J - OWNER SELTG/LEE/RUEDA ARCHITECTS - APPLICANT APPLICATION: The applicant seeks approval for a minor modification to an existing Conditional Use to alloy placement of. a 1,680 square foot portable classroom structure on the Durham Elementary School site. LOCATION & ZONE: 8040 SW Durham Road (WCTM 2S1 13B Tax Lot 300) , R-12 (HD) (Residential, 12 units/acre, Historic District) . DECISION: The Planning Director's designee for the City of Tigard has APPROVED the above request SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 . The findings and conclusions on which the decision is based are noted below. A. FINDING OF FACT 1 . Background Informer}ion On August 22, 1988, the City Council approved i) a plan amendment from Light Industrial. to Public/Instituti.onal for 2 .89 acres of the adjacent Hambach property and the 20-foot wide accessway of the PGE property (CPA 88-03) ; and 2) a zone change from I--L (Light Industrial) for those portions of these two properties and also for. the Durham School property from I--P (HD) ( Industrial Park, Historic District overlay) to R-12 (HD) (ZC 88-08) . On October. 27; 1988, the Histori.r. Sites and Districts Committee and the Heari.nyei Officer reviewed a proposal to construct a new classroom building on the southern portion of the site of the Durham Elementary School (CU 88-08, HD 88-01) . Access to the new classroom building was to be developed from SW 85th Avenue through the Unified Sewerage Agency's Durham Road Wastewater .ereatment Plant . The proposed expanded school use of the site included continued use of the two existing school buildings with no changes to those buildings or to the developed portion of the site. The proposal was approved subject to several conditions . The new classroom building was occupied in September, 1989 . In January, 1990 the Hearings Officer approved Conditional Use CU 89-06 which allowed installation of two temporary modular classroom buildings at the Durham Elementary School . These modular classrooms were proposed ':o be used until June, 1992 . NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-0001(` - DURHAM ELEMENTARY - PAGE 1 No other land use applications have been reviewed by the City regarding the Durham School property. The Comprehensive Plan, however, makes the following comments regarding the Durham School: "The Durham Elementa;.y School was determined to be a significant historic structure. The school site incl,ides 5.59 acres. Now part of the Tigard School Discr.ict 23J, the Durham School was erected in :;20. In 1951, an addition was added to the facility which now houses classes to the sixth grade. In addition, this school house is the only remaining institutional landmark in the southeastarr portion of Tigard. Efforts are continuing to place the structure on the National Historic Register. The Comprehensive Plan Map indicates the site as Public/Institution. The designation would restrict conflicting uses on the site to public o- institution, therefore, no other residential commercial or industrial uses would be permitted on the site. The Community Development Code includes a II.istori.c Overlay District (HD) which is placed on the school site property. This overlay district requires any development proposal to be reviewed in a. public hearing. The standards within the Historic overlay District chapter requires that all changes with the district be compatible w;tr the historic structure. The staff recommendation for this resource is to preserve the structure as historic and facilitate, if possible, placing the structure on the National P..istoric Register. An Historic Overlay District designation should be placed over the zoning. " The City Council has applied the Historic District overlay to the site as recommended. At present, the site has not been placed on the National Register of Historic Places . 2 . Vicinity Information Properties north of Durham Road in the vicinity of the subject property are zoned R-12 (Residential , 12 unite/acre) and contain single family residences . Properties to the east are used primarily for agricultural uses . A few single family residences are also located to the east. Parcels to the west are NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-0001 (B) - DURHAM ELEMENTARY - PAGE 2 � a occupied a residence and the S & L Landscaping Nursery, the Unified Sewerage Agency's wastewater treatment plant, and other industrial uses across SW 85th Avenue. Properties south of Durham Road other than the school are zoned I-P (Industrial Park) . Durham School is located on the south side of Durham Road, a two lane road functionally classified as an arterial street. Durham Road .is under the jurisdiction of the Oregon State Highway Division between Hall Boulevard and Upper Boones Ferry Road. .Access to the new Durham School building I.s from a driveway and sidewalk across the wastewater treatment plant's grounds from SW 85th Avenue. SW 85th Avenue is functionally classified as a local industrial street- . 3. Site Information and Proposa' Description Tax lot 300 is occupied by the Durham Elementary, School. The school includes the original two-room school building constructed in 1920, an additional four classroom building constructed in 1951, the nine classroom building constructed in 1989, and the two previously approved modular units. The school district desires to modify the elementary school operations at this site through installation of another modular classroom building to be located near the two existi,►g modular structures, just north of the new school building. A minor modification of the school can ba reviewed administratively but because the property is also designated with the HD (Hi.s;:o:r.i.c District) overlay zone, the proposal for placement of new structures on the site also requires Historic District review for conformance with the criteria of Code Section 18.82 .040(e) . This review was conducted by the City's Historic Sites and Districts Committee (see Agency Comments section) . The Tigard School. District requests approval to add an approximately 1,680 square foot portab=le classroom to the site. The proposed building is intended to be located near the parking area, adjacent to th,: two existing modular. structures. No utilities other than electricity are proposed to be connected to the portable structure. NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-0001(B) - DURHAM ELEMENTARY - PAGE 3 4 . Agency and NPO Comment:, Th( :ngineering Department offers the following comments: The site fronts on S.W. Durham Road, a state owned road. Existing conditions are: 30 feet of right-- of-way with an asphalt pedestrian/bike pathway. Washington County has this portion of the road on its MSTIP projec.. list for 1992 construction. As part of the conditions of approval for a previous application (CU 88-04) the school district was required to dedicate an additional 15 feet of right-of-way so there would be a total o, 45 feet from centerline. This conditions has not been met but after discussions with the Oregon Department Of Transportation Right-of-Way Agent, Gary Hurt, it appears the school district nas supplied all of the appropriate documents and frees, but the State has not been able to process the paper work. In addition, Mr. Hunt informed City staff that the State cannot give staff a date as to whet. the dedication vill become final, but he has assured the City that the school district has done their portion of the work. The applicant is pr.•oposing to connect no utilities other than electricity to the portable structures . Existing facilities appear adequate to handle the additional classroom spare. Therefore, no sanitary sewer connections are required The Unified Sewerage Agency has established, and the pity has agreed to enforce, Surface Water Management Regulations (Resolution No. 90-43) which require either construction of on-site water ' quality facilities or payment of fees in lieu of construction. The applicant has not proposed any such on-site water quality facility and, based on the size and location of the development, an on- site facility should not be required. Therefore, a fee in lieu of the construction of a water quality facility should be required. Washington County has established, awit the City has agreed to enforce, Traffic Impact Fees (Resolution No. 90-65) . The purpose of the free is to ensure that. new development contributes to extra-capacity transportation improvements needed to accommodate NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-0001 (8) - DURHAM ELEMENTARY - PAGE 4 v additional traffic generated by such development. The applicant is required to pay the fee. The Building Division notes there is no record of a building permit being issued for the original modular units. If the School District does not have a record of a permit, the two existing units shall be included on the permit for the new unit and shall be subject to inspection. In addition, if the existing gymnasium wall (A-2. 1 occupancy) adjacent to the two existing nodular units is not of one-hour fire resistive construction, the units must be a minimum of 50 feet from the gymnasium. If the wall is of one-hour fire resistive :onstruction, the units shall be a minimum of 20 feet from the gymnasium. A recommendation for approval was issued by the Historic Sites and Vistricts Cormittee at a public hearing held on April 25, 1991. The committee commented that staff should he certain the previously approved modular units, as wei.l as the proposed unit, are issued building permits and inspected to a4su.re conformance with the Uniform Building Code. The Fire Marshall remarks that he is in agreement with the comments made by the Building Official and requests the relocation of any proposed wilding that may interfere with access for firefighting. The City of Tigard Police and Field Operation 1)apartments, Tigard slater District, NPU 07, PGE, and GTE have reviewed the proposal and have no objections to it. No other comments have been received. B. ANALYSIS AND CONCLUSION Applicable Approval Criteria The applicable criteria for approval. of a minor modification to an existing approved conditional use are contained in Code Section 18 . 130 .060.C. They are as fal_lows: 1 . No Code provisions will be violated; and 2 . The modification is not a major modification. The proposed addition of a portable classroom building on the site of Durham Elementary School is consistent with the above criteria. Section 18. 54 . 040 lists schools r.s a conditional use in the R-12 zone. The site was approves for this use in NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-0001 (B) - DURHAM ELEMENTARY - PAGE 5 r■[ 2W 1988 when the School District was granted Conditional Use approval to construct a new classroom building. The proposal satisfies the setback, lot coverage, and building height requirements of the R-12 :zoning district and- Section 18. 130. 1.50(C) (9) (Locational Criteria: Schools) . Adequate landscaping already exists on the site. The site provides adequate area for the needs of the existing school buildings and the additional building. The only utijity connection that must be made for the proposed building to for electricity. Other public facility providers have not indicated that they would be unable to serve the proposal. Bicycle racks located adjacent to the school building provide much more than the minimum number of required bicycle parking spaces. Additional parking is not required because the total number of employees at the school is not expected to change and no increase in size is proposed for the qymnasium. Finally, Comprehensive Plan Policy 2. 1. 1 is satisfied because NPO # 5 has had an opportunity to review and comment on the proposal. The proposed addition of a portable classroom is not a major modification because: 1) no change in land use is 1:roposed, 2) accessways and parking areas will not be altered, 3) the increase in floor area is less than 10 percent, 4) the usable open space will not be reduced by 10 percent, and 5) no redr.ction of setbacks, landscaping, screening, or recreational facilities is proposed. While the proposal generally satisfies the requirements of the Community Development erode as discussed above one concern has arisen. As noted in the Building Division and Fire Marshall's comments, the existing modular structures may be too close to the existing ypnnasium to satisfy the requirements of the Uniform Building Code (UBC) with respect to sire safety if the north-facing gymnasium wall is not of ane-hour fire .resistive construction. The applicant must satisfy the requirements of the UBC: by providing evidence to the Building Divinicn that the north- facing gymnasium wall is of one-hour fire .resistive construction. The applicant will also be required to submit a document from the Fire Marshall which assures the City that the location selected for the placement of the proposed portable classroom has been approved by the Fire District. Any change in location of the proposed building must be approved by the Planning and Building Divisions . C. DECISION The Planning Director's designee for the City of Tigard approves Conditional Use CUP 91-0001(B) allowing placement of NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-0001( 3) - DURHAM ELEMENTARY - PGA G E LAILM a portable classroom on the Durham Elementary School site SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS SHALL BE SATISFIED PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF A BUILDING PERMIT. 1. The applicant must submit to the Building Official proof that the north-facing gymnasium wall is a minimum of one- hour fire resistive construction. If the gymiias.ium wall is of one-hour fire resistive construction, tt:e existing and proposed buildings shall be a minimum of 20 feet from the north-facing gymnasium wall . If it is not one-hour fire resistive the existing and proposed buildings shall be at least 50 feet from the gymnasium wall. STAFF CONTACT: Brad Roast, Building Division (639-4171) . 2 . The applicant must provide evidence to the Planning Division that the Fire Marshall has approved the location of the proposed classroom structure. STAFF CONTACT: Vi Goodwin, Planning Division (639-4171) . 3 . The building petinit application for the proposed modular classroom structure shall .include the tw- existing modular units unless the applicant can shop: proof that a building permit has already been issued for these units. If not, these structures will also be inspected for compliance with the Uniform Building Code STAFF CONTACT: Brad Roast, Building Division (639-4171) . 4 . The applicant shall pay a fee in lieu of constructing an on-site water quality facility. STAFF CONTACT: Brad Roast, Building Division (639-41.71) . 5 . An erosion control plan shall be provided as part of the public improvement drawings . The plan shall. conform to "Erosion Control Plans - Technical Guidance Handboox, November 1989 . " STAFF CONTACT: Brad Roast, Building Division (638-4171) . 6 . The applicant shall pay the Traffic Impact Fee prior to the issuance of a Building Permit. The actual TIF will be based on the increase in the number of students and the trip rate in effect at the time of Building Permit application. STAFF CONTACTS Brad Roast, Building Division (639-4171) . D. PROCEDURE 1 . Notice: Notice was posted at City Hall and mailed to: XX _ The applicant and owners NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91-0001. (B) - DURHAM ELEMENTARY - PAGE 7 XX_ Owners of record within the required distance XX The affected Neighborhood Planning Organization �XX Affected government agencies 2 . Final Decision: THE DECISION SHALL BE FINAL ON UNLESS AN APPEAL IS FILED. 3. Appeal: Any party to the decision may appeal this decision in accordance with Section 18.32.290(A) and Section 18.32 .3170 of the Community Development Code which provides that a written appeal must be filed with the City Recorder within 10 days after notice is given and sent. Appeal fee schedule and forms are available at Tigard City Hall, 13125 SW Hall Blvd. , Tigard, Oregon. The deadline for filing of an appeal is 3:30 p.m. 4 . Questions: If you have questions, please call City of Tigard Planning Department, City of Tigard City Hall., 13125 SW Hall Blvd. , Tigard, Oregon. PREP D BY: Vi Goodwin DATE Development. Review Planner APPROVED BY: Richard H. Bewer orff DATE Senior Planner NOTICE OF DECISION - CUP 91.-0001(B) - DURHAM ELEMENTARY - PAGE 8 'nm l ASHFORDCT E S W. LA -TREE I T 41 CQ - at f N N N h T'1 PAT 11 77 WK, TREATMENT cr US A =Mo \� PLANT pwoi OREGON `-- SITE BUSINESS PARK RK m 1 P � I N n a SV 3 Q DU. .. Ami 1� i _ r•: « F1NoLnr_Ro I I — =- W \ w M'HIIEFURROw 2 P �A�3 CT�lrt. wS wDERIAN LYS lA.1lKW o l0�.v rT. N m1. C1 -Y ENTT R Nµ�V � \�4•.. I w INSPECTION NOTICE �I] City of Tigard Building Uepartatent /1 : 13125 SO Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec f-0•-Phone-))t 639-4175 Businens Phones 639-4171 Inspections Footing Plbg. Underslab Mach. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. T')p Out Gam Line FINALz Post/Ream Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Pont/Beam Mach. Bain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. ,,,���..-///Malc'h. Date Requesteds 3 c(61 - t '• , Times Z Qt /t AMa _PM Addrssa l 1` i e�lf'e� '1000 �I-q(AAa-,e.it fs-F3oI `1' �Cvd� Builder: �v -11 _ THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: Of Inepector: ROVED DISAPPROVED -� APPPOVRD SUR?ECT TO ABOVE Call For Reinap. CITYOFTIFARDBUILDING PERMIT (CMnYOF RD tPF:RM T T #. . . . . . . . FUP9). -00' 4 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT offs" 131258W Nall Blvd. P.O.Boer 23397,Towed,Omgon 97223 150016394176 �"4'f E I S 5 UE D 03/15/91 ADDRESS. SW d0,0 .�t/1.) �UI'�llj,yr, PARCEL: .:ieS 1 1.4P0---(1104tb �.AJBDIVISION. . . . : ZONING: R-4. 5 I;�L-OCK. . . . .. . . .. . . LOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REISSUE:: FLOOR AREAS------ EXTERIOR WALL. CONSTRUCT ION-- ULASS OF WORK- :ADD FIRST. . . . :400 sf N: S: E. W: TYPE OF USE. . . :ED SECOND. . . : =_f PROTECT OPENINGS'' __._____.____ 'T'YPE OF CONST. :5N THIRD. . . . : s f N.- S.. E- W: OCCUPANCY GRP. :M2' 1"OPAL-- - --: 4@0 i f ROOF CONST:C FIRE RE'T.):Y OCCUPANCY LOAD: BASEMENT. sf AREA SEP. RATED: �iTOR. - I HT. :8 f't UPRAGL. . . : ff OCCL) SEF'. RATE-D. BSM I ':' :N MEL Z'?:N READ SE-rPACKS--------- r'LOCR L..OAD. . . . : 100 ps f LEFT: ft RUHT: ft: FIR SPKI_:N SMOK DE;T. iJ DWELLING UNITS: FRNT: ft REAR: ft FIR ALRM:N HNDICP ACC:N BEDRMS: BATHS: IMP SURFACE: PRO CORK:N PARK INCe VALUE. $ * 5000 Remarks : Addition of two CI1Jg0LltS at baseball field at high school . rlwner'. —___._._____._..__._._...__.._.__._.____._.__ _._..__.__ _ ... _____—__—_._._._..____.,_ FEI_U I JUARU SCHOOL. DISTRICT type amount by date recpt 1.3137 SW PACIFIC HIGHWAY PRMT $ 50. `50 / ! PLCK f 32. 83 T I GARD OR 97026 5Pr:T $ 2. 5 Phons✓ #: S84-2221 PAYM k 85. 86 JLH 03/15/9, ENVIRONMENTAL DEVELOPMENT, ?NC P. O. BOX 11451 r-UH I LAND i UR 97211 __ _______._.___.______._______._—___------_ l"'hone #: ID84_9689 $ 85. 86 T07R1_ Reg #. . . 35443 ------ REQUIRED INSPECTIONS -------- This permit is issued subject to the regulations contained in the Foot/FOLtnd J nsp Tigard Municipal Code, State 14: Ore. Specialty Codes and all other Framing Insp aoplicable laws. 411 work will be done in accordance with Final Inspection approved plans. This permit will expire if work is not started 4ithin 180 days of issuance. or if work is suspended for more than i9® days. ler-mittee Signature: Issuqd By : Call ? for, inspection - 639-4173 CITY OF- TIGARD RECEIPT OF r,AYME'NT RECEIPT NO. :91-210697 NAME ENVIRONMENrAL DEVELOPERS CHECK AMOUN-r - 8015. 86 ADDRESS CASH AMOUNT 0. 00 PAYMENT DATE n 03/15/91 SUBDIVISION 9000 DURHAM PURPOSE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID PURPOSE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID 50. 50 PLAN CHECK FE ._..—...__.,:321. 83 ST. BUILD PER 2. 53 1 , 1101. AMOUNT PAID 85. W, i3�u sw ti�u nwd. PLNCK/RECT # CITY OF TI GARD PO Ikea 21397 PERMIT # COMMUNI'I'YI)ISVI'I,oPMI?N'1'DI;PAR'I'MENT Tgari�Oregon 97W � (503)639-4171 DATE ISSUED t' U RIS 6� _ TAX MAP/' OT,' JOB ADDRESS: D O > � . - SUB: LOT: _ LAND USE: -- ._.�,VALUAT ION: Aldrem OWNER 7� SPECIAL NOTES NAME: 1 Gt � Cj�C{z�c�l_. - y� /Z(�/7 REISSUE OF: ___ ---- ADDRESS: s( 3`I LAST REISSUE: — T c"t-g-b �i�E �? �� a FLOOD PLAIN/ PHONE: 62 7 f __ SENSITIVE LAND: CONTRACTOR APP�il ALS REQUIRED NAME: 1E.A)V) --mm C, 4t- PLANNING: - ADDRESS: y�� �� C � C � Goa ENGIMEERING: ;72 // FIRE DEPT: PHONE: LI ._.. OTHER: /0 D Zlt CON-FR. BOARD #: 36 q4f 3 EXP DATE: Z( 5 l z I7LMS REQUIRED ;UBCONTRACTORS: PLUMB: __ _ LIST/SUB,ONTRACTORS: +— MECH: BUS TAX: ARCH ENGINEER CALCULATIONS: NAME: _ — TRUSS DETAILS: ADDRESS: —__ __ OTHER: PHONE: PROPOSED BLDG. USE: —�--- COMMENTS: _ -- --------- ----- A""C�ANTSIGNA,�VjE Date Received: Received By: -.-- --- -.- — .___ - PERMIT # ACCT # DESCRIPTION AMOUNT AMOUNT PD. BAL. DUE 10 432 00 Building Permit Fees _ Solo- O 10-431 00 Plumbing Permit Fees 10-431 01 Mechanical Permit Fees 10-230 01 State Building Tax (5%) Building Plumbing _ Mechanical 10-433 00 Plans Check Fee Ruildino Plumbing Mechanical 10-230 06 Fire 30-202 00 Sewer Connection 50-444 00 Sewer Inspection 25-448-02 Commercial TIF Fees 25-448-04 Industrial TIF Fees 25-448-06 Institutional TIF Fees 25-448-03 Office TIF Fees 25-448-01 Residential Traffic Fees 25--448-05 Mass Transit TIF Fees 52-449 00 Parks System Dev Charge (PDC) 31-450 00 Storm Drainage Syst Dev Chrg (SSDC) 24- 445-01 Water Quality (Fee in lieu of) 24--445-02 Water Quantity (Fee in lieu of) TOTAL ------- --- nm/3587P.WPF Qt K LL CL) L.L tz Vi Q �. V � v 0 Q ci o o� NNIAMRALM 1 INSPECTION NOTICE 9'l City of Tigard Building Department VP.O. Box 23397 611 Tigard. Oregon 97223 AF—In,� /Phone: 639-4175 Type of Inspection �_ /n, Date Requested Time A.M._- F M. Address -Z �.� -- Permit #/'�_ i/1-��'� Owner-_-SJ� /J ( _ 2 3 —t Lot # The following Building Code deficiencies are required to be corrected: r Presented to — Approved —— Inspector,/ -- — — Disapproved Date r CALL FOR REINSPECTION O YEI D No i CITY OF TINA RD ( j RD COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT ONO*" PLUMBING PE-R1,11T 13125 SW HvJ1 Blvd. -3.0.Box 233W,TOW,Or*W 972M(500)&39-4175 PERMIT PRIM. 13. 1 ". ,- PL.M90 0:1 P 0 6 3`3--41.71. DOTE- VSISUED-. 07111190 "I'T E A D D R E S S. . . 1 9000 SW DURHON RD PARCEL: 2SIJ.4AO--00'1.0(,) 9UBDIVTSTON,. . ,. ,, . ZONIN(y: R 4.. 5 LOT'. CLASS OF WORK. . :0L.T GARBAGE DISPOSAI S. MOBILE HOME SPACES. : T Y I"t.- OF' U S E. . . . ..ED WASAING MACH. .. DACKFLOW PREVN'T'R5. C)CCUPANCY GR1--. . sE1 FLOOR DRAINS. TRAPS. . . . . . ORTES. n WATER i-* ri Rs CATCH BASIN;* I X T U R E u---- LAUNDRY TRAYS—. SF RAIN DRAT:.S». URINALS. . . . . .. . . .. GREASE TRAVIS. I AVATORIES. . . .. . OTHER F'IXT'URES. . ., . . IUD/SHOWERS. . . . GEWE R LINE (tt,) -- . . WATER CLOSETS. . - WATER LINE (ft) . . . ,. DISHWASHERS. . . . RAIN DRAIN f�ema-vksa- Extend exte-ri(jr h(:)se bibbs. 0wriev... FEES S '.XHOOL DISTRICT 23-J type an)ount by date rec, PAYM 26.25 ;1'I...H 07/11./'30 P R P1 T s 25. 00 t5PCT $ 1. 25 RAYBORNI S PLUMBING 17645 SW JURGENS RD TUAI-ATIN OR 97066 Phone N. 503 (::'3p•-41:1'3 26- 25 TOTAL R eq 44.110 R E 0 L)I R E D INSPECTIONS This permit is issued subject to the regulations contained in the Water Lirie Ing P Tigard Municipal Code, State of Ore. Specialty Code: and all other Final Iiispectioll applicable laws. All work will be done in acrordanck with approve d plans. This permit will expire if work is not started ---------- within 180 days of issuance, or if work is suspended for more ........ .......... than 180 days. .........................---................ 1::,e-rniittee Siq)1,AtU-('P ................. ................................... ............. .............. I C,(.I e d P y ................... 639-4175 i,ry aF OF PAYMENT r-,*ECEIF,*T l'40. ... CIACCV. AMOUNT HAME s PAYBORN'S PLUMPING CASH Afl0L!NT I r PAYMENT DATE �4DC)PESS 645 SW JUPOENS PD- SUBD I V I S I ON TUALATIN. Or.' l?7067- riGAn) F-ii SC,1100L f;:-Ur,'F'ClSE OF PA,01ENT AMOUNT' PAID OF PAYMEM' AMOUNT F"AID FL !MB ING PEF:tl 25.(A) ST. BUILD F'F."P 1 . 25 PLM AMOUNT Pim CITY OF TIGARD PI PM Ill NG' PERMIT 13125 SW HALL BLVD. P. O. BOX 23397 /yr{ wants must hold Oregon Registrali M to eoncitri a plumbing TIGARD, OR 97223 1!"Oess or mtrA be twopetty owner/operator not hiring outside help. (503 63 9-4175 ) C Plumbing Permit No. ---�_ ArkkQsa _ Ueadipbon Job It L41 Zalk MCI txu 811-21dt0 QUAN. PRICE AMT. Lot Map.N0. - Addrn a a FIXTURES Lot Bkw* Stib6vlslonSink 750 _. ams rlx-Warne oTbiuitesssj- tavawy 7.50 .— _ Tub or TublSfwwer Comb. 7-50 Lta7ess Shower Only 7.50- - - Owner Gtyenate - rip watarcknel -- -- 7.50 Dishwasher 7.50 Phone Garbage Ory 7.50 I _ Nan+e -Washing machine �y�, a / 1`1009 a rain 7.50 IlDwra Address L Phone Wate(llealer 7.50 Oc t-tepant CityeStafe ZP Launc ryr;o"Ttay - 7-.10— - Urinal 7.50 ------ }� // rr ocher ri ax-es(SveriM 7.50 7`e''�i i lf?Z l� 17 01 - - 750 -. MailkV ess Phon6 750 CoMrectOr CltyeState ZIP MISCELLANEOUS - - City Bus.Tax No. Sever Ise Ioff - _ 30.0- WO Mir...Down O.. -- to rets--�i s lxc Sewat�a Addie 100- - 1s.00 (fles«lentiaf) Water Setviee 1st IOD' 20.00 I hMeby acknowlodge dud I have read Ihis apptica&n Osd tete hbormation Water Srtrvioeea.AddiIAV 15.00 7ven is Dotted resat 1 am rwg cfered witls the State Ifuidsea Board.and Ot.91 Stdtn R Rein Drain in st 100" 10.00 h.vw•State PIINr"rq kW%Sn That the numbers given are cot,etl that all -- -' pkrnbe g wcvk wA be done in ax■wisnoe with app6cWs po\wkions of oM S/,rm&Fenn Drain Addt.100' 15.00 grn Rewsed SWU"ftrepters 441 end Mand applicable t')des and Viet mytise tib s acm 25.00 -hav wN be emlvoyed unlnss llow.eesd under ORS Ga(If exempt from --- ---- -- - - Stato Mftu at"x phase give reason be", B.m*Flow Preve bort 1KWE-OVM4ERS-14webticowner d th y owWy 'S am the wne property de- _t?e rice or Mti kAicn Osvics _ 750 . tdsad above.at wtdch Wadon 1 propose to make a pkant*V inalaMadon for Any Trap of waste Not my own use•vd C rs propody Is nol bnitp constructed fa► or rent. Gonne'!ed to a Rxb" 'S0 Catch Basin _ 7.50 - ---- -- -- - ------ Irap of E".Pkxnbap - - 40.00 Per W - - m 40.00 Per ft. Akar.of Pkwni.�ing wId - an Edesng Bldg - 15.00 min. - AUTHOPAZEO StONOJURE! ---_-- - Date New Bldg.or&M.-Ad~ -Y 25.00 min. -- --- F��n (krllltrSllt�e E�itlil _—. Oescnbe work new(:) eddition f] Wh"Oon t, repalfLl 15.00 tp be done reskletltial ote n -moklornial F sting use of txilk*p Of Ixoixxty -- -- !___-- --- .UO minimum SUB-TOTAL - ) f IS" 5% SURCHARGE 25% PLAN REVIEW Thi Pearn bosom"MA and void X work M mxueucdon stModied14 rso(com- TOTAL 1 mwviod wWAi 160 days jet K oonchi c8an or work is alla(w Aed or abertrdorwA for a Mrkx1 M 18C days d any an"afte work to oomwninoad. Oats Issued �_�_ by _. J CITY O;; TIGARD MECHANICAL, PERMIT Receipt # _ 131.25 SW HALL BLVD. Permit #,/Aa3/7ZZ P. O. BOX 133976escriptio — T IMM, OR 97223 Table 3A Mechanical Code OTY PRlc� AMT (503)639-4175 � 1) Permit Fee -0- -0- 10.00 Names 2) Supplemental Permit 3.00 Job Add / Furnace to 100,000 BTU 1► 6.00 Address incl.ducts 8 vents� _____ Taxi-t Map NO. Furnace 100,000 BTU + Z) incl.ducts 8 vents 7.50 Lot Bock Subdivisxm --- -- .-.- — �i Name(or name o(business) 3) Floor Furnace 6.00 incl.vent Uwner Mai"Address Phone - Suspended heater,Y.all heater - -T---- 4) or floor mounted heater i - 6.00 — City/Slate ZipVent not incl.in 5) appliance permit 3.00 - -T- - Name(ornwmofWilk.) Repai of heating,refriy., t t a 6) cooling,absorption unit _ 6 00 -- MLili�nglAeeresa - Phone Boiler or comp to 3 HP Occupant r' absorp.unit to 100,000 BTU 6.00 Ciry/S1at lap - 8) Boiler or comp to 3 HP-15 HP 11.00 _ absorp.unit to 500,000 BTU NameBoiler or comp 15-30 HP - - 5 - 9) 15.00 absorp.unit 1�-1 million , - Mailing Address phots - 10) Boiler or comp to 30-50 HP 22.50 absorp.unit 1 -1.75 million Contractor City/State zip t 1) Boiler or comp to 50 HP 31.50 _ absorp.unit 1,750,000 BTU _ State Registration No. City Bus Tax No 12) Air handling unit to 4.50 10,000 CFM , ? C'aL, --- ---- - -- --- -- I hxfreby ackmwledgm that 1 have road This application that the information given is ) Air handling unit 7.50 co10,000CFM + correct,that I am the owner or authorized agent of the owner,that plans submittecl are in — _ axnpliance with State laws,that I am registered with the Stale Builders'Board,thal the 14) Non portable 4.50 numb et given is correct.(It exempt from State registration please give reason below). evaporate cooler Vent fan connected - ---- -- 15 3.00 _ to a single duct ----_-- -- - ---- - 16) Ventilation system not ---- 4.50 included in appliance permit 2 i,00 --- —------ -- - Hood served by 17) mechanical exhaust 4.50 Signature(owner or agent)— Dale 18) Domestic type 7.50 -- Describe work [A addition ❑ alterations( repair O _ incinerator _ -to be done residential ❑ non-residentia) Commercial or industrial Existing use of 19) type incinerator _----_ 30.00 — building or properly --- 20) Oester,solar,oocldstove othes dryers,etc. 4.50 Proposed vse of --- -- -_ - building or property _ _- -- -- 21) Gas piping one to four outlets ,r� 2.00 ;Z,l>U Type of h;lel- oil ❑ natural gas t4 LPG C1 electric ❑ - - -- "1 -- 22) More than 4-per outlet �s"f . 7) q,W NOTICE - -- - SUB-TOTAL Ss,X THIS PERMIT BECOMES NULL AND VOID IF WORK OR CON- - - - STRUCTION AUTHORIZED iS NOT COMMENCED WITHiN 180 5%SURCHARGE z,75 DAYS, OR IF CONSTRUCTION OR WORK IS SUSPENDED OR PLAN REVIEW 25%OF SUB-TOTAL 7S ABANDONED FOR A PERIOD OF 180 DAYS AT ANY TIME AFTER --- ---- ------- -- - -- -- WORK IS COMMENCED. TOTAL. < Special Conditions _ - -- --- --- --- Date issued _ -- b